Daven Kross Webinars

Category: Webinars Collection

  • 09/30/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE HOME STRETCH – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

    Hey, welcome everybody. We still have a couple of more minutes before the top of the hour here. So, we will uh wait until then to uh start this webinar. But in the meantime, let me tell you something kind of a little interesting here. So, uh um I have an uncle that passed away last weekend, unfortunately. And I don’t want to turn this into a oh, I’m so sorry, but what’s interesting here about him and my mom is they’re twins. Now, I’ve known twins. My I actually have two younger brothers that are twins as well. Uh so twins are not all that uncommon. They’re not super common. But anyway, what’s really more interesting about my mom and my uncle is they were actually born on leap year. So twins born on leap year. I I think that’s extremely rare. But uh anyway, that uh just kind of came to my mind here. my uh my tomorrow actually is the 10-year anniversary of my mom passing away. Uh and again, I don’t mean to turn this into something sad or anything like that. I celebrate both their lives. I had a great life uh for both of them, but yeah, twins born on Leapear I would think is extremely rare. Um so, but uh anyway, I’ve got uh that funeral going on uh this uh this Friday. um he died what he loved to do. He was uh he was uh at his vacation home with buddies that he’s been hanging out with for decades and decades. So anyway, so yeah, twins born on leap year top that I don’t know if anybody can top that in something rare, but uh anyway, with that being said, it is now the top of the hour. Let’s go ahead and get started here. Let me share my screen here with you. Uh click on this. There we go. Awesome. Okay. All right. So, again, welcome uh this evening. Uh my name is Bernell Baker. I’m a financial consultant with Alliant Credit Union. Uh I work for the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Uh I’ve been with Alliant now for almost 14 years. I think uh November it’ll be 14 years. I love what I do. I love working for the credit union. Uh I work out of my house. That’s a big benefit. I’ve been doing that for about 12 years now. Uh way before COVID hit and before we got all cool and everything like that. Uh I’ve been doing it for quite some time. So with that being said, uh let’s go ahead and get into this here. Uh just one thing is this is for educational uh purposes only. This is uh this is not being recorded and we ask that you don’t record it either. uh and it’s proprietary here for land. We we offer these services as a complimentary gift to all of our uh members of the credit union. So, we just ask that you uh respect that and uh don’t distribute or use any part of this presentation to uh anybody else. If you have any direct uh questions about uh anything in here at the end, I will have my uh phone listed and um and uh we can talk. So with that being said, let’s go ahead and get into this. So again, this is the different the website that we have here and uh the webinars we have are complimentary. It’s uh it’s there’s so many different topics that are available out there. Uh we also have the invests podcast. I’ll be honest with you, we haven’t uh put out a new podcast uh recently, at least not that I know of. Uh but the information is not time-specific. So the the podcasts that are out there uh are still good to listen to at any point in time. And then we have the uh the Aerys website and the blog uh that talks about us as a team and and everything. So with that being said, let’s go ahead and get started here and we’re talking about the home stretch, the seven things that you need to do uh in the decade before you retire. So if you kind of think about retire, you know, your your work life kind of like a marathon, you know, you’ve, you know, trained hard for it, you’ve you’ve ran most of the race and everything and then right towards the very end of it, that’s when you’re tired, your muscles ache in in a marathon, um you’ve got to really dig down deep and continue to going. You don’t want to stumble and fall just before the finish line. And that’s the same thing kind of with retiring is you’ve worked hard your whole life. Now it’s time to enjoy the rest of your life and hopefully you’ve done everything that you can do to have a great retirement and you don’t want to stumble and fall. So the seven things that we’re going to talk about here is to help uh eliminate you from that stumble and falling down. So here’s the different topics that we’re going to take a look at at different subjects here. And each one of these has their own, so I don’t need to go into each one, but let’s get into the first one here. So, determining when is the right time to retire. So, the grandfather of retirement was a gentleman back in in um in uh Germany in the 890s and by a name of Otto von Bismar. So, he was the first one that ever brought up the idea of retiring. So at that age or excuse me at that time he put the retirement age at 70. Well that’s all fine and great but the problem is is the life expectancy was about 42 43 years old. So you would have to almost double the life expectancy just to contemplate on retiring. Now, if we fast forward it to our time in 2026, our retirement ages are anywhere from 65 to 67, depending on when your birth date was. But our life expectancy is much longer than that. Anywhere from 82 to 85 typically for men and women. So, and there’s many people that live uh longer than that in retirement. And so the retirement now is completely different than what it was back in the 1890s when it was first mentioned and and first thought of. So there was many people that were asked on at what age do you think you’re going to retire? And there was a lot of people that said that they’re going to retire anywhere from 65 to 70 years old. And a few people said that they would retire prior to 65. Well, you know, the median age the people that said that they wanted to retire was about 62. Okay. Now, but the problem is is many people uh had to retire early. You know, for some reason people have to retire prior to the age that they want to based on personal health, a job loss or downsizing in in uh in a company or the company may offer early buyouts. So, I’ll give you examples on all of these. So, my mom, excuse me, my wife is retired. She had to retire because of health issues. We just deal with health issues with her. I was talking to a buddy of mine last night. Uh his wife at 45 was diagnosed with early dementia. Um he’s 60 now and she’s getting uh to be quite a handful. So, he had to quit working to help take care of his wife as well. Uh my dad lost his job and he was very very specialized in what he uh did and he could he uh lost a job at 55 and he just could not find um a a job in the same field that he did. And then I deal a lot with um uh airlines uh pilots and flight attendants and and ram people and they quite often have early buyouts uh for their employees. And so any one of these things can happen to any one of you. The problem with all of these is the majority of those that are retire is for reasons that are outside of their control. You know, you may have a loved one that is health issues. Like my buddy last night, my wife’s health issues are completely out of her control. She does everything she can, but they’re out of her control. my dad losing his job, you know, it just the whole company about 25% of the uh employees uh lost their jobs at that time. So the majority of people that retire retire anywhere from 61 to 65 years old. Now m you know bes besides that people are retiring prior to 61 years old. That’s where it makes up the other difference. And let me back up here. And then there’s a few people that are able to last beyond 65, you know, and and so you probably ought to plan on, you know, prepare to retire early, but if you can retire, well, retire whenever it’s convenient for or most convenient for you and beneficial for you. Now, couples should plan for age differences in their marriage. So on average uh there’s typically about a 2-year uh age difference being between spouses typically. Again I’m just talking typical there it’s you know my wife and I are three difference uh three years difference. Uh she’s three years younger than I am. But if you take a look at a at a couple here that are two years difference. The husband’s 25, the wife is 23 years old. Uh and that’s fine. And those those are good ages and and everything when you first get married. But down the road, if the husband wants to retire early, he can get on Medicare at 65 years old. If his wife isn’t working, then she’s got to come up with some sort of health insurance between 63 and 65. Now, typically men pass away at an earlier age than women do. And so if that happens, let’s say the husband passes away at 82. The wife then would be 80 years old. Women typically live longer than men. Not in every situation, but typically they do on average. So the wife could actually be alive in retirement on her own for 9 years or so. Okay? Those are just things you need to take into consideration when you’re looking at retirement and things that you don’t want to uh have a negative effect on you by doing something earlier on in retirement. So, let’s take a look at some ages that are very important to understand about retirement. So, at 50 years old, you can contribute more to a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA, or into a 401k. It’s called a catchup uh period. Okay, I have to say that really slow so we don’t confuse it with a condiment, but you can start contributing more to a traditional or a Roth IRA uh tradition or a 401k. At 55 years old, depending on certain qualifications, you may be eligible for early uh distribution from your qualified retirement plans. Now at 59 and a half, everybody can start taking money out of your your I your IRA plans or your 401k plans without any tax penalties. Pri unless you meet certain qualifications prior to 59 12 years old, anything that you take out of a traditional IRA, you’re going to have to pay additional 10% on your taxes. In a Roth IRA, you can take out your contributions only, but any conversions or gains prior to 59 and a half, you have to pay an additional 10% on taxes. Now, at 60 years old, people can uh qualify for widow or widower or social security. Now, at 62 years old, everybody can take out social security if you qualify for it. if you’ve if you worked or maybe you had a spouse work and everything. The problem with taking out it early at 62 years old means that you start the income sooner and you’re going to be a lesser you’re going to have a lesser amount for the rest of your life. So unless it’s absolutely needed, I do not recommend it. Also, if you take it out early and continue to work, there’s a limit on how much you can earn per year. And I want to say it’s somewhere around $23,000 give or take a little bit. I don’t I don’t remember that offh hand. I don’t I I haven’t come across that in a situation recently. But let’s say it’s $23,000. Uh if you’re taking if you’re if you earn more than $23,000 a year then um and you are taking social security then you’re going to you’re some of your social security is going to be withheld and given back to you at a later date. Now, at 65 years old, I recommend that everybody applies for Medicare Part A. That’s hospitalization. Doesn’t cost anything to have Medicare uh part A. So, everybody needs to apply for it. If you don’t, there could be some penalties down the road when you actually need do need to go apply for it. Even if you’re working in your covered under group insurance, I’ll be uh doing that in uh in not too uh longer uh distant future. I’ll be uh applying for it. Uh but at 67 years old, uh everybody then can apply for social security. That’s your full retirement age. Um if you haven’t um uh if you were if you weren’t born prior to 1960. So if you were born in 1960 or born after 1960, your your full retirement age is at 67. Anybody can do that. Now, if you apply for social security, then you can continue to work and get your full social security if you want to. Okay. At age 70, well, if you delay it and don’t take it out at 67, let’s say you’re still working and enjoy what you do. For every year that you don’t take out social security beyond your full retirement age up until age 70, you get an 8% increase in your social security. It’s called delayed credits. At age 70, you do not get any more delayed credits after that. So even if you’re still working, if you enjoy working and you’re still working, absolutely start your social security at age 70 at the very very latest. Now, at some point in time, if you have any traditional or pre-tax Roth IRAs, you’re going to have to start doing your RMD, required minimum distribution. If you are at the year 2033, if you are not 73, excuse me, if you do turn 73 prior to the year 2033, then you will have to do your RMDs, meaning every single year you have to start taking out money from your traditional or your pre-tax 401k. It starts out roughly about 4% is what you have to take out. But if you’re not 73 by the year 2033 the age jumps up to 75. It used to be at 70 and a half then they switched it to 72. Now it’s 73. And then again if you’re not 73 by the year 23 it’s 75. So you will have to then start doing your RMDs every single year thereafter. Okay. Hopefully this was uh helpful for you to see where you fall and what you need to do uh for that. So item number two, take aim at your retirement target. So I’ve got three rules of thumb here to share with you. The first rule of thumb is to save enough to generate anywhere from 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. If you can do that, you should feel very comfortable that you will have a very respectful and very uh uh financial worry-free retirement. Um anyway, that’s just it’s a rule of thumb. Now, there’s some cost that may go down when you retire. Hopefully, you’ve paid off your house. Okay? Hopefully, your mortgage is gone. You won’t have to pay that anymore. a transportation. Uh if you work outside of your house, you got to travel to work. I don’t have much of a commute, so I’m I’m good there. But transportation hopefully will go down for you. Clothing, you don’t have to buy these nice shirts and get them dry cleananed or anything like that, especially if you go into an office or whatever. So, that should go down. And food, you know, when you’re retired, you’ll have time to be able to cook at the house. you won’t be out with friends and family and maybe have some well, you may be out with friends and family, but you won’t be out with co-workers and uh so your your your food bill hopefully will will go down. Now, there’s some costs that may go up as well. Health care, especially if you’re covered under a group health plan. Okay, Alliant, I’ve got uh coverage under the group health plan at Alliant. I pay less per month than I would on Medicare. So, your Medicare costs may go up. Also, on top of that, you’re getting older, so you’re going to see doctors more often. Travel. I’ve got brothers and in-laws all over the country here. Actually, all over the Well, I got a brother-in-law over in Ireland. My wife is from Ireland, and her brother is still there, but the rest of her family is here. So, travel may increase to go and visit family or friends that aren’t real close to you. Utilities may go up. you’re at home more often, you got the lights on more often, you got the TV going, whatever. And then home maintenance. I fully expect that when I retire, my grandkids will come over to the house. Uh my two oldest grandsons or grandchildren, I got two grandsons and then uh granddaughter and I’ve got five grandkids, but my two oldest ones, we caught them earlier earlier this year, and they thought it would be really cool to uh throw dirt in the air conditioning fan when it was kicked on. So, uh, I hope maintenance I’m sure is going to go up because I’m sure my grandkids will be over more often and I will love it, but maintenance will go up just because they are destructive little boys and I love it. I guess it uh what goes around comes around. I was pretty destructive as a as a youth as well. Now, what can go away is a couple of different items. Social Security taxes are going to go away. Payroll taxes, I should say. It’s going to go away because you’re not working anymore. If you don’t have an income, then you don’t have to pay that social security payroll tax. And retirement contributions, you can only contribute to an a retirement plan as long as you have income coming in. And social security and pension is not considered income. So again, just to kind of recap, you do want to if you can uh save enough to generate 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. If you can do that, you should feel very confident that you’ll have a very very good retirement. So, rule of thumb number two, save a multiple of your salary based upon your age. So, let’s say your salary is $100,000 and let’s say you’re 55 years old. So, if you can, and I may sneeze here, I apologize. I’m going to look at the sun. See if I can bring it on. I apologize. If you are 55 years old and if you have anywhere from 60 600 to $800,000 in your retirement accounts, then you should feel very comfortable that you’ll have a good retirement because at 55 then at 60 it jumps up to eight uh to 10 times and then at 65 years old. If you have saved uh anywhere from 10 to 12 times, you should feel very comfortable. Now, that’s not to say that if you haven’t saved up to that that you won’t have a good retirement. It’s just that again, it’s a rule of thumb. If you have done this, you should feel very confident about it. If you haven’t done that just yet, I’ve got some slides coming up to show you that it is still possible to be able to do that. And the last rule of thumb that I have here is save enough to generate a 4% withdrawal withdrawal rate. So, if you want to have an additional $25,50 or $100,000 uh in uh in uh to be able to withdraw over the next 20 years, if you get a 1.5% return, you’ll need about a half a million in order to uh have in there to take out that 4% over the 20 years. If you want $25,000 extra, if you want $50,000 extra, you got to have a million and $100,000, you need two almost $2.2 million. Now, that is with a 1.5% return. Obviously, if you’re getting a higher return, the amount’s going to be get going to be less. And a shameless plug for Allian Credit Union, our savings account currently is 3.01. So if you’re getting a better return than 1 and a2 and let’s say it’s even up to 5%. Now 5% also is not being aggressive at all. It still is very being very conservative but you can see that the amount that you need then is much greater than if you’re only getting one and a half% return. So, if you need to save for 20 years of withdrawals, okay, and let’s say you’re getting a 3% return, you need to have uh for $25,000, you need to have 476, 50,000 is 972 and 100,000 is $1.9 million. Now, again, that’s a 3% return. If you double that, and again, 6% return is not being aggressive at all whatsoever. You can see that the amounts that you need is is a lot less. So item uh uh uh uh uh topic number three maximize your nest egg. As I mentioned earlier, um these are the slides here that if you’re not at that uh target range, the 6 to 8% at 55 or 8 to 10 at later on or 10 to 12%. This is how you can do it. So, let’s take a hypothetical uh situation here. We have a husband and wife. They’re both 50 years old. Let’s say the wife is a retired school teacher and now she volunteers her time at a historical society and the husband, let’s just say he’s an engineer and he earns $150,000 a year. Now, uh they have uh he has the ability to contribute to his 401k through work. there’s maximum amounts that you can contribute to a 401k and in in his 401k the maximum that anybody contribute is $24,500 now because he is 50 well let’s say his employer matches 3% as well so they’re matching $4500 now because he is 50 and and again 50 and older he can do additional money into his 401k it’s the catchup that I had kind of alluded to earlier. He can add an additional $8,000 because he’s 50 into his 401k. Now, he can also maximize contributions into a traditional or into a Roth IRA. Okay? So, the maximum contribution that anybody can do this year is $7,500. And as long as he he’s 50, so 50 and older, you can do an additional $1,100. So he does a total of $8,600 into his IRA account. Now, his wife can do an IRA account as well based upon his income. Even though she’s not working and she’s volunteering her time, they can still do it based upon his income. And because she’s 50 years old, she can do the additional catchup. So, they each can contribute $8,600 into IRA accounts above and beyond his contributions into his employer 401k. If you add all these up together, it comes out to be $54,200. So, let’s say they don’t do all of it and they just do it up to $51,000 even. So, they’ve got 15 more years until he’s planning on retiring. So, again, he’s 50. He wants to retire at 65. $51,000 per year times 15 years and let’s say he does a balanced investment. Uh this is actually even kind of a conservative investment. Say at 6% return over those 15 years those contributions and the returns would add up to $1.2 million. So again with a hypothetical 6% return. So again, it’s not too late to start. It’s better late than never. So even if you don’t have that 6 to 8, 8 to 10, 10 to 12% whatever um multiply of your salary, then don’t hesitate to start. Do it as soon as you possibly can. Now, you definitely want to get a portfolio checkup. That’s number four of our seven lists here. So, the average worker over their lifetime has 12 different jobs. I get my my oldest son has probably got half of those already. He’s been with his current company for quite a while now, which is really good. Okay. 63% of Americans have access to some sort of a defined contribution retirement plan, 401k or anything like that. If you start a new job, my sister-in-law is going to be starting a new job next week. 69% of employers now have an automatic enrollment. You have to opt out of it if you don’t want to contribute to it. So, this is kind of new kind of kind of nice to have uh those automatic enrollments. It kind of forces you to do it and you have to consciously not do it. Um which is I think is a you know, it’s a good thing that they automatically do it. Now, let’s look at perception versus reality. Okay? So, let’s say that you’re getting up there in age like myself. I’m 58 years old. And let’s say that I want to be kind of a balanced investor. 60% stocks, 40% bonds, not being very aggressive. So again, if I’ve had multiple jobs over my lifetime, and let’s just only put three here, not the 12, uh, that most people have on average, then my current investment could be 6040. But my previous two jobs may, you know, as I was younger, they were probably more aggressive. So, if I take all three of these and combine them all together, overall, I may be more aggressive than what I initially thought I would be or what where I should be at this point in time, let’s say. So, I might be 90% stocks, 40% bonds. So, you want to take a look at all of the different retirement plans you have out there and just kind of see where you fill in all with all of them combined together. So, let’s say what if you’re invested too heavily in the stock market. Let’s say you’ve got $900,000 and you want to retire in three years and you’re 100% invested in the stock market and let’s say you do an 8% return based on that. Well, in 3 years, if you’ve got $900,000 and you get an 8% return, you’ll have $1.1 million in three years to uh to retire. Now, let’s say that happens right before the tech bubble burst. And we know the stock market, the S&P 500 was was negative three years in a row, your $900,000 would have dropped down to $584. Okay? But if you had taken a look at it before that, and let’s say that you reallocated it before the tech bubble burst and you were at 50/50 stocks to bonds, your 900,000 wouldn’t have hardly fallen at all. Okay? But 3 years later, it still would have been negative. It wouldn’t have taken very long from the 50/50 to bounce back up. It would have taken 12 months and you would have been at over over your million dollars that you had initially wanted. If you had stayed uh 100% stocks, it took you almost four years to get back up or get up to that million dollars that you originally wanted. Now let’s say that you panic. You got three years towards retirement and we have 08 happened the great recession. So even if you were 50/50 stocks and bonds, your 900,000 would have dropped down to 700,000 if you’d have panicked at that time. Because unfortunately that’s what a lot a lot of people do. They see their stuff go down and they panic and they say they invest emotionally. They say, “Well, I can’t I I I I can’t take it. I don’t want to do this and they take all their money and they move it over into T bills.” Even after the first year and they kept it in T bills for the next two years, they would have had $713,000

    if they didn’t panic. If they had left it alone 3 years afterwards, even after the start of the Great Recession, you would have been up to your million-doll mark. So realize in in retirement, get a good game plan going and let it go. By far the majority of the time the stock market is up. It’s up 75% of the time. If you look at the history of the S&P 500, it’s positive 75% of the time. negative 25% of the time. The majority of the time with the stock market is up, the S&P is up, it’s up over 18% per year. The majority of the negative the times that the stock market is negative, it’s it’s down less than 12%. So, get a good game plan and stick with it. If you had panicked, moved in into T bills, never got out of T bills, you’d barely be up to the million-doll mark at this point in time. Now, you always want to take a look at your accounts. You want to update your beneficiaries. I’ll give you an example of this. My uh my mom, as I mentioned earlier, passed away in 2016. Uh at at the uh at the end of 2017, my dad got remarried to a wonderful lady. So when and then he got sick. He passed away in 2024. And prior to him passing away, um he had a trust. Me and my brother were co-rustees on that account. We were taking a look at a lot of his accounts. And we noticed that he had an an old IRA account out there that still had my mom listed as the primary beneficiary and only one of my brothers listed as a contingent beneficiary. Uh this was done obviously many, many, many years ago. So thank goodness prior to him uh passing away we were able to tr change that uh from the beneficiaries around and put the trust as the beneficiary. You may have young children or grandchildren. As I mentioned we got five grandkids. Um I’ve had two born in December and February February of this year December of last year. And so take a look and see whenever you have a new addition to the family. Uh whether it’s grandkids, a son or daughter-in-law, brother or sister, anyway, any any change to family members, you want to take a look and see do you want to update the beneficiaries to include that person or not. And I always recommend that you do a trust. Um a trust is just written in stone. It’s more solidified. If your assets are not in a trust, they could they will go through probate. And in probate, anybody can contest uh the the will of the or the estate. So, I highly recommend that you do a trust uh whenever possible. Uh item number five, create a social security strategy. Now, when I talk about social security, I always get it. Well, social security is going to go bankrupt. There’s not going to be anything left. But that is not true. Social Security as a is a pay as you go program. Those of us that are working now are paying into it through our paychecks and then those that are retired are taking that payment out. What could go away is prior to 192, excuse me, 2021, prior to 2021, there was more money going into the social security trust fund than what than what was coming out. After 21, the baby boomer started to retire and they should, okay, if they want to, but they they have the full right to retire. And what’s happening now is that there is more coming out of social security than what’s going in. So it’s the excess that is expected to run out in 2033. If the government doesn’t do anything then some people I mean then social security may be 22% less than what it currently is. Now, I’ll be honest with you. I cannot imagine that whatever parties in charge would ever allow that to happen. I’d think there would be a lot more riots going on than we’ve ever seen before. Um, but in true government fashion, nobody’s doing anything about it right now. They’re all just kicking it down the road. Now, the possibility of what can happen to save that so that people still get a full amount of their social security that they’re currently currently getting now plus all the cola raises and increases and everything is a potential solution is that they could raise payroll taxes up to 3.65%. Nobody ever wants to talk about raising taxes, but I just can’t see any other way of of solidifying social security for for everybody anyway. But social security will always be around. It’s not going to go under. It’s not going to go bankrupt. It’s the surplus that’s going uh that’s going down. So, I’m sure there will be something that will happen. uh we just don’t know what it’s going to be yet because we’re nowhere close to 2033 and so the government’s not going to do anything until the very last moment in my opinion. As I mentioned earlier, there’s a full retirement age. So again, if you were born at 1960 or after, your full retirement age is at 67 years old. If you were born prior at 1956 or prior, your full retirement age is at 67. And then you’ve got excuse me 65 your full retirement age is 65 and then you’ve got 66 and so many months this is your full retirement ages. Now I often get the question also what is the maximum amount that anybody can receive in social security. So if you paid into social security, you worked hard your whole life and you paid the maximum amount, these are the amounts, the maximum amounts that you can get uh from social security. If you had an average income, worked an average job, got an average income, this is the averages that you would get then. So at 67, my full retirement age, my average would be $2,600. Okay, take a look at, you know, think of yourself. Do you think you’ve earned more or less than the average? And this is what it is. I mean, you can look on the social security website, the social security.gov website, and you can know exactly what dollar amount that you will be getting. Now, if you had a a less than or the lower amount of income that you had, Social Security is going to replace a higher percentage of that income. So, let’s say you had an average income of $50,000 a year when you retired and were on Social Security. That would cover about half of what your income was going to be, about $25,000 of that. If you earned $200,000 a year and you contributed to the social security, that would only cover about 25% of your pre-retirement income. So again, think of that 70 to 90 rule and figure out, okay, where’s the rest of your money going to come from? And that’s what this uh next subject is. Build a retirement income stream. So, if we have an average money market savings account paying.22% and you have a half a million dollars in there, you’re going to earn a whopping $93 a month. Okay? Now, if you’re a little bit more aggressive and you do a CD, even though they’re not aggressive at all, that’s going to give you about an extra $214 a month. Again, if you do it into some bonds and just get a little bit better of return. Again, bonds are not risky. They can go up and they can go down in value as well, but they’re not risky at all uh compared to the stock market. You know, if you are into the high yield bonds and are getting a 6 12% return, then you could get a substantial monthly amount, $2,700. Okay. So, if we take a look at systematic withdrawals from your retirement account. So, let’s say you’ve got a a stock price, an individual stock that’s paying you, excuse me, that costs $5 and you have a 100,000 shares on that. And let’s say that you want to withdraw $1,500 a month from that uh from that stock. Okay? If the stock price goes up from $5 up to $6, you have to sell fewer shares. If that price goes down from $5 down to $4, you have to sell more shares to cover that same $1,500 a month. Okay? So, think of it that way. If you know, obviously we all want the stock market to grow, but it doesn’t grow all the time. 75% of the time it does, 25% of the time it’s down. Now if we can take that uh retirement savings and turn it into an income stream if we have some income producing products okay and we do distributions from original savings or income may fluctuate from the income producing products. So for example you have stocks or ETFs that are paying out dividends. Dividends are different so your income would fluctuate. You may get a little bit more one month, you may get a little bit less, but there’ll be no distributions of the original amount. And we’re talking on the amount of shares that you own. The share price can always fluctuate, but the number of shares would remain the same versus if you set it up for a systematic withdrawal plan, you want the $1,500 a month. Again, that’s going to fluctuate and it could uh dip into the original share the number of shares that you had. Okay, so couple of different things to look at. Do you want a incomeroucing product uh product or a systematic withdrawal? Item number seven here, look beyond the money. So many years ago they did a a happiness curve. Um and they they they asked people at different ages, how happy are you? Well, from 45 to 55 is when people are at least happy. I don’t want to say that they’re miserable at all because you can still be happy, but they’re the least happy. You know, they’re getting closer towards retirement. They’re maybe stressed out that maybe they haven’t saved enough. They’ve got kids that are thinking about going off to college then and you’ve got the expense of college. You’ve got aging parents maybe that you’ve got to take into consideration. That’s why I moved out where I’m at is my parents were getting older and between me and all my brothers, I’m the only one, excuse me, I’m the only one that could live near them because I can work out of my house and um uh so I was able to move closer to my parents and help help them out. Here’s the great thing about this though is at 55 happiness starts to improve for many people. And the reason for happiness can improve is if you’ve got some good health. As I mentioned earlier, my wife’s got pretty poor health, but I’ll be honest with you, she’s a pretty positive person, which is good, but it would be much more amazing if she was healthier. Um, but she still does the very best that she possibly can. You have friendships. I’ve got lifelong friends, 58 years worth of friends. Well, maybe not quite 58 years, but I got friends that I’ve had for decades and they are a big support to us uh and everything. And then we got families. I mentioned I’m a grandfather. I’ve got five grandkids. I love hanging out with my grandkids. I actually had my two oldest grandsons. uh they spent the night uh Friday night a couple weeks ago when we roasted hot dogs in the backyard and did s’mores and and uh anyway they’re they’re looking forward to doing that again. So made me happy to hang out with my grandkids and my children as well. I’ve got three kids. Now the island of Okinawa is notoriously known for being having a very long life and they have something that they refer to there is called icky guy. Basically icky guy translates into something to live for. So we all need to find out what our icky guy is. Find out what you love to do and in retirement hopefully you can do that or find out what you’re good at and contribute back. Find out what the world’s needs and create it or build it or do something for that and then find out what you can be paid for of the things that you enjoy doing. Uh my uncle that just passed away, he loved to do woodworking and there was a a little shop in his community where they built little toy little toy cars kind of like uh Pinewood Derby cars but on a much smaller scale. Um, and he volunteered a lot of his time, uh, just cutting it out and sanding it and doing stuff. And that’s just what he did in retirement to just kind of stay busy. But find out what your icky guy is and what it it does. I’ve got a buddy of mine from Australia and he is he’s said in the past where he has either had all the time in the world uh but no money to go back and visit family and friends in Australia, that’s when he’s been unemployed. Or he’s got all the money in the world but no time to do that. That’s when he’s been employed. And so hopefully in retirement, you have prepared well enough that you’ll have all the time in the world because you won’t be working anymore and you’ll have all the money to be able to do it uh based on your retirement savings to be able to go and travel and and basically do the things that you enjoy and the things that you love to do. So to create your own retirement living plan, you know, things in retirement and just because you’re retired doesn’t mean uh that life is going to end. Contribute to a cause. Find a good cause. Like my uncle, he found a good cause that he could he can contribute to and and and feel good about what he was doing. Visit family and friends. As I mentioned, I’ve got family all over the country and brothers all over the place and a brother-in-law in in Ireland and stuff. pursue different hobbies. Again, you’re going to have the time to be able to do things and so do a hobby. Uh do some traveling. So many people want to travel when they’re retired. Start a business if you want to or go back to school. Here’s a few examples of people that didn’t let retirement stop them. Peter Roier, he invented the the thesaurus when he was 73 years old. Didn’t let retirement stop him. Colonel Sanders started her first KFC at age 65. Madonna Bter, she’s known as the the uh iron nun. She was a nun and she started doing her uh her marathons at 40 and completed one at uh at 82. I don’t think I could do a marathon or excuse me, triathlon, sorry, triathlon. Much harder than a marathon. I don’t think I could do one now. Uh even a marathon. Uh, Grandma Mosa started painting at 76 and Yichiro Murai he he set the world record by climbing Mount Everest at age 70 and then he crushed it when he was 80 years old. So these are people that didn’t let retirement stop them and they continue to thrive and do and do very well. There’s an unknown author that came up with this and said, “Retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials, much to live on and much to live for.” So hopefully you’ve been able to save enough money that you’ll be able to um be able to do the things that you want to live and be able to enjoy the people that you want to live it with. So, just to kind of recap, here’s the seven things that you need to do in the decade before retirement. You need to make sure that you have each one of these. Um, at least you’re taking a look at each one of these. Uh, you may not have them all exactly where you want to, but at least start with a plan and move forward from this part from this point going forward. I highly recommend that everybody works with a financial professional. We have so many different products that people just are not aware of. Things that people say, “Oh, I wish I’d have known about that earlier.” Uh work with a financial professional and and um and and get a plan going. You want a plan going into retirement because if you don’t have a plan, all you have then is a wish. And you don’t want to go into retirement with a wish. There’s a there’s a commercial on TV where this guy’s hoping hoping for retirement. I can’t remember. It’s one of the uh insurance companies credential maybe. Anyway, I can’t remember but he’s he’s hoping. You don’t want to go into retirement with a hope or a wish. So, one of the things that we can do here to help you out which is complimentary is a report that we can run here. And this report is called wealth vision. That’s what the name of the report is. It covers so many different things and I’ll just go over some of the the slides here that it can cover. Again, this is complimentary. I recommend that everybody um uh has it done based on your situation. And so we put in a bunch of different information from you. And so we’ve got Bob and Mary here. And this report re uh printed this out. So this is their income and expenses. The red line there is their expenses. The dark blue is their social security. That light blue is the a pension plan and then the orange is the RMDs. So they’ve got enough from their social security to cover their monthly expenses. Their pension is paying it putting them well over the top and then their RMDs kick in and they got way way too much money uh than what they need to. And the reason why the red line jumped up uh into the orange there is because when you have to start taking the money out of your traditional IRA for your RMDs, your income tax is going to increase and that’s going to increase your your expenses there then. And the one thing that we can do is is uh with this plan here is see how much in total taxes that you’re going to pay over your lifetime and then what will your portfolio be at the end of your life to be able to pass on to loved ones. Now, one of the things that we do quite often in this, at least I do a lot, is is run a Roth conversion scenario for you. Does it make sense for you to do a Roth conversion? And in this situation here, it’s a Roth conversion for a set $60,000 for 5 years to see what does that do. And the big thing to look at this is in that uh that red is an increase in taxes because when you do a Roth conversion, you got to claim it as income and pay taxes on it. So it increases their taxes for those uh years that they were doing it. But what it benefited uh Bob and Mary here is it decreased their overall taxes for their life by $140,000. But it then it also increased the amount to pass on to beneficiaries by over $800,000 just by doing a simple Roth conversion in the beginning. Another example here is Dave and Sarah. Uh and again, they’ve got different income. In this particular situation here, Dave and Sarah’s uh expenses are exceeding their income. That’s what the yellow is, is they have to start doing withdrawals. And if they were able to do a well, here’s here’s their assets value growing over over their lifetime. And if they were able to do a Roth conversion in this particular situation, this is usually what I run instead of a set dollar amount is at what tax bracket then is the optimal uh benefit for you to do a Roth conversion. And just for example here, if they fill it up to the 22% tax bracket, you could see here that they do it for five years and then they’re all done with their Roth conversions. This scenario here for Dave and Sarah would save them $116,000 over their lifetime in withdrawals, uh, excuse me, over their lifetime in in paying taxes, and it would increase their portfolio by $250,000. Okay. Now, if you look towards the very end, the the fourth column from the right, that’s when one of them passed away. I’m assuming it would be Dave. This doesn’t tell us here on this which one it is, but Dave, let’s say it’s Dave that passes away. And if they’re basically about the same age, then Sarah can assume Dave’s traditional IRA into her name. She’ll still have her RMDs that she’ll have to take out if if they have any RMDs left over. But the problem is, and most people are not uh aware of this, and we call it the widow or widowers tax. So when they’re both alive, they’re filing as joint uh as a joint uh file, a joint as married, filing jointly. Unfortunately, when one person passes away, even if your income remains the exact same, it may bump you up into a higher tax bracket because now you will have to file as a single person. So, that’s something that we can take a look at and this report will run for us. So, if we can reduce taxes over your lifetime, I am all about paying your fair share. be legal about it because um in jail it doesn’t matter how much time or money that you might have. If you’re in jail, you’re not going anywhere or doing the things that you want to do. Um but there’s no reason to give the government extra money if you can legally avoid it um by doing Roth conversions up front. And that’s something that I never know how this is going to end up until after I run these reports. So that’s basically it. Um, now let me um, as some people I don’t know if I mentioned this earlier and I apologize. If you have any questions, there’s a Q&A or a chat feature. Go ahead and type your questions in there and I’ll get to all these questions and everything. But why Arys? What’s so special about us? You know, the Alliant Retirement Investment Services. Well, first of all, we are a full-fledged financial uh, firm. We have access to so many different products that are out there. We have many many of our accounts are are no fee accounts or if there’s a basically my philosophy is one thing that we don’t do here. We don’t charge you a set fee on everything you have with us. It’s all based upon the different account that you have and there’s many accounts that don’t have any fees. So my philosophy is is that I look for the one that that costs the least but makes sense for you so that if there’s less cost then that’s more money in your pocket. Obviously if the account does have a fee on it then we have to pass it on to you. Um but um and I go over all those all those uh fees and and costs and everything uh in in advance. We have different products that give you a guaranteed income stream for the rest of your life. If you’re married, it would be for both of you. We have different type of strategies. I have some really cool products that when I do share with people, they’re like, “Wow, I’ve never heard of that before. That sounds cool.” Um, but anyway, just things that you can’t do on your own. And unfortunately, that’s why many people have not heard of those. So, how can we help you with that? Number one, we can help you by running that that wealth vision report for you. That would be the first step. I highly recommend that everybody get that ran from them. And and then as I mentioned, we have different uh investment strategies. We have estate planning here and we can tailor a plan specifically for what you’re looking to do. So basically what we want to do here at ARIS, we want to get to know you and design a plan specifically for your situation. Then we use a team approach to make sure that we’re looking at all the different things, all the different types of products we have out there uh for you and and tailor something for what you’re looking for. And then we want to build a lasting relationship for the rest of your life. The cool thing with Alliant is if you’re a member and you’re one of my clients or any of the other financial consultants here, you have our direct phone numbers. You call us directly. It’s not a toll-free number and hoping that the person you picked up has more than a couple of weeks worth of experience and you get the right information. As I mentioned, I’ve been with the line almost 14 years here. I’m too old to start anywhere else. I plan on retiring here. So, I’d be with Alliance for over 20 years. Uh, I love the credit union. I love working for the credit union here. So, I plan on being here for as long as I possibly can. Here is my direct contact information. If you have any questions, you can call me directly. My phone number here is 773 4628612.

    Uh, that’s for people that may are may be on the phone and aren’t seeing this or that’s my direct email there, bbaker.lplantcreditun.com.

    So, let me get into the questions that people had here. And before I do that, let me launch this. If you would like to have especially that wealth vision report if you’d like to or just talk to me one on- one, I will be glad to uh to talk to you. Answer yes to this and I will reach out to you. I’ll try to do it as soon as I possibly can, but like I said, I got the funeral on Friday that popped up. Uh I may not be able to reach out until uh next week, but I will try and reach out as soon as I can to you. I will call you first and if I get my I get your voicemail, I’ll leave a message with my phone number, but then I will also shoot you an email and in that email, you’ll have access to my calendar and you can schedule a Zoom uh meeting so we’re not playing phone tag back and forth. So, let me get to some of these questions here. Uh first one here, my grandfather from my mother’s side and my grandmother from my father’s side both died on Christmas Day, 10 years apart. Wow, that is uh yeah, Christmas Day is probably not the the best holiday then. That’s uh that’s interesting. It’s interesting piece of information there. Uh number one, if you pay another question here, I should say if you pay off the mortgage, there will be no write off for taxes. Yeah, that is true. Uh will this be beneficial? Uh could we write off any repairs, home insurance, taxes of HOA fees? Um, I’ll be honest with you. I am not a CPA. Um, but I do know that if you ride it, if you pay off your mortgage, you won’t have those deductions. I I agree with that. Um, but can you write off any repair for home insurance and taxes and HOA fees? That’s a good question. That would be a question for a CPA, an accountant. Um, I know the basics of taxes, but more towards investments, not uh considering real estate. So, I apologize. I do not know that answer there for you. Uh, I got three C’s in well, well, I got three C’s in college. Two were accounting. Um, but I know accounting is different than actually doing taxes. And my last C was my last semester. I was just done. The rest were A’s and B’s but I was just done at this point in time. Uh number uh another question here. Can I do a Roth conversion even in retirement? Uh yes you can because there’s a difference between a conversion a Roth conversion and a contribution. So with the contributions that’s your limit uh $7,500 or $8600 if you’re 50 or older. Those are contributions. That’s new money going into retirement accounts. Um, a conversion is already in a retirement account, a traditional IRA retirement account, just moving that over into a Roth. You’re not adding anything more to your retirement. You’re just moving it from one account to the other. So there’s no income limits on a conversion and there is no contribution limits on a conversion either. You can do whatever you want in a conversion. Uh either a little bit every year or anyway. Yeah. So you can do any you can do a Roth conversion in retirement. Yes, you can. Um another question here. What are your thoughts uh thoughts on fixed annuities? Great question. I love them. But let me explain it to maybe some other people here. There’s when I say annuities, there’s all different types of annuities. There’s variable annuities, index annuities, equity annuities, fixed annuities. Some are horrific. I absolutely am not a fan of variable variable annuities. If you’ve heard anything negative about a v about an annuity, it’s typically talking about a variable or an equity annuity. I don’t disagree with the negativity. I don’t like them. I have them. I’ve not offered one and I can tell can’t can’t tell you that when the last one is. But a fixed annuity is a fixed interest rate for a fixed period of time. Basically like a CD. The difference is CDs through a line credit union or we call them certificates but CDs certificates of deposit. They are federally insured through NCUA. Uh at a bank, they’re FDIC insured. Same insurance, same federal insurance. It’s just credit unions are non-public uh excuse me, nonprofit organizations. Banks are for aprofit. Same thing. Uh annuities are all insured through your local state. Every state has a life and health guarantee association. Uh the amount of insurance on on any annuity I have not seen anything under $250,000 same as FDIC or NCUA. I’ve seen even some states even go up to $500,000 on annuities. The insurance, excuse me. So fixed annuities are a fixed interest rate for a fixed period of time. Right now, I want to say I’ve got a fixed annuity for 3 years, and that’s the least amount of time you got to commit to it. I want to say I’ve got one for about 5.75%. Uh I looked it up earlier this week, which is quite a bit higher than even the Alliant uh certificates. Um so I think fixed annuities are great. Also, if you are if you’re using non-retirement money, so not an IRA, traditional or Roth, annuities grow tax deferred, you will pay taxes on the interest, but only when you take it out of the annuity. So, versus a CD, you’re paying taxes every single year on the interest that you earn in the CD. So, if you put the same amount of money in a a CD and the same amount of money in an annuity and got the exact same amount of return, the annuity would be higher after the 3 years because you’re not taking money out to pay taxes on that. So, I think fixed annuities are a a great alternative to a CD. And um if you’re wanting something with little to no risk like a CD, that is all the questions that I have here. Uh and we’re at the top of the hour. We’re actually a little bit beyond the hour and I try to cut cut it off in an hour, but I get talk about investments and that’s it. So, I am grateful for everybody. uh spending some time with me today. Hopefully, it was helpful for you. Uh and again, for those that answered yes to the questionnaire, I’ll try and reach out tomorrow, but I can’t guarantee I will. If not, it’ll be early next week. And um and then we’ll touch bases and and we’ll get going. The rest of you, I hope everybody has a great weekend. Uh it’s getting fall weather out, nice and cool outside, so I hope everybody can get out inside and enjoy it before it gets too cold for everybody. Have a wonderful evening and take care everybody.

  • 09/30/2026 – True Trading Group – Micron Earnings Live + Cooler Inflation – Market Rally Or Selloff

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Training Group live stream. You guys are here with me for Micron earnings. Obviously, a very incredibly important um earnings report that is going to really impact the entire AI trade, which is going to impact the entire tech trade, which is going to impact the entire market. We had a nice strong day in the NASDAQ today, but not so much everywhere else. Um especially right into the close. Right into the close, the market sold off. We actually finished out red on the day after being up considerably earlier in the day on the back of much better than expected PC inflation data, better than expected GDP data, and better than expected ADP job numbers, but none of it mattered. None of it mattered. Even though uh rate hike expectations fell, the market is no longer pricing in a rate hike at the next October meeting from the Fed. It is more of a 50/50 coin flip. Goldman Sachs today has officially shifted their thoughts on their next rate hike being in December. So Goldman Sachs officially putting a note out saying that they do not believe the Fed is going to raise rates in October. And the market um the the betting markets are also now slightly underneath 50% for a rate hike at the October meeting. But that did not stop bond yields. Bond yields continue to move higher. the 10-year Treasury reaching the highest yield since 2002, 5.3% and climbing. And as long as you continue to have bond yields climb at the pace that they are climbing, I think equities are going to have a very tough time moving higher. The only way that I think you get a meaningful and significant move higher in the equity markets is if you get a meaningful and significant move to the downside in bond yields. The equity market has held up very very well throughout this entire process as yields continue to scream to the upside. But eventually something’s got to give. Eventually bond yields have to come down or equities have to come down. Equities are not going to be able to maintain this this, you know, where they currently sit if yields continue much higher from where we currently are. I’m honestly surprised that equities are still sitting where they are being that the 10ear is already at 5.3%. But I digress. Before we get into kind of the bigger picture and the macro, I will share with you a very specific trade plan that I am eyeing up like a lioness in tall grass. I am waiting for my moment to pounce on what I believe is going to be an incredibly profitable trade that is also a very high conviction trade that I have coming up. It’s a trade I am not yet in, but I’m going to tell you exactly what needs to happen for me to get into this trade, exactly what the trade is, where I’m getting in, where my stop loss will be, where my profit targets will be. I’m going to break that all down for you guys here today on this live stream. But first, let’s talk about Micron earnings. Earnings are out and they are fantastic. Nobody really thought otherwise though, right? Micron earnings are out. They’re amazing. I don’t think anybody really thought that the earnings were going to be bad. But the problem is that when everybody expects earnings to be good, when they come out and they actually are good, sometimes the stock doesn’t even necessarily react to the upside. Just look at Nvidia for example. Six of the last eight quarters that Nvidia reported earnings, the stocks actually fallen. Even though they’ve beaten guidance or excuse me, they’ve beaten on earnings, they’ve beaten on revenue, they’ve beaten on earnings per share, and they’ve raised guidance every single time. And still Nvidia stock has gone down six of the last eight times that they’ve reported earnings even though the earnings were amazing. So sometimes just reporting good earnings is not enough. And that seems to be the case right now with Micron as the stock is basically flat. You’re only up a couple of bucks since they reported earnings even though the earnings were as good as they were. Um I’ll give you the numbers here. Fourth quarter revenue comes in at 54.23 billion. Analysts were expecting 51.49 49 billion. The earnings per share comes in at $3342. Analysts were expecting $3183. And they see their next quarter earnings per share between $37.15 to $39.15. And analysts were only expecting $362.

    All right. So, those are much better than what was expected. Um, let me see here. uh adjusted operating income of 44.64 billion and adjusted gross margins of 87% as core data center revenue of 18 billion crossed well above the 11.34 billion estimate that is a significant beat. So the estimate for their data their core data center revenue was 11.34 billion. It came in at 18 billion. That is a massive beat on that number. Just absolutely massive beat on that number. Um, but a little bit of a decline here. There’s one metric actually that Micron missed on. And the one metric that Micron missed on is what they believe their gross margins are going to be for the next quarter. Analysts were expecting 86.7% and they are guiding to 86.3%. their their gross margins for this quarter were 87% and they are anticipating 86.3 for the next quarter. So that is the only metric I see that is actually under expectations. But look at this revenue number. Analysts were expecting revenue for the next quarter to be 56.77 billion and the guidance from Micron is between 60 and 63 billion. big beat there on the revenue numbers for the next uh quarter. Also pretty interesting here.

    Micron’s uh investor relations website was actually was actually down. That’s how many people are probably trying to log on to their investor relations site to log on for the conference call.

    stock is actually moving to the upside now. We’ll see what goes on during the uh the conference call. But these are phenomenal earnings from Micron. Um I mean if you want to nitpick over 7/10 of a point on the margin when margins are 87% to 86.3%. If you want to nitpick on that, it’s hard to do so because of how strong their guidance is with earnings per share and how strong their guidance is um on their revenue. So, it’s it’s really hard to kind of nitpick on that, guys. But yeah, their their website is actually down. Micron service unavailable.

    That’s on Micron’s investor relations website. That’s probably how many people are trying to log on to their for their conference call. But unbelievable earnings report. Stock is trading higher now. You are are now at the high of the day and the high of the after hours session. This is a new print high 1084. We made some good money on Micron guys on the long. We we took a long on Micron yesterday. Um was a really nice trade for us. And this is still very much on watch uh for a long if we can break through,00. So, I’ll just talk to you guys about Micron and how we’re going to be looking to trade Micron. And listen, I I trade Micron. Um, but if you guys if Micron is too expensive or it’s outside of the your risk tolerance on the share side or if it’s outside your risk tolerance on the um on the option side, don’t forget that you do have um don’t forget that you do have these leverage ETFs like an MU that you can trade as well. Okay. So, a lot of members when I traded Micron um this week, a lot of members traded MU just to follow along with that trade. Not something that you want to hold on to indefinitely. You don’t want to hold leverage ETFs for an extended period of time. They will decay and will not um it does not it’s not a rolling compounding two times leverage. It resets every single trading day. Um so that’s why you’re looking at Micron. When you look at actually the equity of Micron, it’s much closer to its all-time high than MU is closer to its all-time high. And you would have literally if Micron went back to the all-time high, MUU is probably still going to be, you know, 15 20% off of that high. So, you’re not going to be um anywhere near back that alltime high. So, just something that a lot of people may not be aware of. You don’t want to hold on to these leverage ETFs for long periods of time. They’re really meant to be trading vehicles, not meant to be long-term investments and long-term holds. But as we go back to Micron, there’s a very key resistance level here um at 1100 and we have a very nice support level at 1040. And this is the really the consolidation level that needs to break before you’re going to get a directional base momentum move. Okay. So, if you’re taking a look at this chart that you guys see on my screen right now, the top end of this resistance consolidation, you have a nice little bull. That’s what this is. This is a bull flag. It it is a it’s a nice looking setup here. You know, we were hopeful that earnings would break us out of this bull flag to really trigger the long, but the setup is still here. Okay, here is your bull flag. All right, here’s the flag pole. Right, that’s your consolidation. And your support level here is 1040. Your resistance is 1100. And if you look back to the left, let me just delete some of these lines. I don’t want to jumble the chart up for you. You look back here, you see a nice little pivot point there from the end of July, excuse me, the end of June, early July. And that lines up with the resistance tops from over the last two weeks. And this is your consolidation. I would be very cautious trying to um now with earnings out of the way, I’d be very cautious trying to trade inside of this range. I would really wait for a breakout or a breakdown out of this consolidation. I don’t necessarily like the short on the break down because I think you can break 1040 and still find support at 1020 and then to bounce right back to the upside. I also don’t necessarily think that the stock is is overall bigger picture or short. So I’m really only looking for potential long setups if they trigger. I’m not I’m not going to trade inside of the consolidation, but if we break above 1100, I will look for Micron to be along. Okay, so we’ll see what happens during the conference call. Sorry guys, got my little my tea here. My I woke up this morning with a with a sore throat.

    So, I’m drinking some tea. Um, so that’s what we got cooking right there with Micron. So, that’s kind of the that’s the setup there for Micron, guys. Nice support at the 9 EMA, nice support at 1040, but just be wary of that 1100 resistance. Okay. Now, with that being said, I want to take a minute and take you guys now back on over to the overall markets because here’s the trade that I’m going to share with you that is that would end up being a very high conviction trade setup for me if it actually happens. Over the course of the last couple of weeks, I’ve had low conviction on the overall market because we’ve been in a really big digestion kind of consolidation phase. The markets have actually been pretty choppy for the last month and a half. We’ve had a lot of big up days. We’ve had a lot of big down days. But when push comes to shove, you look back and we’re the in the exact same place as we were in the middle of August. And we’ve had ups and downs and ups and downs. And we’re right smack in the middle of that consolidation and that trading range. It’s been pretty choppy to say the least. But levels have been holding very, very well. If you followed my live stream and the analysis that I give you guys, every time I do these live streams, I always share with you my analysis. I share with you my levels. I tell you what I think the market’s going to do, not what it already has done. Um, and if you’ve been following for a little while, we talked about the 750 support level. We talked about the 775 resistance level. We talked about the 763 support level and then today the 769 resistance level. And all of these levels continue to hold and they continue to provide really good trading opportunities for us. There’s a difference between how you want to trade and the style that you want to implement when you are in the middle of a consolidation phase. And there’s a difference in style that you want to implement when you are in the middle of a directional momentum move. Okay? When you have directional momentum, you want to look for ranges and support and resistance levels to break and give you follow-through. Then you want to try to backload your position, meaning you’re going to hold on to bigger pieces of your position deeper into the trade so that you can take profits off at target three, target four, target five, and still have a nice chunk of your position to make more money on high conviction trades when you get really good follow-through. But when the markets are in a consolidation phase, a limited digestion phase, you need to kind of adjust your expectations. You don’t want to be coming into every single trading day thinking that you’re going to get this massive move in the market or a massive move in an individual stock for that matter. Every single type of security goes through periods of consolidation and digestion and periods of breakout, breakdown or direction, momentum and follow through. Right now we are in a consolidation digestion phase. When you’re in that phase, just identify key levels of support and resistance. Play the level to hold. Don’t play the level to break. Play the level to hold. And you would get very good trading opportunities on a daily basis like we’ve been able to capitalize on inside of True Trading Group. But what I think we’re about to come up on is a setup that I think would trigger directional momentum that would give me high conviction. That would be a trade that I’m gonna actually absolutely attack very aggressively. If you look at my chart, I have a couple of lines that have been drawn out for you already. The bottom two lines is a support zone and the top line is your resistance is a key resistance level. This is 775 resistance. It is the last resistance level before you encounter the all-time high. That is the only other major level of structure besides the all-time high. Now, as I take you into a 15-inute chart, there’s other levels of structure in here, like 769, which was the resistance level from today that a lot of our members were able to capitalize on shorts on in the afternoon. There’s some other levels that are that are in here um within the shorter time frames, but the bigger levels, that 775 is your is your major one that you need to focus on. Now, let’s take you down to the support levels. Okay? And honestly, to make this easier, I’ll just even shrink this down a little bit. And here’s the resist. Here’s the support level that I’m focused on. There is so much structure in the low 760s on the spy. We’ve caught great long trades off of this level by every time that we back down into this area. We’ve been able to say again, you play the levels to hold, right? You play the levels to hold until broken. Um, but we are really equities are really starting to get pressured to the downside because of bond yields. And this is kind of where I want to take a second and we’ll we’ll take a pause on kind of talking about Micron. I’ll talk to you guys about the overall market, bigger picture analysis here real quick. There have been several different factors that are causing bond yields to move higher. Those factors are the following. One, um, oil prices and therefore inflation expectations. That’s pushing bond yields higher. Second, rate hike expectations from the Fed. That’s pushing bond bond yields higher. Then um government deficits and and record new issuance that’s pushing bond yields higher. Then you have record surging um corporate bond issuance to fund the AI infrastructure buildout that is providing real competition for capital versus government bond issuance. So you have hundreds of billions of dollars that are flowing into the corporate bond markets to capitalize on a higher coupon rate to fund on debt that funds the AI buildout rather than buying a a a government bond. And it’s not just a US bond. This is a phenomenon that’s happening all over the world. If you look at Germany, you look at France, you look at the UK, all of these developed world these developed economies have bond yields that are at the highest levels they have been in over 20 years. And as I the markets really showed me something really important over the last two days. Over the last two days, several of the factors that have been pushing bond yields higher completely reversed on a on an individual daily basis. Not overall, but just the one one given day. And now in one given day obviously doesn’t make a trend or anything like that but the price action the correlation matters. Yesterday oil was down huge. Oil was down three and a half% yesterday. Bond yields still went up to new highs. So even though oil came down a lot, bond yields still went up. Today PCE inflation comes in at 3.0 was expected 3.3. The 3.0 0 inflation PC number was actually lower than all 51 Bloomberg analysts uh target range. 51 analysts tracked by Bloomberg for the PC data had a range of expectations between 3.1 and 3.5. The lowest of all 51 analysts was 3.1. It came in at 3.0. And even though you have a much better than expected PCE inflation number, bond yields still went up. That lower thanex expected inflation number caused the market’s expectations of a rate hike at the October Fed meeting to go from 72 73% to now under 50%. bond yields still went up. So even though over the last two days you had oil go down a lot yesterday, you had inflation coming better than expected today, you had odds of a rate hike come down and still we did not see pressure ease off in the bond market. So what is driving bond yields higher even though all of these other catalysts are are getting you favorable data points over the last two days? And I go back to Ed Yardenni something Ed Yardenni said just just the other day and I I agree 100% wholeheartedly now given the price action that I’ve seen in the markets the last two days. Ed Yardi said what makes a lot more sense on what is driving bond yields higher as it is a global phenomenon. It is happening all over the world is that we are witnessing the ongoing slow rotation and unwind of the Japanese yen carry trade. And it makes total and complete sense that that is why bond yields continue to move higher. Even though oil was down big yesterday, inflation comes in better than expected today. Odds of a rate hike come down from 70 to underneath 50. And even though that happens, bond yield still went higher. And it makes sense because if you guys don’t, you probably read a lot about the yen carry trade on on social media. You’ve had people talking about the doomsday yen carry trade scenario for three years now. Um and I think you’re just seeing that trade unwind in a pretty methodical manner. But that is what is pressuring bonds or bond well yeah it’s what’s pressuring bonds and pushing bond yields higher. So the way that this works is you would go you would you know investors would borrow would borrow yen as interest rates were as low as they were and the bank of Japan hadn’t changed their policy rates in a very long time and you would essentially go and you would borrow yen. you would use that to then buy other assets like a US government bond and earn the spread between the interest rates, right? So you would earn more interest on one asset than the interest you had to pay on another and you would make that spread, you leverage up your position and you know even though it’s a small spread, small spread on a lot of money is a good chunk of change. And that worked for many many many many many years as there was this this spread and there was this um this known element of what the policy rate was going to be in Japan. Well, the Bank of Japan has steadily been raising interest rates and that is now shrinking the spread and that is now making the yen carry trade less and less profitable to where it no longer starts to make sense. And what ends up happening is in order to close out the loans on the yen side, they need to sell the assets that they purchase with it. So you go ahead and you need to sell your US government bonds. You need to sell your France government bonds, your UK bonds, your German bonds, your Canadian bonds. You need to sell those things to then close out the other side of the trade. And that ongoing selling pressure in bond markets all over the world continues to send bond yields higher like you saw today, like you saw yesterday. Even though you got good data points that should have in theory should have helped bond yields move lower today and yesterday, but they didn’t. They still went up. And it where we are now is we’re at a point where honestly something has to give. The 10-year can’t just go to 5.5, 5.7, 6% and equities just continue to sit here. I am shocked that equities are sitting where they are right now with bond yields being at 5.3% on the 10-year. It’s not necessarily like the actual yield itself that matters. Um it’s not like, oh, if you get above 55, that’s it. All hell breaks loose. It’s really usually the speed in which bond yields move. And this has been one of the most violent moves to the upside that we’ve seen in a while. And I’m surprised how well equities have held up throughout this entire process. But at some point, something’s got to give. And you know, maybe we’re coming up to the point where, listen, either bond yields have to come down considerably or equities have to come down considerably. I don’t think bond yields can continue to move higher and equities can also move higher. I do not believe that that’s possible. I’m surprised that we’re still sitting where we are. If bond yields continue to move higher, okay, and that continues to pressure equities. If the spy gets underneath 762, that will be a high conviction short for me down to 754755.

    I’ll be looking for about a $7 move to the downside on the spy and I’ll be risking probably about a$150

    maybe to capitalize on six or seven dollars of downside. It’s going to be a high conviction trade. I’m going to be aggressive with it and it would just basically be a break of the support level that you guys can see on my screen. This support zone has held all week. It held last week. There’s a lot of structure here. There’s the gap fill from the big gap up day on the 21st. We’ve held held held held. The 50-day moving average sits here. But if tomorrow or Friday, if this level breaks, okay, if this level breaks, I will be short. My stop loss will be back against this 50-day moving average, which is the dark blue line you see on my screen. I would be short probably somewhere around 761 a 12 to 762. My stop loss will be somewhere around 763 and I’m going to target a move down into this region. Okay. So, just know now listen if you’re a member of True Trading Group obviously I’ll be trading with you live when this happens. Um you’ll be notified the moment I’m entering obviously like we always do inside of True Trading Group. If you’re not a member and you’re just going to you’re just kind of trading on your own, at least now you know my analysis. You’re not going to be able to know when I’m when I’m in and when I’m getting out, but at least now you know kind of where my head is where my head is at. I’m not telling you to just go short the market tomorrow. I’m telling you if this level breaks, I have high conviction for further downside to 754.

    Okay, that is what I am telling you.

    Now, those of you that are not members, if you’re not members of True Trading Group, you guys could very well trade along with me and the rest of the group. We we do have a 90-day trial that is available for you guys if you want to come and and trade with us. I think it’s a Listen, you guys do whatever it is that you want. I’m not I’m not going to sit here on this live show. I’m not going to sell you on a an annual membership, the True Trading Group. Um, we have annual memberships. We have lifetime memberships. So, I’m not going to talk to you guys about that stuff. True Trading Group has 11,000 members in 115 different countries. There are my It’s myself and seven other professional traders that trade with our members live every day. We share our screens, trade in front of you live, answer questions, provide market commentary and analysis. You get all of our trade alerts when our orders are executing. You know exactly where we’re placing orders before we actually get into these positions and get out of the positions. Um but true is not just a chat room. Okay, this is a fintech platform. TTG has actually received the global fintech uh the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. Um we’ve partnered up with the NASDAQ with open AAI data bento unusual whales to get a lot of different data pieces and puzzles that actually make our platform possible and all the tools and resources that we have built. Um it the TTD terminal that the trading system that you have access to as part of true trading group is the greatest tool for retail traders that levels the playing field and really gives you an advantage over other retail traders. You essentially have this very similar tools and data and analytics and resources that professional traders use and you get to use them now within your own retail trading. A Bloomberg terminal is going to cost you over 30 grand a year, right? That’s why most retail traders don’t have them because most retail traders are not going to spend 30 grand on a Bloomberg terminal. Um, but if you have one, you get access to a lot of other cool things that a lot of other traders don’t have. That is why we’ve built out the TT terminal and the tools and resources, the entire suite of AI trading tools and systems that we have is the reason why so many of our members are as successful as they are. So, and I’ll just prove this to you real quick. members of True Trading Group that are on this live. If you are a member and you’re making money and you’re becoming better traders because of TTG, I want you guys to go ahead right now and type the number one inside chat. Again, just type the number one. If you guys are making money, you’re becoming better traders because of TTG, just type the number one. Anyone that’s on here that’s not a member, just pay attention how many people you see, type the number one. This is the reason why I think that you guys should pay attention to some of the stuff I talk about on this live stream. It’s not because I claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I’m not. I’m a damn good one. I’ve been trading for 19 years. I got my start working at a hedge fund in New York City. Now I’m the co-founder and head trader of this platform. We have over 30 employees and 11,000 customers from all over the world. And we are partnered with some of the best, biggest, most influential finance companies in the world. Um, and I’m very proud that that is where we we currently sit. But the reason why I think you should pay attention to some of the stuff we talk about is not has nothing to do with me. It has everything to do with the success that people that are part of this platform and use these tools, the success that they actually have. And you can see from all the people that are typically number one. These are people that were just like you. They were just on a live stream one day and now here they are telling me they’re making money and they’re becoming better traders and if they can do it, so can you. They’re not smarter than you. They don’t have more time than you. 82% of our members have have a full-time job. So if they can do this and so can you. There’s absolutely no reason why you can’t. But that’s really the reason why it’s really the reason why I think that if you’re not a member I’m not gonna talk to you about a membership. I’m going to I’m going to let you guys join our trial. We have a 90-day trial. Come trade with us, use the tools, use some of the systems, make money with it, and then we’ll talk about an annual membership. I believe very strongly in the platform that we’ve created. I see the success our members have. That’s why I have no problem letting you try everything out for 90 days, not seven days. Not 14 days. That’s not enough time. I’m going to give you 90 days to try out all of our stuff. Make money. Then then say, you know what? I don’t want to ever not use these things again. I want to become a member for the year. Fantastic. I’d love to have you. Right. I put my money where my mouth is. And if our stuff is as good as I claim it is, then there should be no reason why you can’t use it. All of our AI tools are usagebased. Okay? Now, you’re going to use them over the course of those 90 days. We are going to lose money on you. I’m telling you that right now. We’re going to lose money on you because that 90-day trial to use our systems is only going to cost you 90 bucks. It’s $1 a day. You’re going to use a lot more than $1 a day of token usage with all of our AI tools. And I’m okay with that because it’s a business decision because I believe that if you use these things that you’re going to see real progress in your trading results and then after your trial, you’re going to become a full-time member. So, I’ll make the investment in the beginning. I will pay for you to use these tools because I believe once you use them, you’ll then want to pay us to use the tools. And that’s the way it should be. That’s exactly what it is here. Go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Okay, that is trueradinggroup.com9090.

    Look at this. Mr. Know the truth says, “I went from losing money monthly to now making more than my paycheck each week.” Look at that. And guys, again, I’m going to repeat. It’s not because I just give out the greatest trade alerts ever. Yes, I give out great trade alerts. Yes, I’m a good trader, but it’s not the reason why so many of our members have success. It’s not.

    Try it out for yourself. Truegroup.com990. If you have any questions, send us a text message to the phone number that’s listed at the bottom of the screen. We will help you with anything that you need. That is 1888-621-2127. You have any questions, text us. You need help signing up, text us. You need clarity on something, you’re unsure about something, you’re concerned about something, text us. We’ll be more than happy to answer any of your questions or help you in any way that we possibly can. So again, trueraining.com990 or send a text message, get you guys set up, join the trial, use our stuff for 90 days, then tell me I’m okay. So with that said, Micron is just kind of bouncing around. Micron’s really not doing much. That conference call is going to be getting underway

    and we’ll see how the stock reacts. But I’m telling you, man, this 762 level, this area breaks, I I think we sell off. You know, I think you’re going to have Let me Let me just delete all this. I’ll start fresh. I just think that if you get a candle that looks like this,

    right? I just think you’re going to get you’re gonna get that like I I just I just think it’s going to roll, you know? I do. I I I just think it’s going to roll.

    And of course bing you don’t have any major news like if you get like a I don’t know if you get like a US Iran deal or something then obviously I would expect the markets to move higher but you know what I’m what I’m giving you this analysis here is is based on you know the potential situation where bond yields continue to move higher and this support level breaks and in that in that environment in that backdrop I that I get very, you know, I get high conviction bearish to the downside. Can you explain your thought process on how you build those support levels? Sure. GMD, I would I would love uh I would love to go over that. Um so it all comes down it all comes down to just identifying identifying structure and this has been a very big level. Okay, this has been a very big area for the markets. Now, if you look back here, I just drew this line here around this like 760 area, and that’s going to take you to this previous all-time high, right? Then you have this big short squeeze at the end of July, early August, and that also led to a gap. So, now you have a previous all-time high. Then you have a gap entry. So, you had this big gap up to the new all-time high as the markets extended. So, that creates a gap entry point, which is also at the previous all-time high. Then we had pulled in to that level and that level started to act as support until you then broke underneath it when you had the Fed meeting and then all of a sudden you started to develop a couple of different tops. And now you see more structure starts to form as I Oops, I didn’t mean to draw that line. Sorry, hold on. My mouse just kind of got stuck on me. And then you’ll see more structure starts to build.

    across these previous tops. So you have here low of the day on this day, high of the day on this day, high of the day on this day, low of the day on this day, low of the day on this day, low of the day on this day, closing price on this day. Right? You see structure starts to build where you have data points that are all within like the same dollar range of each other. And what I mean by data points, okay, I mean a high of the day, a low of the day, an open or a close. So when you’re looking at a candle, there’s four data points per candle. High, low, open, close. They matter. And essentially, when you’re finding when you’re looking for structure, you want to find instances where several high, lows, opens, closes are lining up within the same the same price zone. In this situation, we have a lot of that structure forming while you also have this big gap up on the 21st which creates a open gap. Right? So this is a gap. So from this day to this day, this is a big this is a gap that creates an open gap. Okay? So a gap fill is a point of structure as well, right? A gap fill would be just this this candle’s close. But you also have this dark blue line which is the 50-day moving average. So now you have a moving average that is converging on an area of structure. And that all comes together, okay, to give you your support zone. Support and resistance are not finite prices. They are zones. They are areas of price. They’re not necessarily It’s not like okay support is 762.00 O and if you see 761.95 the level’s broken. That is not the way support and resistance works. The more volatile the the security you’re looking at the wider those zones will tend to be. It is our job as traders to identify and try to you know estimate how wide those levels are. So we know when a level has actually been broken versus a level is currently being tested. I can do an entire lesson on that with you on how to determine the width of a level and then how to determine when a level’s broken or when it’s being um or when it’s being tested. But I would I would go on for another two hours, which I’m not going to do. Um but yeah, that that’s how we identify that’s how we we build out this support level. And you know, we identified this support level last week and then into this week and we were able to catch some nice little long setups off of these levels. You know, every time we kind of backed up into here, we actually got some pretty good um buy opportunities for quick little day trades or quick little scalps depending on your trading style. But if bond yields continue to move higher, guys, I think this level is going to break. Okay? And I think that this this level is holding on. Uh it’s holding a lot of things up. And if if you get underneath it, I just think that I think things accelerate to the downside if you get underneath it, right? I just think it accelerates to the downside if you get underneath it. My stop loss will be back against that 50-day moving average. Again, that’s that dark blue line you see on my screen. Okay? But again, this is only a trade that we’re going to take if this level breaks. If tomorrow we gap up to 764 and a half, I’m not I’m not coming out of the gate just going ahead and just going short, right? It’s only if that level breaks.

    Okay. Yeah, my pleasure. GMD. My pleasure. Says, “Very helpful. I understand much more now.” Thank you, sir. My absolute pleasure. I love um I love that you even asked that question because it shows that you’re actually trying to learn. You know, you’re not you don’t just want someone to tell you what it is, right? Like, you know, oh, hey, just tell me what support is. Tell me where to buy. You know, I don’t I don’t necessarily like that. I listen, if you want to, you want to learn, you want to understand. I love that question. I love that. I love that you were, you know, you wanted to kind of know the why. So, that’s awesome. Uh, even with Micron going up. So Sherry, I I assume your your question was regarding, you know, me me getting bearish. Um, would I be bearish even if Micron goes up? Micron’s not really going up right now. Micron is just flat. You know, we we pushed a couple of bucks there after the earnings report, but nothing significant, nothing major. Nothing that would actually make the market move higher. And that’s really what I’m looking for, you know? I’m I’m looking for

    a move in Micron that would have carried the entire AI trade with it in order to pull the whole market with it and you haven’t seen that. Maybe that changes during the conference call, but it certainly doesn’t feel like it. How long under a level or over a level do you consider to be confirmation of something, FIFA? That’s a great question. It has nothing to do with time. It has everything to do with price. Allow me to explain.

    You might hear some traders say, “Oh, when it gets above a level, wait for the candle to close, and if it closes above it, the level’s broken.” That’s not true. Um, it it has for me it’s it has nothing to do with time and has everything to do with price. So, here’s the deal. Here’s how I determine when a level’s broken. This is a little bit more of an advanced topic, but it’s a very important technical analysis um issue. So, I’m glad you asked and I’ll I’ll run through this with you guys. Um, right now, let’s say if you determine that a level is $2 wide, let’s say you’re looking at Tesla and you say Tesla has I’m making this up. I’m not I don’t even know. I’m not even looking at Tesla. Um, this is completely hypothetical. So, don’t take this as analysis. This is just a hypothetical example. Let’s say if you said, “Oh, I see support on Tesla from 350 to 348 and you determine Tesla. Tesla’s a more volatile stock. It’s going to have a wider level than let’s say Bank of America. Bank of America’s level might be 30 cents wide.” Okay. So, you might say Tesla has support 350 to 348. So, what does that mean? That means that you believe that price could stretch from 350 all the way to 348 and that level would still hold. So, how do we know when the level is broken? The way that I like to confirm that a level is broken is when the listen to me carefully and then I’m going to say this so you catch it and then I’m going to explain further. I want a level to break by at least the width of the level. So if the level is $2 wide and it’s a support level and you want to know when is this level broken, you say from 350 to 348. If it’s $2 wide, then I want to see the level break by $2. So that means you break 348, you go to 346. Once you get to 346, you’ve broken the level by the width of the level. The level is now considered broken. Now, as the stock goes from 346 back to 348, now you go short with a stop loss at 350 and you look for then the stock to roll over to 343, 342, 340, etc. Now, let’s play the other way to the upside. Let’s say you’re looking at a stock $50 is resistance. You determine that this level is 75 cents wide. Maybe from 50 to 5075 you feel is resistance. But you feel if you break 5075, you’re through the level. So for me, let’s say the stock goes to 51. I still do not consider the level to be confirmed broken because maybe the level is a little bit wider than I thought it was and it goes to $50.95 and then it drops down to 49 and you and then at that point you just have a tail into resistance, an inverted hammer or a shooting star, whatever you want to call it. And now all of a sudden you look and you say, “Oh wow, the level failed, right? The stock failed at the level the the resistance level held. look at this big rejection, but in the heat of the moment in real time when the stock pushes to 5090, it looks like it’s broken. An hour later, it’s at 49 and you’re like, duh, level’s not broken. So, how do you know in the moment that the level’s broken or it’s just being tested? And for me, I like to see it break the level by the width of the level. So, $50 to 5075 is a 75 cent wide level. Then when you break 5075, go 75 cents. go to 5150. Now level broken. Now as the stock pulls back from 5150, now you start to go long 5075 5050. Now you’re buying the stock there with a stop loss back against $50. FIFA, does that answer your question? Does that make sense? There’s more there. Listen, I I can get a lot more detailed with you. I can get a lot more granular. There’s volume that we want to look at. There’s particular price action as far as candlesticks go. But the gist of things, that’s a really good rule of thumb to help you understand and determine when a level’s broken versus when a level’s being tested. Does that help answer your question? Anybody else unsure about anything that I just said? If you are, now is the time to speak before I do dip out and go eat some soup and drink my tea and get ready for my Yankees game. Beautiful.

    Anony’s one wheels says, “Well explained. Thank you. I learned something about it.” Fantastic. FIFA. Yes. Thanks a lot. My pleasure. Smooth brain. It’s a great explanation. Hope you’re well, brother. So guys, again, listen, you guys you guys want more of this. You know, we give out a lot. I do a lot of educational trainings throughout the course of every trading day as well. And after hours, we do a bunch of stuff, too, with members. Like I said, you guys are more than welcome to come trade with us. Um, you know, you guys can come trade with us um for 90 days, use the systems, you know, check out the the 11,000 members we have. Check out the seven other professional traders that are mods inside of True Trading Group aside from myself. Check out all the AI tools that are available to you and and let’s make some damn money together. Try the system. Then we’ll talk about you becoming a full-time member. So again, go to trueraininggroup.com990

    to join our 90-day trial. you have any questions or you need help, just shoot us a text message 1888-621-2127.

    Um, eyes on that level, guys, 762. That level breaks, just know I’m going short. All right, good luck uh tomorrow. Those of you that are not members, uh those of you that are members, I’ll see you guys as always. And um that’s really it. So, thanks for thanks for tuning in. Subscribe to the channel, guys. Show some love. Smash that like button. Turn on your notifications and I will see you guys all mñana. Take care folks. Have a great night.

  • 09/30/2026 – ProductsPilot

    All right, we are officially alive. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. And if you’re here, you probably already have a fair idea of what we’re going to talk about. If not, let me spill the beans. If you ever wanted to make money selling digital products, it cannot get easier than this. It literally cannot get easier than this. It literally finds what to sell, who to sell it to, creates it, finds the person that wants to buy it. It is the whole nine yards and it’s beautiful. I can’t wait to share it with you. The results of the people that have been using it are through the roof. So once again, if you’re here and you ever wanted to make money selling digital products, today is the day. So first, let me know if you can hear my voice, let me know if you can see the screen so we can dive right in. I see Michael’s here. Christopher’s here. Jason is here. David, Michelle, Melissa, James, Angela, Brian, Stephanie, good to have you. Matthew, Daniel, Kelly, amazing. Good to see you. Scott, Julie, Sarah, Thomas, lots of people flowing in. Amanda, good to have you. Laura, good to have you. Thomas, good to have you. Ben, perfect. I see lots of yeses flying in. And please, if you haven’t commented yet, make sure you do so we know we’re all good on the audio and tech side. Without further ado, let’s go ahead. You’re right on time. So, let’s get started. AI builds digital products for you that pays you again and again and again without designing, selling, or showing your face. And your first sales literally can happen within the next 24 hours. I’m going to show you exactly how that’s possible and how it has happened over and over again for the people that already started using it because most people are not even aware of what I’m about to show you right now. First of all, digital products are booming more than ever. And you can see the data right here. The global digital goods products market size is projected to reach 511 billion. The growing is compound right now. The annual growth rate. It is going through the roof. You can see this graph here. It is going absolutely bananas. It is right now one of the fastest ways to make money online. And obviously everything we say we do, we back it up. We’ve proven it. We’ve tested it. You can see right here now the digital product space is going insane. I’m going to explain also exactly why that is and how you can take advantage of it. The growth is phenomenal and therefore everyday people normal not celebrities or people with a huge audience or people that are known or famous regular everyday people are cashing in left right and center. Now, if you ever tried to sell a digital product, however, and just let me know in the chat box if you’ve ever tried it, if you’ve tried maybe any product whatsoever to sell it online, let me know if this sounds familiar because we know the regular trials and tribulations that come with this. First of all, you’re not even sure what to create, what should I sell, and then on top of that, not sure what people want to buy. And that’s even more important. It’s not about what do you want to sell, what do people want to buy in relation to what you’re selling. And on top of that, even if you have that figured out, where do you get the people? Where do you find them? No idea how to get them. Let me know if these problems, these pain points sounds familiar. Whenever you want to, you know, start your journey on making money online, it’s these three things that you keep running into. And worst of all, tons of time and money wasted on different tools altogether. Now, again, if that sounds like you, I see lots of yeses already coming in. Laura, there you go. Timothy, Joshua, Ryan saying yes. Kelly saying yes. Robert saying yes. Marie saying yes. James saying yes. David saying yes. And I appreciate you for mentioning it and all the other people as well. We’re going to solve this for you right here right now because Obby has created something. And I had to see it to believe it that literally makes sure you get sales no matter what. And now he’s making it available to the public. And we’re going to demonstrate it here. We’re going to show you how it works, why it works. And if you’re smart enough to grab this live, you’ll have the biggest deal of a lifetime. I can’t wait to share that with you as well. So, let me know if you’re excited because what if I told you that you can literally starting from today, pick any niche you want to sell in, whether it’s health, wealth, pets, relationships, local business, and instantly have finished products beautifully crafted, listed, promoted, and selling for you every single day. You can see Linda, her first sale was so amazing. I’m not sure if Linda if she was able to make it here as well. Linda, let me know if you’re here. She said, “I generally thought I would be sitting there for weeks refreshing.” Which, you know, usually is the case when you start and try to make money online. And she’s been through many things already. She came in, the listing went live, the pins went out, and somebody bought it that evening. And that’s why I’m telling you, this is probably the fastest way you make money with digital products. And I can’t wait to share it with you all. We have many case studies. Pria also crushing it. You know, already at 40 buyers. So with that being said, this is going to be able to happen without having to go through the tedious work of designing the product, creating the product, or you know, showing your face post on social media all the time. Literally all done for you by a specific set of agents that nobody else has access to other than the people we share this with. So let me know if you have this. Can you see yourself making sales as soon as today? Just give me a quick yes if you’re excited, if that’s what you want, because that’s exactly what we’re going to talk about. The people that grab this, you’re going to make your first sales starting today and you will own a brand new AI. There’s literally nothing like this out there. You’ll see it once we run the demo. Obvious that builds and sells products for you. Because let’s face it, there are tons of AI that, you know, you can maybe create something, build something. But this goes a step beyond that. It not only builds it, it finds who wants it, creates it, sells it. And I’ll actually prove it to you with tons and tons of success stories. And the best part is you don’t need a following to begin with. You don’t need design skills. You don’t need tech skills. And you don’t need to find the buyers yourself. And that’s usually the biggest problem, finding buyers. And that’s going to be solved for once and for all. When you take action today, you will have AI building and selling products for you in any niche. Literally having AI work for you where it finds the winning niche. It creates at least 15 products a month. And if you take action here today, you’ll be even able to create more than that. We’re going to show you the amazing deal. On top of that, makes the mockups and listings super clean, the ones that get a ton of clicks, sends buyers from seven channels. So, you sit back, watch the traffic come in, and buy. And it gets you paid again and again and again. So, this is just a quick intro so you know what we’re going to talk about. I hope that excites you as well. And if it does, just let me know. Comment in the chat box. I’m in. And if anything so far is not what you’d like, then feel free to leave at this point because we’re going to talk about nothing else other than showing you exactly how you’ll be able to sell digital products within the next few hours starting today. So if you want that comment, I’m in because this is not just information we’re going to share with you. It’s going to be transformational. We’re going to show you brand new way of how to make money the most automated way possible. We’re going to do that by the three secrets starting off explaining the entire digital product income model. Right? This is not just a show and tell, but we also want to educate you what works so you’re better entrepreneur than before you came on this webinar here today. We’re going to show you how anyone can get real sales within 24 hours without design or traffic worries. Furthermore, we’re going to show you how to get buyers on autopilot. The one thing that usually holds people back will be the easiest part of everything. how your product reaches 93.5 million buyers every day without having to post or wait for someone to finally find you. And on top of that early webinar special, and I said it from the start, because you’re smart enough to show up live here today, Obvious decided to do something crazy which will only be available on this webinar, which is a massive discount that you’ll find nowhere else. So, I hope you’re excited. Once again, I already see lots of yeses and a coming in still. Super excited to have you on. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. We’re going to show you the one product type that is in extremely hot demand right now and the three-step formula that turns it into daily sales. There’s one thing I want to point your attention to and I think we can all agree on this that everyone right now is drowning and I’m talking absolutely drowning in free information. Let me know if you agree with this. I mean, literally anyone can ask chat GPT anything right now or any other AI and just gets a wall of text, word vomit, essays, just a whole blurp of text that you now have to go and figure out and, you know, take as you wish. And for most people, even though it’s, you know, a convenience in some way, at the same time, it’s a headache because it just gives you a ton of homework. And for that reason, there’s one particular digital product that is in extremely hot demand right now. Answer the following question to see if this makes sense. If you wanted buyers and sales today, which one would you sell? Or better yet, what do you think a buyer would love to buy from you? Is it a a ton of information that people have to stitch together themselves, which is essentially something they can do on GPT, or done for you plug-andplay resources, templates that are instantly ready to use? Now, I think the answer goes without saying, there we go, B. It is indeed B. Now, people are buying done for you templates more than ever before. You see, people will buy templates because Chad GPT lacks visual design, human curation, and a done for you convenience. And the proof is undeniable. 3.58 billion is spent on digital planners alone last year. This is something you can make, put online, and get sales on today. And the digital planners go like crazy because people always need them. On top of that, it’s 36.9 million repeat buyers who keep coming back. And that’s just on one particular site that we’re going to show you. It’s kind of like ordering dinner where, you know, you ask SBD for the recipe and it will give it to you. It give you a whole list. You need to do this, do this, chop this up, put it for this amount of time, and you need to then shop, get the ingredients, cook it, wait, clean up, and hope you do it right. Or you can order it done for you, ready to go and eat in 20 minutes. And even though a home-cooked meal can be nice, a lot of people will also pay for convenience. Yeah, surely they can try making themselves or they can go to a restaurant and get it for example. And that is the same what’s happening. Yes, they can go to chat GPT and ask it and get a ton of, you know, information that they now have to stitch together and find out what they want to build with or take it over to Canva and try to make a calendar manually. Or they can go online, buy a ready to go calendar and they’re off to the races. And that’s what you get paid for for putting together a finished product. And people pay very well for it. Right? There are people making, you can see right here in Business Insider, 9,500 a month. A month selling printables. And we’re going to show you exactly how to make these even better, where to sell them, and how you can get sales starting today. Let me know if this is starting to make sense. 93.5 million people bought on Etsy alone last year. One of the most underrated platforms. I’m going to show you how to monetize like nobody else is doing because the people on Etsy are not leveraging what we’re about to show you. You’ll be able to dominate effortlessly. and there’s more than enough traffic to go around. So again, let me know if this makes sense. Comment yes if you’re starting to see the picture, if you understand why this works, because this is one of the fastest ways to make money online right now. It’s the digital product formula. You create templates people already want with an emphasis on already want because that’s where most people go wrong. They create something hoping people want it. We create things we know people already want. We’re going to show you how we do that. On top of that, we list them where buyers already shop. We don’t go and figure out where should we put it or where do we post it or we post on social media and hope and wait. We put it in places besides social media where we already know there are the buyers that keep buying this regardless. And then furthermore, we watch the sales come in daily. Now, ordinary people, like I said, are applying this exact method, making a full-time income doing this. So, you might be wondering, well, if this works so well, then why is not everyone doing it, right? Why is not everyone doing this? It’s because even with the latest AI, what we’ve looked at as well, you still have to research what is actually selling. Remember, it’s really important to understand what do people want to buy. Second of all, know which marketplace to list on. Etsy is not the only one. There’s some highly untapped, underrated ones, some that most people don’t even know about, where you can get a ton of sales where you can come in with a skill set and a value that blows anyone else out of the water on that same marketplace. We’re going to show you how we’ve been able to do that and help anyone else do that as well. Furthermore, you need to design it well enough to get clicked because if it’s not attractive or good-looking, people will not click it or buy it. You need to write the listing and the keywords as well to show up in the right places for the people that actually want to buy such product. You need to build the print files, the mockups, go and find the traffic. Plus, even if you use all these tools to do this, you’re looking at at least that GPT pro at 200 a month. Mjourney Mega Plan 120 a month, Adobe Creative Cloud or any of the apps $69.99 a month. Then keyword tools to know what actually sells to do the research. It’s going to be a hassle. So, you need to manage multiple tools and all have a monthly recurring system on it. And you still won’t know what will actually sell. And that’s why most people never make money with digital products, even with the latest AI. Now, that is all about to change. Imagine opening up your laptop and seeing this instead. Like Josh said, the part I didn’t expect was the traffic. I built the product, went to bed, woke up. the paints already scheduled and going out on their own. Didn’t touch Pinterest once. Got my first two sales that week without doing anything beyond the initial setup. We’re going to show you exactly how to do this starting today because Obby spent the entire year building an AI that does it all for you. When he first showed it to me, I couldn’t believe my eyes. What if you had access to the AI that finds the niche, builds the product, and gets you paid? It’s like the holy trinity, the holy grail, the three things to actually have a real successful income coming in. It does for you. It finds the niche, builds the product, gets you paid. If you had this, do you see yourself making sales fast? Like Priya, Linda, Marcus, David crushing it, right? You can see right here, David saying, you know, so did everybody who’s doing well at it now. Then I actually look at the numbers. 93 million buyers and the shops at the top are selling printable invitations and journal pages. There’s no version of that where there’s not room for one more. He’s going into markets where people are already selling it and he is crushing it. Right here, I run three shops now already and normally spend a full day on just one new listing. This gave me the same product written out for Etsy, Gumroad, and Teachers Pay Teachers. Highly underrated platform where you can make a ton of sales in under an hour. Already picked up a handful of sales across all three without lifting a finger. He creates a lot of printables, templates, you know, fun things that teachers buy, you know, to put in our classes in their schools and he gives them the license to use it and such. This is such an underrated play that nobody is talking about. Now, let me ask you this. Who here would love to see how you will be able to do exactly this? Comment. I want this. If you want to have a really good and nice side income that doesn’t require a lot of tech knowledge, any type of skills, but leveraging the best type of AI, just being at the right time in the right place, which is right here, right now. Let me know if you want this. Comment, I want this. And let’s go ahead and bring Abby in. Give him a warm, warm welcome. He’s put so much time, energy, effort into this in testing it, making sure it works, making sure people get results, and I can’t wait to show you what he’s cooked. So, Abby, if you’re ready, let’s go ahead and uh show them the power of product pilot. Welcome to Product Pilot. In this demonstration video, I’m going to show you how you can use product pie to create incredible products that are high in demand and selling on websites like Etsy, Shopify, Printify, and all similar sites and start making money without creating products yourself, without finding out what’s actually going to sell, and without generating bias traffic. AI does it all for you. So once you’re on the dashboard, you log in here. You can see all the collections that you have created. Collections are what we call these products, right? So get to get started. We click on create collection or create a product. So we click here. And now right over here, you can pick your niche. Now our AI agent scans the web and finds out what are the top selling niches and categories in these sites, what people are actually paying money for. So you can see all these things and you can see their trend number as well. So 7 out of 10, 6 out of 10, all these 9 out of 10. This is like really really popular because winter is coming to winter lux office party invitation is what is selling really really well right now. Now the kind of products that you can create include wall art planners, digital planners, templates, all different kinds of templates, investor briefing, email template, B2B software demo, call script and slide deck template, all those sort of thing, invitations, invite, sales kickoff, rally invitation, executive dinner invitation, things for kits, left hand, cursive writing practice, color by code, all these different products that people are buying. on websites like Etsy, right? Craft work. People are buying all these different kind of craft work of like eight out of 10 minimalistic pantry and spice label bundle. Can you imagine? People are paying thousands of dollars buying things like these and nobody is doing this. Low content and PDF reports as well, virtual assistant monthly client report templates, all different kind of things. So for our demonstration, let’s create a digital planner. Now let’s see which one’s doing really well right now. So I’ve got

    let’s do a 30inut gym morning digital planner 5 days split habit stack. Okay. So I’m going to select this. I’m going to click on next. Now you can pick from all these different styles. Now these are the styles that are trending right now in this current month. Now every month these styles change because our AI agent goes out there and looks for what’s really doing well. What kind of style is doing well. So for our demonstration we can pick any of these styles because these are all guaranteed to do well. So in my demonstration I’m going to pick this one right over here. And then I’m going to scroll down. I can give our collection design a description if I want a specific style or I could just leave it as optional. Now I can choose pages. How many pages I want? 30, 40, 50, 60. Because it’s a planner, it’ll have multiple pages or you can also enter custom. For our demonstration, I’m going to do five pages and click on generate collection. Now, as you can see, the AI agents will go out there, start doing keyword research, start locking in the style and start designing all of this. Now, this would take a couple of minutes. You can always go back to collections and continue working on your other projects, and you can always come back and see all the work that is going on for you. Now, as you can see, our collection is ready. It’s all here. You can view, preview it, can zoom in, see everything. And this is all created by AI and people absolutely want this based on market research. This is not guesswork. This is all market research. So next thing we’re going to do is create mockups. Now mockups essentially means how we’re going to present this planner to the customer who wants it. How we going to show them like okay you buy this planner but then this is how you can place it in real life. I’m going to show you what exactly it means. But mock-ups are essentially used by websites like Ets, Printify, Shopify to showcase how the product is going to be used in real life by the buyer, by the customer. So, as you can see, this is how they will see mockups to be. Oh, you can use mockup on your iPad. You could be um uh putting your planner on an iPad stand like this or like this. So, we’re going to use this to help increase our sales conversions. Next, we’re going to click here. And now we can list our product on any of these four websites or you can have your own storefront created in products pilot itself. I’m going to show you that to you in a second as well. But you can list your product on Etsy, Gumroad, Printify, and Shopify all from the dashboard. Now all these four websites do not allow automatic listing because they want people to do it manually which is why product pilot also follows their regulations so your listings never get banned. Now to make it more simplified for you we’ve added nine simple steps that you just have to copy and paste. So you go to Etsy and all you have to do it copy and paste your products. So step one collection images you click on download and mark as complete. Step one, done. Next, step two, collection title. You copy this, you go to SE, paste it, mark as complete. Done. Copy, paste. Again, description, copy, mark as done. You go and paste it on your SE listing. Tags, copy, paste, mark as complete. Super straightforward, super easy. Category, copy. Select the category there. Mark is complete. You don’t have to do anything. You just have to copy and paste. AI disclosure. Copy. Mark is complete right over there. Price, you can put whatever price you want. For us, I’m going to do at least 19 bucks. Update the price. And I’m going to mark as complete. I’m going to update that on my Etsy listing as well. Now, here I can put my Etsy uh URL. Once I finish my listing on etsy.com, it will give me a URL. I’m going to paste that here. Now the reason we take this URL is for you to be able to see all your sales and data and tracking everything inside product pilot. Now you can create hyperlink PDFs as well. You click on it, it will start generating it. Mark is complete. Now you can download it all and mark as complete though. You can download this and give it to a different person. So if you’re creating these products for your client, you can do that. Now once this is done we mark this as listed. Now what product is going to do not only your product is listed on Etsy. You can do the same for Gumroad again again same steps right but it has also created your very own storefront that is hosted by products pilot and you can use your own domain. So you don’t really need to list on Etsy or Gumroad or Prettify or Shopify. You can simply have your own storefront. So, let me show you how it looks. You click on this little link and you can see your morning planner here. All the images with the mockups, everything clearly displayed here with description, price, people can add to cart, they can purchase, they can check out, you can capture their email. And the best part is you go to the home and you can see all the other different collections you have created. So, I have a wall art that I have created, two of these products. So people can see that as well. They can read about your uh store story, everything. Now to customize this, you go to storefront over here and you can connect your Stripe or PayPal to receive payments. You can add your SMTP to capture email. [snorts] You can um change this URL or you can add your own custom domain over here. Right? You can see all the details, all the products, the headlines, all these things about your storefront. You can add more products that you have created. The more collections you create, more you can add. And you can create multiple storefronts, not just one. You can see all the subscribers you have. You can see all the emails you have. You can connect and even send emails to all these subscribers. You can create bundles. You can connect, give it a title, description, price, and you can bundle two products together and create a bundle. You can of course connect your payment and track all the sales here. You can track all the orders that are coming in. You can see analytics, how many emails captured, how many customers, how many sales, how much refund, all that data is here. And then of course you can change the store title, add your logo, pick from all these different designs and color palettes and styles, and you can customize everything that you want. You can even add your own AI chat bots here. So that’s how you create your collections, your products that will sell. Then product pilot also creates you a storefront. Now this is all great. This is all about creating the products, listing the product, getting it ready for sales. But how do we get buyers? That’s why we’ve created a module called traffic generation. In the traffic generation, we have the traffic accelerator where it lets you generate traffic to your listing through six different ways. So the first one is AIdriven social microcontent. You select the uh the collection that you want to promote and it will start creating micro videos promoting these products for you. So you can select all these images about the product. You can add more images if you want and then you can select the country and the language and then it will start generating these videos for you. You can upload more characters if you want. You can drop more images here. You can select all these images that you want to use in your video and it will start generating all these videos for you. It will create a script. You can add your own image as a character. You can choose what kind of video you want. You can add AI voice. You can use your own voice. You can clone your voice. You can use 11 Lab voices. You can generate these videos super super fast. Now once these videos are generated, they will automatically be scheduled to be published across all the social media that you have and you can see all the schedule right over here. Now the next thing you can create is AI powered QA outreach. So in AIdriven QA outreach, it ensures customers interaction is personalized. It goes finds questions that have been asked about your product anywhere in the web and engages those customers. So AI agent will find questions on Kora on Reddit and answer those. Next one is AI generated Pinterest pin board. So it will create these beautiful Pinterest boards about your product, promoting your product and start pinning those and start generating traffic for you from Pinterest. And again, it’s super simple. It’s step one, step two. Click, click, click. You don’t really have to create, write, or think of anything. All you have to do is just approve. And AI is going to generate all the art, all the style that you need to use. So, as you can see right over here, it’s going to generate a pin preview. It’s already generated a headline. It’s already generated a description. Next, all we have to do is approve and it will get scheduled. This is incredible. These are using the same collections that you created and it’s created this improved image. Next, we’re going to go is approve and we’re going to get it scheduled at whatever date or time we want. Next one is automated PDF guide. So, it creates these PDF guides and submits these PDF guides on thousands of PDF websites. So, you start generating videos from there. Link building and guest posting is where the AI agent will contact blog owners and help you get guests post on their blogs and start generating traffic from there. And then automated Google web story creation as well where it creates these Google web stories that are automatically ranked on Google. So you start generating organic traffic as well. Super super easy. Again, all the styles, all the details are here. You don’t really have to do anything. Just tap tap tap click and everything is done. All these data will be automatically AI generated and scheduled for you. So not only you create your collections based on products that are actually selling right now, you also generate traffic, you are also able to immediately automatically create your own storefront and then have all the traffic generated using the traffic accelerator module driven to your own storefront or to your Etsy, Printify, Shopify stores to start generating buyers for you. Now, this is how product pilot work. This is an untapped market. There’s not a lot of people doing this. And if you get started with product pilot today, you can start making thousands of dollars every single week by simply creating collections, products that people are already looking for. These are all the categories that are trending. So, there are people looking for these things. And we help you create these. We help you list them. And then the AI also helps to generate buyers to your listings to your storefront so you can start making money. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out to our support team. We’ll be happy to help you. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants product pilots to go ahead and dominate for them. And I totally hear Abby what he’s saying. Obviously, we’re heading, you know, into seasons where a lot of niches are going to be smoking hot and you can sell invitation letters, templates, like things that people just need in bulk really quickly to print out. This is the perfect time to step into this. And I’m so glad that he’s building in a way where the agent actually sources these hot niches for you that you sometimes completely overlook or not even think of. So, the sales are inevitable. So, I hope you’re excited. And I see lots of people saying, “Wow, I want this.” Uh, and this looks insane. Amazing. This makes it so much easier. I love it. I mean, and the results prove it. I mean, the people that have been using it are crushing it. Therefore, I want to quickly dive into buyers on autopilot because that’s the next step right here where once you have this, the agents go out there and make sure it sells. I want to quickly make you understand how that works because once you have this, you’ll never have to worry about traffic. And that’s why this is an absolute no-brainer. And I recommend anyone if you want to make money with digital products, it can’t get easier than this. So, we call it the products pilot. Essentially, now that you have the product, all that needs to happen next is the right people need to see it. And to be honest, this is usually where most people stay stuck, right? They can have an AI that can create the most beautiful things, but once it’s created, how do I get it to the people? And this is exactly what Obby went out of his way for to make the easiest part of product pilot altogether. You see, he went and found the most underrated places where things like this sell like hotcakes and fly off the shelf. Things like Google web stories, things like Pinterest, 640 million people a month, they’re searching, Etsy searching, 93.5 million buyers, not just visitors, actual recorded buyers. Top of that, Gumroad, 18.6 million visits every single month. Now, here’s what real sellers are getting on Etsy. With a traffic of 466 million visitors a month that you can expect when your product is on Etsy, this is the amount of traffic that Etsy is getting every single month. Now, within the first two weeks in the health niche, doing $796.60 in the first two weeks. Now, Pinterest, 640 million monthly users. Emily Morave did over 13,000 plus sales in the entire year. 35% more traffic to her Etsy shop. On top of that, Gumroad 18.6 million visits a month. Rahan made $941 in 30 days from one simple ebook he put on there. And he’s already crushing it on on their other sites as well. And then we have Google Web Stories, which has, you know, Google’s the biggest 5 trillion searches a year. Now you can show up for free in Google search. I mean this is the traffic that you can start expecting. It is insane. And here’s how it actually works. Here’s how products pilot sends you to buyers. The traffic builder runs on every listing you own. So it sends it to Google web stories, Pinterest pins and boards, which is probably where you’ll see your first sales really quickly. PDF guides and lead magnets, Q&A and outreach drafts, guest post drafts. I mean, it does everything. Plus, on top of that, AI social micro content, quick content that grabs the attention and sends people to the offer. That means on every listing, you can expect traffic every day forever. And the sales happen in three simple steps. You pick a niche, you let the AI build it and list it, and the traffic builder sends the buyers. This is the whole plan. You pick the niche which AI already has selected for you, the hottest ones, and gives it a score. Then the AI builds the right products that it already knows people will buy based on the data it has found and then it gets those same people to see your products without fill. Now if we do the math on this and let me know if you’re loving this. If you do the math finished products that product palace builds for you for your shop every month. Let’s say you build at least 15 products, which the engine can do a lot more, especially if you’re taking action on the webinar, but let’s say brand new shop, you’re just getting started building 15. Now, what one planner or template pack typically sells for is about $12. We’ve seen some of $27 do really well as well. But let’s talk very conservatively. Let’s say you’re selling your template pack or planner for $12. Now, two sales a day, that’s already $24 a day on just one product. Now, every single month if you stack that up, that’s 720 bucks a month on just two sales a day, which is nothing when you have the power of product pilot in your corner. One product brings in 720 bucks a month. Now, with product pilot, you can create a ton of products all together. At five sales today, we’re already at 1,800 a month. And you can run multiple shops, multiple products and get traffic from Google web stories, Pinterest, the PDF guys, Etsy search, Gumroad forums. All the traffic is going to your shops. So let me know in the chat box. Comment yes if you’re starting to see how simple this is, how this actually works, and why. Like I mentioned, this is the easiest and fastest way to make money with digital products because everything that you normally get stuck on is taken care of. So, comment yes in the chat box if you see how simple this is. With that being said, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something insane. I mean, if you’ve seen the value of what we’ve shown you here today, you already understand that this is clearly well worth over $1,000. At the very least, you’re basically getting an income machine in your hands. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something insane which only will remain available on this very webinar. Meaning, when this webinar ends, that deal goes with it. So, it’s such a great thing that you decided to show up live here today. So, who wants to know the early webinar special? Let me know in the chat box. You’ve just seen what’s possible. Who wants finished products on the shelf by tomorrow? Comment in the chat box yes and I’m going to show you exactly and everything that is included, what you’re going to get and the steel of a deal and even some insane webinar only bonuses that we’re going to share with you here today. Let me know in the chat box and let’s go ahead and dive right in. And I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, here’s everything you’re getting in the webinar special. And again, this is only available on this webinar. What you’re getting today is the products pilot premium. This includes the AI niche finder which finds your exact niches, gives them the demand, the competition level, how trending it is, how seasonal it is, everything you need to know to guarantee sales. Then from there, you get seasonal intelligence. You get the 15 complete products every month that it builds for you. And just to remind you, we’re entering the best seasons possible to start making a ton of profits. Now, furthermore, you’re getting all the product categories. You’re getting unlimited rerolls, print files in every size, whether it’s, you know, uh, zip files, PDF, PNG, text, light. You get everything from start to finish, perfectly put together. Then the lifestyle mockups that are made for you, so it looks tangible. You get the listing copywritten per marketplace, fully SEO driven, so your listing gets ranked extremely high, a ton of clicks, shows up in all the right search places, again, guaranteeing those sales. Furthermore, Etsy and Gumroad listing packs completely ready and done for you to profit from all that traffic. Trademark screening built in so other people can’t just take your product. Two shops, not just one, but multiple shops allowing you to tap into millions of buyers. Seven channel traffic builder guaranteeing you sales yourself from daily sales no matter what. And bulk zip export. And of course, a commercial rights in full. You can use it for yourself, but you can also use it for clients. And there are tons of people that need help selling their products, selling their services, selling their planners, or they want to create something in alignment with what they have, and you’re able to offer it as a service as well. So, let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. Just give me a quick yes if you do. And then what I’ll tell you next is that it’s going to get even better because everything you just saw in one account is the product pilot premium. But because you’re on this webinar, who here wants 10 times faster results? Let me know in the chat box. Comment faster if you want 10 times faster results. I mean actually dominate. Like all the people that are using this are beta testers and they’re crushing it. What you’re about to get access to next will make it so simple and that’s why today’s special is worth its weight in gold. Let me know in the chat box comment faster because as you know the products pilot premium already is very high value valued at $4,85. But we’re also immedately going to upgrade you to the unlimited. What does this mean? You have no monthly cap on products and more products mean more sales. You have premium image engine so your products look better than everyone else’s. Bulk creation. You can create 20 products at a time. That is instantly increasing your sales. Priority Q and full API access. So your products are done faster. You have full API access. B creation. You’ll be absolutely unstoppable. Meaning, so instead of 15 products a month, you can fill a whole shop in one sitting. And this is your unfair advantage. Meaning on top of the products pile premium, you’re also getting the unlimited, bringing the total value to 6,431. Now, let me know who here loves the unlimited. That is a game changer. There you go. Loving it. Now, it gets even better. You’re also going to get the diamond storefront. Now, we’ve tested a lot of different storefronts and we’ve noticed branded storefronts do really well, especially once you start having repeat buyers. You can direct them to your very own branded storefront, which product pilot will even promote for you. This will capture every buyer. You It does automatic AI follow-ups. You build your list. You can even sell products to that list. And it has a full bundle builder and direct checkout that bundles your products together and makes the perfect product for your visitor. Meaning every buyer now becomes your customer, not just a customer on Etsy or Gumroad, your personal customer, and you can sell to them again and again and again. Meaning on top of the products pilot premium, you’re also getting the unlimited and the diamond storefront, bringing the total value to $10,84. Now, like I said before, you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck, and this is going to be the easiest way to make money with digital products in particular because we’re also going to give you the platinum agency. This will allow you to not only make money from the products, but also do it for others. And there’s tons of people that are craving help that need someone that either can manage their shop, help them sell products. They’re trying to create printables. they don’t know what to do or they just have so much to do and they’re looking for someone that can come in and help them with this. You can also give this to a friend, a relative, family member. You’ll be able to do 25 client shops, full white label branding, branded client reports, client records, and team access. This is the platinum agency. Normally 997 a year. You can now run shops for yourself and for other people and charge them for it. This means on top of the product pilot, you’re getting the unlimited, the storefront, and the platinum agency. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’ve decided to do something absolutely insane. You see, Abby said, “I’m working on something and I’m not sure if I also want to immediately give this on the webinar. This is, you know, one of the most exclusive things that you normally have to get separately.” and he said, “You know what? Everyone that’s live on the webinar, we’re going to include it in the special discounted bundle.” This is a big one because this is the elite marketplace builder. This gives you eight additional platforms, listings written for each platform. All these platforms come with traffic, books with KDP ready covers, and one click, it’s all published. This means for one product, you now have 10 places to get paid for it. All the odds are in your favor. There’s nothing like this out there. Meaning on top of product pilot, you now have the unlimited, the diamond storefront, the platinum agency, and the elite marketplace builder. Total value of $12,970. I’m going to ask it one more time. Who here is loving everything they’re getting access to? This makes it so simple for you to plug and play, get started, and start dominating. You’ll have access to product pilot which will allow you to get paid again and again. Make your first sale within weeks. We have people doing $796 within two weeks from sell selling digital products on Etsy. Build towards 2K a month in record time. On top of that, grow a shop into real revenue. And imagine relaxing at home while the sales keep coming because that is going to be the reality. You don’t have to be out there consistently posting, grinding, you know, going back and forth with chat GPT, strategizing, building this website, building that. The sales keep coming because the traffic keeps coming and the products are getting created in the hottest niches. And that’s why the total value of this is $12,970.

    Now, obviously, because you’re on this webinar, and even though it’s worth every single penny of that, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. But if I’m being honest, even if it were that price, it will be more than worth it because you’re getting something that allows to dominate in a way no other AI can. Now, to be frank, immediately after this webinar, the price will quickly go to 1997 annual. And for starters, it has to be annual. If you’ve seen the quality results this has already generated but quite simply what it does finding the buyers getting the buyers building the product listing the product it does everything in one go to get you results I mean something that well created as well as supported that’s wellmaintained and keeps getting better you know products that are high high quality they need annual to keep sustaining it so you’re in the best hands possible because you know this has ongoing support and maintenance, but because you’re on this webinar, it won’t even be 1997. We figured as a special to drop it down by another $1,000, but even that we are not going to do. You see, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to drop it down all the way to just $497. Now, let me know in the chat box if you believe 497 annual is an amazing discount for what you’re getting for a full year. Mind you, full year. You can run up a whole shelf of products, multiple stores, get millions of traffic to tap into. You’ll make so much more than 497 in a year regardless. Now, who here thinks that’s actually a fair deal? There you go. Lots and lots of guesses coming in. Now, I got news for you. It won’t even be 497, which is insane. And even though you can make so much more money than that in an, you know, in a full-on annual, you will not even have to invest 497. Today, we figured on this webinar, we’re going to drop it down even lower to just 317 annual. and to make it the ultimate deal. And because you showed up and you stayed until the end, if you comment the word live, because we always like like to treat the people and which is you, we always like to treat you better when you show up live. When you comment the word live, you’ll unlock the live action taken discount, the live action taker discount, which means it will be even lower than 317. I mean, that’s insane. This is such a good software, well-maintained, and it actually has gotten people a ton of results as it will for you. This is a gold mine of a find, and it won’t even be 317. You’ll be able to get it for just 267, but only when you grab it right now on the webinar with the special coupon code that you can enter in the order form, which are going to be activated right this second. And so I’m going to ask the team to activate the limited amount of coupons that we have and the people that use it, the first will be able to take advantage of this and grab it for only 267. The link will be dropped in the chat right now. This is a steal of a deal, a gold mine of a find. And you couldn’t have been in a better time and place right now, especially with the seasons coming up as well to run products pilot for you. let the agents do their thing and watch the sales come in. This will allow you to finish the year strong and actually have a ton of results to be proud of and it’s going to be in one of the easiest fashions possible. So, make sure you go to the link in the chat and take advantage of the special coupon code that is just now activated. Now, we got limited amount of these available, so it’s really first come, first serve. Again, the link just dropped in the chat. go to the URL. Now, in all seriousness, if you’ve been looking for something that actually gets you results, if you’ve been looking for something that takes care of the traffic, that creates a product for you, that sells it for you, something that’s easily maintainable and actually brings in a really good side income, and doesn’t cost an arm and a leg, then this is perfect right here. 267 is the most affordable it will ever be and it will allow you to step in to a proven business model where the work is cut out for you. And I’m not kidding when I’m saying the price will go up after this webinar in stages, meaning this is the lowest it will ever be right now. And the link is in the chat. Now again, if you’ve been sick and tired of, you know, running around in circles trying different things and not knowing how to get traffic, you’re going to get the traffic builder that runs on every listing you own. It does everything to make sure you get sales. And it’s three simple steps. It picks the niche. It lets the AI build the products and list it. And the traffic builder sends the buyer. Now, you can start earning the moment you grab this, but this is your only chance to take advantage of the webinar special. You’re getting the whole nine yards where all your work is cut out for you. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting 10 times faster results with the unlimited as well as the diamond storefront as well as the on top of that platinum agency. And of course, besides a platinum agency, the all-inclusive elite marketplace, allowing you to get 10 places additionally to get paid for the products that product pilot creates for you. This is the best possible course of action in time where you can grab this because everyone outside of this will have to grab either everything separately plus the price will be a lot higher. Now, having access to product pilot once again will allow you to get paid, make your first sales in weeks, build towards the 2K month quickly, and grow a shop into real revenue. We’ve people doing 93K in revenue selling digital downloads. Now, I want you to imagine what it’s like when you take an action right now to invest 267. And that’s what it truly is, an investment, something that you can ask back at any time because you have a money back guarantee. [snorts] 267 and you turn it on. It finds the niche. It creates a product. It sells it for you. We could have easily offered this at 997, which we will. Even 497 317 is already a steal of a deal. But because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get the ultimate deal. And because you stayed until the end, if you comment the word live, which I see many of you already did, you’ll be able to snatch this up for an all-time low of just 267. Now, once again, the link is in the chat box. Make sure to go to the URL right now. And once you have this, you can say goodbye to staring at a blank canvas, not knowing where to start or what to do or having to pay other people, designers or, you know, contractors, VAS to try and do things for you. You’re no longer listening into silence or, you know, waiting for traffic to appear. And you’re no longer watching everybody else catch in. all those problems will literally fade away the moment you grab product pilot. So you have two choices when this call ends. You can either grab this right now and start earning and definitely you know on these last months of the year you know quickly scale like never before by having the perfect offers created by product pilot for you presented to the right people by product pilot for you. That is a cash cow as I like to call it. Or you exit the call. You fail to take advantage of the biggest discount and one of the easiest and fastest ways to make money online right now and go back to overtime spending not only more time but even more money on inferior things trying to figure out how to make money online. The answer is right in front of you right now. And you’re able to grab the product pilot, the unlimited, the diamond storefront, the platinum agency, and the elite marketplace, the whole nine yards for just 267 annual. And you can cancel anytime. Now, after a year, you can tell us now, you’d be crazy if I cancelled this. This keeps getting me sales, which we know for a fact it will. Or maybe after a year, you’re like, hey, I’ve made more than enough money with this, and I want to take this money and do something else. And that’s totally fine as well. Either way, in both scenarios, you’re going to get results no matter what. Now, if you’re quick, and I already see a couple of people, I actually want to go ahead and congratulate the ton before. Um, I mentioned something really interesting because I see a few people already asking about it. I first want to congratulate Poppy Williams. Um, and John as well, Anthony as well. Lisa as well. Um, there you go. Lots of yeses coming in. You guys are amazing. I’m in. I’m in. I’m in. Uh, how long is the money back guarantee? It’s a full 14 days. That’s more than enough time, you know, to used it, even getting sales, results. So, 14 days, more than enough. Um, and, you know, zero risk, no questions asked. So, just so you know that. There you go. Perfect. That’s all I need to know. Awesome. Now, you’re getting the whole nine yards and there’s more. Now, I’m going to go to the special bundle page right here. Here, I’m going to put it on the screen because you’re going to get the entire product pilot bundle view. Now, this includes, like I mentioned, the premium and by the way, Bethany, congratulations for grabbing this. Like we said, the AI niche finder, the seasonal intelligence, 15 complete finished products. Now, you’ll be upgraded to the unlimited. By the way, Mason Williams, congratulations to you as well. all product categories, all style directions, you know, US letter, A4, trim marks, all the tedious things you usually have to take into account to make sure it’s perfect. It’s all done for you. Even the automatic lifestyle mockups, it’s all taken care of. We’re even going to give you a special bonus, which is our red carpet live training, and we call this our live profit workshop, where we’re going to make sure this is not just another tool that’s collecting dust. It is earning you from the moment you have this. So, this is literally included for free when you grab this today. Now, on top of that, you have the marketplace. You have our infamous ShopRo AI, which dominates on Tik Tok shops and gets you a lot of sales specifically from Tik Tok as well, which works handinhand with product pilot. You’re also getting, as you know, the unlimited version, giving you no monthly product cap, premium image engine, bull creation, priority queue, and four concurrent jobs instead of one. So, you can scale and move a lot faster. You also get our AI sellers, which is crazy good at creating landing pages, review videos, lead magnets, short videos, flip books, talking head. This is your all-in-one sales machine that can pretty much create anything you need for any occasion. And you’re also getting on top of that AI influencers. You can sell your products with influencers, have them hold them, have them talk about them. You can put all of that on Etsy as well or Gumroad or any other place and have your very own AI influencer sell the products for you. You can give him sponsor product. You can give him images. He can hold it, talk about it. And this is where you really stand out once again, making it even more tangible. And then of course you’re going to get the agency 25 client shops fully isolated complete white label access and this thing sells like hotcakes. We’re going to give you automated branded client PDF reports client records so you can run a real book of business and team member access for a VA or partner. And on top of that as mentioned you’re going to get some of our most insane bonuses. For example, the pod coach promp pack, 30 winning episode topics, our milestone alert system, our red carpet life training. You’re getting the best of the best plus unlimited. So, you got nothing to lose. Liam, congratulations to you. By the way, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Make sure you grab this right now before it ends because again, as mentioned, the next price increase is incoming after this webinar. You do not want to end up paying close to $2,000 for something that you could have snatched up right now for a couple hundred bucks 267. Start using it and start generating results with it. Now, I do see a couple of questions about um hey, I’d love to take the mega bundle. Well, let me show you what that’s about. That’s actually pretty interesting. Um, when you grab this, since you’re already getting an insane seal of a deal, Obby has a few very limited spots for two insane things that you can get access to. Number one is the mega bundle. This gives you an additional VIP live training where we’re really going to hone in on your results. Future software access to softwares that Obby releases, exclusive masterminds, and added rides on your checkout pace. Now, this is limited copies, so make sure you grab this. If you don’t see the mega bundle, you might have missed out. Um, we only do a handful of these. If you see it, make sure you snatch it up. Now, here’s the big one, and I see, you know, people are super excited about this one. I see, you know, uh, Mela already grabbed this, Denny already grabbed this, Ali grabbed this, and that is the done for you vault. This is where we actually give you 500 [snorts] finished products ready to list. This is basically your instant money engine. We do the niche research, the listings we write, we refresh every quarter for the next 12 months and in one click deployed and the traffic starts coming in. Now this is a big one. So when you see this page which is the done for you where it says we hand it to you 500 finished products, needs research styles chosen everything done for you. Consider yourself extremely lucky because we only have limited spots for this. actually, you know, deployer team to do this for you. It’s 197 one time. And honestly, if you value your time more than 197, then this is perfect for you because you’re not just getting one listing set or two listings or heck even 10. You’re getting 500 products done. Every product in the fault is built and make sure it’s a product that’s in demand right now. Competition is researched, style is locked in, plet is locked in, every piece is already matching. Now you have something that instantly can start earning 500 products. Every category already researched for you specifically. We’re talking wall art, planners, templates, invitation kits, education, digital planners, PDF reports, guides, craft, everything that sells you have access to listed and traffic sent to it. Now the done for you again is only limitedly available. So, make sure when you see this page, it also has our VIA bonuses of, you know, our quarterly refresh where every quarter our team adds fresh products to make sure you always get, you know, the best sales for the entire quarter. We give the vault owner playbook, which is a short field guide to show you which products add first depending on the month. And we’re going to give you a private vault owners community where it’s a membersonly vault only for done for you members that, you know, get to share the results with each other. And you know, that group is crushing it. And when you’re in it, it automatically rubs off on you and your results follow quickly as well. Now, having the done for you once again is a 1971 time. Just click on this box, hand me the vault now, and it will be yours right away. Now, we can never reopen this door. So, make sure when you see this page to click it because if you don’t, you won’t see it again. This is for the done for you. Now, the mega bundle with done for you are only available for the people who actually have the special bundle that we’re revealing right here. And that is only available at 267 on this very webinar. Once you have the bundle, you can apply for the mega bundle and done for you where the team comes in, gives you 500 products custom made, does it for you, does the competitor research, so you can immediately start earning in bulk. So, if you want that, make sure you take advantage of the special bundle deal where you’re getting a steal of a deal right now. And then make sure you snatch up the done for you and the mega bundle as well, which you’ll find right here on the order form. Make sure to check this box. I’ll put it right here. You can see it on my screen. This is what the mega bundle looks like. If you still see these boxes, consider yourself extremely lucky because you’re going to get three VIP live training calls with the founders. That alone is extremely valuable because Obby knows this firsthand inside out. He’s going to look at the products you want to sell. It’s going to look at your store, look at the traffic, and give you nothing but great advice, meaning you’re not on your own, and you can absolutely consider yourself crushing it when you have the mega bundle. This is if you really want to hit the home run. It’s a 77 bucket one time. You’re also going to get our VIP live training on starting an AI automation agency which is crushing it for our users. Our live training on short form content agency. You get unlimited AC accounts for one of our hotest softwares. You’re going to get multiple highspeed AI trendy product creation. Now, this will allow you to generate a ton of results. Unlimited AC access to shop reel. Unlimited AC access to AI sellers. Unlimited AC access to AI influencers. limited access to podre reel and get added to our secret AAC Facebook group. Now the total value of this combined you can see this alone is 9797. This one is 67 a month. All the unlimited AC accounts are annual or monthly. Now you’re going to get all of this including three VIP live training calls with the founders for only 77 buck once. So make sure you check this box because it’s a steal for the amount of value you’re getting. You’re getting the biggest discount. Now, if you don’t see this box, notice that this is only for the first 50 buyers. So, if this box is gone, it means you’re too late. Now, the best part of all, in my opinion, is the done for you. This is where you sit back, relax, and watch Obby and the team come in and create 500 finished products ready to list, everyone regenerated uniquely to you. All eight categories, print ready, every size, mockups, plus listing copy, all done for you. Trademark screen before you listed. full commercial rights and skip the making. Start with a full shelf. Checking this box means a one-time 197 and you save time because the team will come in and log into your account and do everything for you. This is one of the fastest ways you can start earning real sales and wake up to actual people picking up your product, downloading it, buying it, loving it. This is the first time that when you look at your phone or your laptop or your email, you see buyer notifications and sales notifications simply because you were smart enough to grab this here today. This is going to be so much fun for you. And I know already that the people that grab this are going to see the fastest results that they’ve ever seen in any endeavor. So, congratulations to all of you that picked this up. That’s John. That’s Adam. That’s Anthony. That’s Lisa. That’s Mo. Let’s see here. That’s Daniel. That’s Kevin. That’s Jeffrey. That’s Marie. That’s William. That’s Heather. That’s David. There you go. Melissa as well. Michael as well. A well, Christopher, Jason, Jennifer. I love it. You guys are amazing. And if you’re still on the fence, guys, don’t be. You have a 14-day money back guarantee, and you’re getting the best of the best. There’s no AI out there like this. It finds what sells, it creates it, and it sells it. As easy as that. Now, all you have to do is grab it right now. You’re protected with a 14-day money back guarantee right here. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Now, make sure when you see these boxes to check these boxes as well, because you know, this will allow you to not only save a ton of time, but to solidify your results and knock it out of the park. And since you’re already getting a steal of a deal, when you enter the coupon code, so you enter your email name, coupon, um, you’re going to get it when here you put in the coupon code pilot. You know, you apply it. I don’t want to do it right now. I want to save it for you. I don’t know how many we have left, but the price will magically drop down to just 267 annual, which is a steal. And again, you can cancel anytime. You can use it for a full year, make as much money as you want, and then, you know, don’t renew. take the money and go and invest it in something else or you keep it as your cash cow, your golden goose that keeps tapping into the right trends, creating the right digital products and selling it for you. That’s highly what I recommend you to do because you’re going to have a digital product income starting today. So again, make sure you go to the link in the chat because the people that grab this and congratulations Raymond and just you got it and Frank you as well, Emily, you as well. The AI will start building your digital products that will pay you again and again without designing, selling or showing your face. And your first sales can start happening within the next 24 hours. Heck, even within the next hour because digital products right now are booming more than ever. And everything we’ve shown you here today is backed up by numbers, data, stats, and actual results by real people. Now, if you’ve been struggling up until now, not knowing what to create, what to sell, what people want to buy, and just don’t have any buyers to get to, then this is perfect for you. If you’re sick and tired of wasting time and, you know, having a ton of different tools that are not earning you anything, that’s exactly what Obby sat down and solved. He found, first of all, business model, selling digital products, which is booming right now. That’s the first prerequisite, making sure you’re entering a growth market and digital products are booming. And again, to make sure you understand why that is, it’s because people are drowning in free information and they want a ready to go plugandplay resources. Now, with what you’re getting access to, you can literally pick any niche you want to sell in and instantly have sales just like Linda did, just like Priya did, without having to design anything or show your face. So, make sure you grab this because this will allow you to start making your first sales as soon as today. And again, so many people that have started using this are crushing it and you will be next. And the best part is you don’t need a following, you don’t need design skills, without tech skills, without finding buyers yourself. When you take action today, you will have AI building and selling products for you in any niche. literally having the AI work for you to find the winning niches, create the products, make the mockups, send buyers from seven channels, as well as get you paid again and again. So, make sure you grab this. I see Troy, you just got in. Samuel just got in. Robin just got in. Congratulations. Uh Denise just got in as well. Bradley just got in. Craig just got in. Peter got in. Brandon got in. George got in. You guys are making such a wise and profitable decision and you’re going to absolutely crush it. Again, anyone can right now go to Chat GBT, ask it anything, and just get a bunch of text, words, and information. And it’s that exact reason why people right now are buying ready to go things where the information is already applied, where the information is ready, plugandplay, executed, so they can pick it up and run with it immediately. Right? And when you ask yourself once again, do people, you know, want, you know, tons of free information or do they want plug-and-play resources? The answer is clear. And it’s not just us saying this, you know, people are buying this. No matter what, the numbers don’t lie. And it is undeniable how easy it is right now to actually capitalize on this. And a ton of people are not even talking about this. Now, again, the same is with ordering food. You can, you know, go to chatbt, ask it what recipes to make or what recipe it is, then find the ingredients, try and do it yourself, or you can order food. And like I said before, even though a nice home-cooked meal, you know, is good every now and then, a lot of people, you know, go for convenience, and that’s why, you know, they do dash, etc. And that’s the same when it comes to AI, right? Even though people have access to AI right now, they’re still looking for done for you and plug-and-play resources that they can buy and immediately use. Printables, templates, agendas, planners, you know, postcards, anything, invitations, letterheads that they can immediately pick, select, print, and have access to. And you know, you see 9,500 a month selling printables. 93.5 million people bought on Etsy last year. The proof is in the pudding that this right now is the fastest way to make money online. And the formula is this. You create the templates with product pilot. When you grab it right now for only 267, it list them where buyers already shop. You watch the sales come in daily. This is literally working for people as we speak. Now, the reason product pilot does it so well is because other AI tools, if you were to try and do this on your own, you know, you have to research what to sell. You need to know all these hidden niches, know what marketplaces, know the keywords, know how to print, how to create, and it will cost you a ton more using a ton of separate tools that don’t give you support, help, coaching, bonuses, training, and better yet, agents that do all the work for you. So, make sure that you grab product pilot because imagine opening your laptop and getting results like Jaws saying, “The part I didn’t expect was the traffic. I built the product, went to bed, woke up the two pins already scheduled, going out on their own, didn’t touch Pinterest once, got my first two sales that week without doing anything beyond the initial setup. Obby spend an entire year building this AI, making it perfect to the point it once again finds, then builds, and gets you paid. Now, I can’t wait for you to be the next success story. Make sure if you love what you saw saw here today, make sure you grab Product Pilot because obby make sure you’re going to get a ton of traffic from all the right places allowing you to start scaling as soon as the day. You’ll be getting traffic from Google web stories, Pinterest pins that are generating a ton of quick sales, PDF guides, lead magnets, Q&A and outreach drafts, guest post drafts, as social micro content forums. You’ll be literally getting a ton of tracking to traffic to highdemand products that allows you to make sure you’re generating sales no matter what. Three simple steps. It picks a niche, let the AI build and list it, and the traffic builder sends the buyers. Now when we do the math on this once again that 267 you invest today is peanuts pocket change compared to what this will make you the moment you grab this. Now this is only available and this is your last and final chance to grab this while we are actually live because you’ll be taking advantage of what we call the early webinar special giving you everything as promised. The AI niche finder, seasonal intelligence, 15 complete products if not more. The unlimited because you’re on the webinar, all the product categories, unlimited rules, print file in every size, lifestyle markers made for you, listing copyrighting per marketplace, Etsy and Gumroad listing packs, trademark screening builtin. You’ll be able to do multiple shops, seven channel traffic builder, and again the full-on commercial license. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re not just getting the product pilot, but you’re going to accelerate your results when you grab this now because you’re getting the unlimited. On top of the unlimited, you’re also getting the diamond storefront. On top of the diamond storefront, you’re getting the agency. And on top of the agency, you’re getting the elite marketplace. This entire combinations at this massive discount guarantees that you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and the biggest results in record time. Having access to product pilot will allow you to get paid again and again and again. Now again, I want you to once again imagine relaxing at home and just seeing the sales keep coming in to your store to your products that the agents researched, found out, listed, and gotten you buyers for. And that’s why I said even if this were to be $12,000, it’s still more than worth it. Now, we could charge 1997, which we will, but right now it’s not anywhere near that. Not even 997, not even 497, or heck, not even 317, which is a steal for the massive, massive advantage that you’re getting here right now to make it the ultimate deal. And if you commented live while we’re here, you’re going to get it at only 267 annual to have something that’s properly maintained, something that you can rely on, and something that keeps generating you an income no matter what. Now, like I said, the price will go up. So, make sure you grab it right now before it’s too late. And when you’re in, do not forget to double make sure to get the mega bundle, which is only 77 bucks, which will guarantee you get access to three V VIP live training calls, the AI automation agency method, the short form content agency startup, as well as the unlimited a multiple highspeed AI trendy product creations, unlimited agency access to shop reel, AI sellers, AI influencers, which combined are all 97 a year. You’re getting all of this for just $1.77. and access to our AI agency Facebook group. Now, if you don’t see this box anymore, just know that you’re too late because when the first 50 picked this up, this will vanish in thin air and the price will be much higher to still get this. Now, the best one of all, and if you’re still even lucky at this point, I see, you know, Dana picked up the done for you, Jerry picked up the done for you, Frank picked up the done for you, Jeffrey picked up the done for you, Philip picked up the done for you, Christy picked up the done for you, Rodney. So, I don’t even know if this is still available, but in case it is, do not hesitate. Check mark this box because you’ll have not just one, not 10, not 100, but 500 finished products uniquely generated to you. I mean, it can’t get better than that. Even if you were to ask someone else to do that, it will literally cost you thousands of dollars for the amount of research, you know, professionalism, guarantee of sales, design. They will charge you through the nose for just a handful. We’re giving you 500 all categories, mock-ups, trademarks, full commercial rights. You skip the making yourself. You start with a full shelf. If you want that massive shortcut, make sure you check this box. And then altogether, don’t forget to put in the coupon as well, which will bring the price down to just 267, but only while we are live. You’re literally getting the biggest bang for your buck ever, and it’s all because you were smart enough to show up. Now, I once again want to congratulate Troy, Tanya, Brenda, Holy, uh, there we go, George, Nicholas, uh, Gary, Douglas, Benjamin, Keith, Brian, Gary, Tiffany, Edward, Stacy. There we go. Justin, Aaron, Wendy, Stephan, Maria, Jonathan, Kandon, Greg. I mean, you guys are game changers. And what I mean by that is you see an opportunity. It makes sense to you. You’re taking action. You have absolutely zero risk because, you know, you have a 14-day money back guarantee and you know for a fact you’re going to crush it because there’s no other AI out there like this. We’ve seen people, you know, trying to do this, stitching a million different tools together and it is a hassle. We’ve done it in a way anyone, even complete beginners, can start finally earning online in the fastest and easiest way possible, making themselves proud and the people around them by simply using product pilot. Right now, you’re getting the premium valued at 4,85, the unlimited, which is already, you know, allowing you to scale immediately, the diamond storefront to have your very own shop with your own buyers coming in and traffic, the platinum agency, and the elite marketplace multiplier. This is the fast track to making money with digital products and it’s handed to you on a silver platter, especially when you grab the mega bundle and the done for you as well. So, go to the link in the chat because this will be your last and final chance to take action on this because as I mentioned before, the price will go up. The link is in the chat. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. And again, do not forget while you’re already getting a massive discount, take the mega bundle and the DunFuel vault, which are only a one time. So, grab the bundle now while both are still open. And when you act today, as a special bonus for showing up live, you’re also getting our red carpet live private workshop, which is on its own. You normally have to buy a $1,000 ticket for to attend. You’re going to get that added for free. You’re going to get our 30 proven niche blueprints val 297. You’re going to get our entire listing vault. You’re going to get our founding members community. You’re going to get our first 30 days checklist. This together makes sure you’re making the best investment you could possibly make. And also, you know, giving you peace of mind knowing that this investment is going to pay you back in 10fold, if not 100fold. Take it for 14 days on our risk and not yours. And even if you put in one ticket, any question, you keep everything you made and you get a full refund. But the only thing is you need to grab it right now. The price will rise every week starting after this webinar, meaning the link is in the chat if you want to grab it at the lowest it is with everything included. This is your best time and chance to do this. And just so you know, the real reasons this will work for you. If you’re someone that says, “Well, you know, I’m not creative.” You don’t have to be. You pick a niche and look at the AI. It does all the heavy lifting for you. If you’re something that says, “Well, I don’t have an audience.” That is exactly who this is built for. The marketplaces it will put your products on are getting millions of buyers on there and it will make it so that your product gets seen by the right people that search for those exact trending and hot products. I mean, you’re literally investing in once again what I call an investment cash cow, a golden goose that lays golden eggs because this AI is an unfair advantage. Now, if you’re wondering, well, can people just, you know, use chat GPT to, you know, create products or, you know, to go ahead and, you know, do things themselves without buying it? And of course, they could. We’re not saying they can’t, but it’s the same analogy. People can go to a restaurant or cook at home. People can do Door Dash or cook at home. The reason businesses, departments, and people pay for a finished product, finished output, is so that they don’t have to go through the hassle of creating it, figuring out how to create it, going through all the information, just don’t have time to do it or even do it right. You’ll have an AI that creates the hottest planners, templates, digital printables, everything that people want and are buying as we speak, as proven, and puts it in front of them because those people don’t have the time and energy to go and figure out how to make it themselves. And that’s how everything really works. You can do a lot of things yourself or you can pay to save a ton of time and even get it done better. Now, if you’re wondering, well, I bought AI tools before. How do I know this will work for me? Now, first of all, this is a one-ofa-kind. This is not another social media tool, image generating tool, content tool, chatbot tool. This is something, and I hope you agree by now, something that you’ve never seen before, that works in a way it is bound to get you results. Now, on top of that, yeah, you might be wondering, well, isn’t it saturated? If I go on this marketplace and a lot of other people are selling products, I mean, it’s like saying you go into the store and the store is saturated. No, people go in every day of the week to shop and get their groceries. There’s over 93.5 million buyers that searched last year and they keep coming back. Now, you’re wondering, is there a monthly fee? No, it’s one annual cancel anytime and then you’re in. Now, you can literally sell what it makes. You have the full commercial rights. And if you’re someone, well, I don’t have a lot of time, especially to take on a new product or service right now. It is built for people who do not have the time. It takes four minutes. We timed it to the tea. Four minutes to create a product, have it listed, and get it out there. If you have the time to show up here live, you surely have time to use this and make money with it without fail. Now, what if I get stuck? You have 14 days to find out. And if there’s anything you dislike, your money’s back right away. Now, if you’ve never sold anything online before, you have multiple shops, products, and listings up and running, and it’s going to be so fun because you’ll finally start getting paid online. Now, again, what this cost to do it yourself is a ton of different monthly, even hourly subscriptions or outsourcing, where with product pilot, it’s just 267 yearly and you’re set. Now, I want you to understand once you make a product once, it pays you again and again and again. The link is in the chat. Make sure you grab this while we’re live. And I know for a fact it’s going to not only bring you a lot of income, but it’s going to bring back a lot of time. Because here’s the thing about money. You can always make it back. But the time you spent thus far is something that never comes back. And when you don’t take action today, you do nothing, you close this tab, next month will look exactly like this one. And it’s another, you know, month wasted on nothing as we’re nearing the end of the year. Now, two, do it yourself. And that’s just a hassle because you practically have no guarantee of knowing what you’re doing or making sure you’re doing it right. And then on top of that is take the shortcut. Win back your time. Use product pilot. It does it all. And you have 14 days risk-f free to try it out and prove us wrong. So the question is, are you a doer or a dabbler? Picture your shop a month from now full of finished products that sell, getting every day, every hour, even traffic and sales coming from your listings. And here’s exactly what happens after you click the link and grab this right now. It allows you to literally sit back and watch it pick a niche builds a product goes live in your shop. This is exactly what’s going to happen for you and you’re moments away from it. So, if you grab this, and I see a lot of people did, once again, congratulations to all of you. You’ve made an extremely wise and smart decision. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. The link is once again in the chat. And please for your own good, do not forget mega bundle and done for you. And just to clarify once more with the mega bundle, you’re going to get everything you see right here. The live training, the VIP live trainings. I mean, this will make you such a smart and powerful entrepreneur. And it’s only one time 77 bucks. It is live. You get unlimited agency access. I mean, this allows you to sell this with agency rights and make a ton of money. Now, my favorite is the done for you because this is where you get 500 demand research products, real high demand products created uniquely for your account for just 197. The AI will find what is selling this week. We’re going to not just give you one or a couple, but 500. You have a 14-day money back guarantee in the done for you as well. And you’re going to get the complete vault at only197. This is the biggest shortcut because the done for you vault practically guarantees you’re getting products instantly ready to sell without fail. You don’t have to log in, figure it out yourself. You have us giving you not just one product because once again you’ll go in and have it work and let it create a product by product which is great and what it’s you know supposed to do but having an instant 500 high demand products is a gamecher that practically guarantees you sales no matter what. So make sure you grab the done for you if you want to shortcut yourself to success. This is the fastest way to make a good and healthy side income without barely lifting a finger. And that’s the power of AI when you know how to use AI in the right way. Because so many people over complicate AI or you know it slows them down which is even worse when you have AI like this. That is the true advantage that you’ll have over everyone else. So again the link is in the chat. You’re getting everything as promised, but only if you grab it right now. You’re getting it at an all-time low of not even 317. Heck, not even 497, but because you’re here live, you can snatch this up at 267 annual. And once again, the reason it’s annual is because something that’s maintained, supported ongoingly, making sure you know you’re always getting the best and you’re always getting results just like the people before you who were smart enough to grab this. So, I want to congratulate Patrick, Justin, Sean, Edward, Todd, you know, Benjamin, Keith, once again, Gary, Nathan, congratulations. Jose, congratulations. Jill, congratulations. Dennis, congratulations. Erica, congratulations. I mean, if you’re still here and you’re on the fence, just look at the names I just mentioned. These are real people that are picking this up because they know that this is a gamecher. I mean, this many people can’t be wrong. And you’re going to see their testimonials, their success stories, and by the time you want to pick this up and you finally catch on, it will be no less than $1997. And guess what? You won’t even get all the bonuses. the done for you will be even more expensive. The mega bundle will be even more expensive and you won’t even have the elite marketplace since this is only something we’re doing for the webinar. And in case you forgot, the elite marketplace will allow you to get eight more platforms listings written for each platform done for you books with KDP ready covers. It literally allows you to have one product and 10 places to get paid from it. The ultimate shortcut. So again, I’ll leave it at that. The link is in the chat. I’m super excited for everyone that has grabbed this. And again, you have a 14-day money back guarantee. You got nothing to lose, everything to gain. And not to forget the done for you will make it worth so much more because the moment you log in, you’re going to see 500 products ready to earn you money. It’s like you have 500 of the hottest stocks that are all about to go up and you have that in the palm of your hand. Make sure you grab the mega bundle done for you by simply clicking the blue check mark box or the box that you know creates a blue check mark so it’s added to your account. Do not forget to enter your coupon code which is pilot which will drop the price down to 267. So you see, you’re getting the massive steals of a deal. Only 267 for the entire bundle, only 77 once for the mega bundle, and only 197 once for the done for you. And with that, you’ve just made the smartest possible decision you can make to end this year. Make it the best Christmas. Make it the best Halloween. Make it the best Thanksgiving. All the holidays will be in your favor because you took an action today that will allow you to have sales ongoingly. So the next time you spend money on something, it’s money you spend from the sales you’ve made. The next time you buy something or you even buy gifts in the beautiful times that are coming, it’s money you spend from the sales you’ve made with Product Pilot. So make sure you grab this. You got 14 days to try this out and then decide if you want to keep it. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Once again, congratulations and I appreciate you. Super excited. and go ahead and go to the URL. I ask the team to drop it one last time. This is truly your last chance to grab this. The link is in the chat. There you go. Congratulations, Brenda. Just in time as well, Kristen, just in time as well. Uh, congratulations. I’ll see you on the inside. And remember, this will finally allow you to say goodbye, you know, to all the stress to staring at a blank canvas, going online, not knowing how to make money, what to sell, how to get traffic. All of those hassles are gone because you finally you finally have an AI that does it all. I’ll see you on the inside. This is one file. It took about 4 minutes to make. Nobody designed it and people keep buying it. 93.5 million people bought from one website last year. 11.9 [music] billion. A lot of it was not a thing at all. Somebody made a file once and it kept selling. Stay with me. You are about to watch one of these get made, listed, and paid for. These are digital products, printables, [music] planners, invitations, templates. Make the file once the buyer pays, downloads, done. No stock, no shipping, no returns. You sell it and you still have it. Sell it 500 time, it is still in the same folder. So why is not everybody doing it? Because somebody has to make the file. And if you have ever tried, you know how that goes. You open a design tool and stare at a blank page or [music] you prompt an AI and get one picture. And even if you made something, you do not know what sells. You cannot write a listing that [music] gets found. And when you put it up, nothing happens. Four separate jobs. A researcher, a designer, a copywriter, and a marketer. Most people quit at the first one. So we built all four of them into one [music] app. This is products pilot. Four AI agents, one for each job. Agent one tells you what to sell based on what is selling this week. Agent two builds the product. [music] Not one image, a complete print ready set and yours is yours. Agent three makes it sellable and puts it live. Mockups, listing, price published. Agent four goes and gets the buyers seven channels every day without you. You pick a niche and you pick a look. The four of them do everything else. So, let me show you click by click. [music] This is the dashboard. Four agents down the side and that is the entire app. I click find a niche. Agent one has already done the work. It scanned [music] what is selling on the marketplaces this week and ranked it. Demand on one side, competition on the other. Top of the list today. High demand, low competition. I did none of that research and I do not need an opinion. [music] So, I click it. Agent 2 takes over and it gives me four finished [music] looks. Pallet, layout, and typography all built around what sells in that niche. I click the one I like. Then I click create. That was the second and last decision I make in this [music] entire process. Now look at what comes out. This is the part that decides whether you buy this. 15 pieces. A matching set, not 15 random images. Every print size has its own file. Both paper format and a sizing guide written in so your buyer knows how to print it. I am opening [music] one at full resolution that is print shop quality. Somebody is putting that on a wall. Now the question you are already asking if everybody buys [music] this does everybody get the same files. So watch same niche uh I run it again different [music] set it generates every time it does not hand out copies so what you sell is not what the next buyer sells agent 3 turns that folder into a listing first the mockups already composited. Here is what a beginner uploads. Here is what came out of this. That first image is the only reason anybody clicks. No camera, no photo shoot. than the listing itself. [music] Title, tags, description, category, and a price band based on what that category actually sells for. It screens everything for trademarks before it goes anywhere and builds the listing to [music] the marketplace rules. So, you are compliant by default. I pick the shop I connected. I click publish and there it is. Live on the marketplace viable by anybody right now. That is a real URL. And this is the half every other tool. leaves you to do on [music] your own. Agent 4, seven channels. I switch them on and I click start. Pins [music] filled from those mockups and schedule. A web story published, a free guide written, video syndicated, all pointing at the listing I just made. I scheduled none of that. And it keeps going on every listing I own without me opening the app again. traffic arriving and then this orders [music] profile nobody designed in a niche I did not choose with a listing I did not write marketed by something I did not set up and I am not going to pretend that listing and that sale happened in the same breath they did not [music] what this shows you is that the thing it makes is the thing people buy what you are also not doing is waiting and hoping listings index quickly and the traffic goes out the same day you publish so you are not sitting there wondering ing if the [music] marketplace noticed you. That is the whole business and every part of it happened on that [music] screen. And here is the part I want you to look at hardest. That is not one product carrying a shop. That is money from lots of products at once. And most were never anybody [music] favorite. You cannot pick winners in advance. Nobody can. Which is why this works. You are not betting on one idea. You are putting out enough that you do not have to be [music] right. Let me say plainly what just happened. Agent one decided what to sell. Agent two built it. Agent three listed it and put it live. Agent four got the buyers and the money turned up. I picked a niche off a list and picked a look I liked. That is everything I did. And here is the whole list [music] of what you need. A free marketplace account which takes about 4 minutes to open. No stock, no ad budget, no audience, no followers, nothing to install, and no money at risk beyond what you pay for this once. There is a thought in your head right now, and I would rather say it than let it sit there. Of course, it looked [music] easy. He built a thing. Fair. So, count the decisions I made. I picked a niche of a ranked list. I picked one of four looks. Neither [music] needed anything. I know that you do not. And the other half of that thought is yes, my shop already existed. It started as the same free account and the same empty page yours will. There is no skill I used in there. [music] That is not a sales line. It is just what you watched. So why this and not the other things you have been pitched. Drop shipping wanted ad money before you had earned any [music] and eight or nine in 10 new stores fail in year 1. Affiliate marketing wanted an audience, a job you do first, unpaid for months before the job starts. A faceless channel [music] wanted a video a day for a year into silence before the algorithm notices you. E-commerce wanted stock upfront that made you customer service when a parcel goes missing. Agency work wants you wants you delivering everything you sell forever. And every one of them stops paying the day you stop working. This one does not because nobody has to show up for a file to sell. And none of this is theory. Look at who is already doing it. [music] Real shops is selling files. 900,000 sales, 800,000, half a million. Uh those counters are public. Check any of them in 10 seconds. Those are the giants. Uh so here is the first rung instead. Brand new shop from scratch. Month one, $185. Month four, pass a,000 a month. published on his own website. So, here is why people build these. Say you price [music] one at $20. Count could be five, could be 97. After the marketplace cut, you keep about $18.50 and nothing manufactured, nothing shipped, nothing to restock. 15 a month, 180 a year, all live at once. And here is where people [music] get the sum wrong. That is not 180 sales. It is 180 things that can each sell any number of times. You are not chasing sales one at a time. You are building a shelf and the shelf never runs out of stock. Ask anybody who quit selling digital products why not one says the product was bad and they all say the same sentence. I listed it and nothing [music] happened. And the fix is not a secret. Read any guide for printable sellers. Three to five pins per product, one a day, every day. Free guides, short video. None of it is clever. [music] It is just relentless, which is why almost nobody keeps it up past uh week three. [music] And they are your own accounts. Brand new is fine. Nobody needs to follow you because pins [music] get found by what is in them. So here is everything you are getting. Eight product categories, [music] wall art, planners, digital planners, templates, invitations, kits, and education reports and guides and craft files. 15 products a month. two shops [music] connected and the traffic agent running all seven channels on every listing you own. Full commercial rides, so [music] you price it how you like and keep all of it. Nothing to install and it runs on a laptop or a phone. Now, owning the machine is one thing. Knowing [music] how to turn it into money is another. So, you are also getting the red carpet live profit workshop, not recorded modules. You will never open one live session on screen walking the whole thing. Which niches are um paying now? How many to list before you judge anything? How to price instead of [music] guessing live with questions plus 30 niches we have already researched. Uh the listing patterns that get found [music] a private community comparing what is selling and a onepage checklist for your first month. All of it comes off [music] after launch. That is what founding member means. So price a designer is $25 to $150 an hour. A Pinterest assistant is [music] 600 to 3,000 a month. You are getting both jobs done plus the research, the listings, the training, and the bonuses, [music] not 500 cuz it is launch week. And we would rather have thousands of people using this and getting results than a few hundred [music] customers and a bigger margin. It is also why the price climbs across the week and moves to monthly afterwards. And you are covered for 14 days. Let me be straight about what 14 days is for. It is not long enough to judge a shop, and I’m not going to stand here and suggest otherwise. It is more than long enough to judge this. Get in tonight, make a product, [music] open the files, and look at them the way a buyer would. Push one live, watch the traffic switch on, come to the [music] workshop and ask whatever you want. Do that and you will know whether what this makes is worth selling. That is the only question 14 days [music] has to answer. And if the answer is no, one ticket and you get your money back. No justification, no awkward conversation. Everything you made stays yours. Go back to that screen for a second. Somebody made a file. They did not design it, write the listing, or market [music] it. People bought it anyway and bought it again. Every other thing you have been sold [music] wanted you to become somebody else first. This one wants you to pick a niche and pick a look. And it does not stop earning the day you stop working because a file does not know what day it is. Everything you just watched [music] plus the training, the bonuses, and 14 days to change your mind. The only thing standing between you and this was [music] that somebody had to make the file. Not anymore. Click the button below and [music] go and make your first one.

    [music]

    Hey,

    [music]

    hey, hey.

    [music]

    Heat.

    [music]

    Hey, Heat.

  • 09/30/2026 – CueVue Training & Beyond

    their own pitch pitch in one of several designs with their business name and a live rep that knows their services. They can ask it the questions their customers ask and hear the answers. If they like it, there’s a button to tell you. The owner doesn’t have to imagine what you mean. They’ve already tried it. And sending the link is just the start. The control room shows who opened it, who visited, who talked to their live rep, and who asked to hear more. Interest requests land in one inbox, so you follow up with context instead of guessing. And when someone says yes, you don’t start over. The demo you built becomes the starting point for their setup. To be clear about what it does and doesn’t do, Q View Built finds, researches, and prepares. You review the facts, you choose what gets sent, and you handle the conversation and the deal. It doesn’t send emails on its own and it doesn’t promise clients. It gives you something concrete to show instead of something to explain. Q View Built is an extension for your active Q account, missionbased prospecting with scheduling, website and contact research, a personal live rep demo and pitch page for every business in several designs, editable email drafts, and engagement and interest tracking. Pick a market you understand. From plumbers and roofers to restaurants, gyms, and real estate agents. Start with a small mission. Review what comes back and send your first pitch. Don’t just tell them you can build it. Build it. Then show them. Check the button below to get Q View built.

    All right. And just a reminder, um, you would want to put link in the chat in the actual question and answer box. Lawrence, thank you very much. A lot of letting me know that you’re in. Um, and I haven’t been able to write back because I’ve been trying to do these controls at the same time. All right, great. So continue to ask your questions about either QV itself or Q View built and what it can do for you and how it works etc. Lan come on back.

    Do you want to show the slide again where it showed how I think you started off with that uh at the very beginning where it showed how you put it on the code on a uh customer’s uh website? Yeah, we could actually go through um through that that this is right here the copy of the embed code. So if if you look What you do is on the left hand side there’s a menu. Okay folks, so most of you know this, but please bear with those that don’t know this. On the left hand side on your dashboard there’s a menu and you click deploy on that menu. When you do that, after you’ve created your actual live rep, then on the top there’ll be a black bar and in that bar there will be an embed code. Now, it’s just like a few lines or one big line depending on, you know, but in order to copy it, you don’t have to like mouse it over. You could just click on the upper right where it says copy. You just copy that embed code. It goes right to your, you know, clipboard basically on the computer you’re when you do copy and paste all the time. So it copies it automatically to your clipboard. And then the next thing you do from there is you would go to the actual um script, the actual code for the website. Now, it could be your clients or it could be yours. And you just have to take what you’ve just copied and put it right in anywhere in their website um embed, you know, their website HTML that already exists. Now, if I am if I am wrong in any way, you guys can correct me. By the way, my my staff and and Nicole can correct me if I’m getting any of this wrong, but that’s basically all it takes. And then from there, it’s on your website and it’s live on your page. There was just three easy steps. So, that was basically that. The other thing I wanted to show you, again, when we started talking about QView built, there were a few things that we ran into that um you know, I thought were very helpful. It shows the five-step work workflow here as an example in terms of what it does. And in just a couple of the moments, I am actually going to show you the original training video that shows you how to do it manually in case you’re not purchasing with us today. And what’s interesting about that is it follows what you would need to do manually pretty closely. So that I think you’ll get a lot of value from playing that video again whether you purchased today or not because if you did if you put link in that question answer box and you’ve purchased then the good news is you have this now in a very simple way doing it automatically. But if not the good news is if I play that video again you’re going to see exactly what to do so you could do this on your own. So, uh, I’ll be playing that again in just a moment. Len, I want you to answer just a couple of questions first, though. Okay. So, Nicole, if you could answer Lucinda Cap, she’s asking a couple questions um that she had originally asked uh through the support.

    Uh, Kevin, I’m not sure what you’re asking. You said, “Where can I find it?” Um, I don’t see the Oh, uh, you’re asking about the agency website. You, uh, yes. Um, Shannon say, it’s already in your account, but you also received an email with the instructions. So, those of you who who have not found your agency yet, you need to look for the email that was sent out with your agency access information. And if you can’t find that email, please contact support and ask them to resend that email to you with the instructions. So, we had a couple people asking about that uh over the last couple days. And that uh I will also I have the support email if somebody puts the support email either in the in the um chat box for me or uh put it on the webinar notes and I’ll grab it so we can uh give that to people. I’ll get it for you. Thanks.

    W I’m not sure. Um W’s asking about how do we get the URL scan.io guide. I’m not sure what that that is.

    Okay. Yeah. So that’s a part of the training uh I did and I have already given him the link for the I see I see that. Thank you. Yeah.

    Thank you. Sai Sai says a very important very informative pack sales video. Yeah, thanks.

    And Stephan, did we get you? We got you the link on that. Anyone else? If we’ve missed your questions, please put it back in the questions box so we can make sure that we answer you. And if you still need the link, please uh put link in and we’ll help you out with that. Okay. So now what I want to do um is actually do that training video again. Remember this was about 12 minutes long, maybe a little longer. And this is the one that shows every step that you need to take if you’re doing this manually. And it also will help you understand what’s going on behind the scenes if it’s happening automatically with your new um additional software. So, I’m going to play this now. If you just bear with me, make sure to turn the volume up and make the screen big when I show this. Really quick, Todd, only three more left. So, while you’re watching this, if you want to jump on board, put link in the chat box. Thank you, Shannon.

    Hi, everyone. This is Par along with Nakul and Todd from Q View and welcome to this training session. In this training we will talk about how to monetize Q view a practical training on finding prospects and presenting a live rep service. So we will talk about how to monetize this app in four simple steps and I will explain you everything in detailed manner step by step. I’m very sure you must have uh started using Q by now and you know how it works. It answers questions. It helps visitors make an inquiry and it also guides visitors to the next step. Okay. The next question is you have got an app how we can monetize it. So what we will learn today? We will first learn how to find super hot prospects who need this service right now. Right now. Okay. So they really in need of this service. We will find out such kind of leads. Second, how to close deals without cold calling or being salesy. And finally, how to do this at a greater scale. Right? So, I just want to know from you who is the right client for you. We have got two websites over here. One is website A and website B. Website A has got a chat bubble like this and website B has got request an appointment form like this. So just to show you how it looks like website A is something like this or something like this and website B has got this kind of request appointment form. Which one is right fit for you? If you’ll ask me, both of them are really good fit. However, if you will ask me to choose one, I will choose website A that has got existing chat bubble. Why? Because it’s easier for them to convince that you need a live representative. They have already taken one step ahead. They already have got chatbot uh on their website. So, they understand the importance of having a chat representative on their website. You just have to convince them to go ahead with live rep and it’s pretty easy. Whereas when it comes to the second website, the old traditional websites and there are 99% of the websites like this, they have got zero understanding of how live works. So you have to convince them, explain them, they have to visualize all these things. So a little bit difficult uh target audience for you. Uh so if you want to start right away you can start with website A. Now the most important thing is that how you can find out such businesses. For website type B we already have given you a tool that finds out so many leads for your uh chat business or finds out websites that does not have chat widgets in it. But we will talk about first audience right now that is website a having existing chat widget on their website. How to find out that we will see uh in this session. Let me explain why I am focusing right now on businesses that have already integrated chat widget. The most important reason over here is they already offer visitors a way to ask questions. So they know the importance of having chat widget on their website. Second one their current second one is their current website gives you a specific opening for your pitch that makes things easier for you. You can demonstrate live rep in that context. You can also underline the pain point that they have got. That means they need someone present at all times to respond to their customers and that is where our uh live rep wins. So those are really easier business owners to target for our Q view. Now let’s focus on fourstep program that I was talking about. The first step is find businesses that are using a chat widget. Second build. So get their website details and build a live representative. Put it on their website clone. Then review it. review the personal demo page made for them and finally send an email with the demo and close the deal. Okay. So here you don’t have to do any kind of cold calling like other local consultants do. Uh instead of that you are actually offering upfront value for these businesses that makes your closing journey much easier as compared to cold calling. Right? So we have got these four steps and we will see every step one by one. So let’s begin with step number one and that is find. There are two ways of finding such businesses. The one the first one is URL scan.io. So what you have to do this query that you can see on the right hand side domain embed.talk.to and page.title colon plumbing. You can change this niche as you want. Okay? Just put that query in the search bar and you will see all the businesses uh like in that niche. If you are searching for plumbing, you will find plumbers. If you are searching for say restaurants, you will get restaurants and so on and so forth. So you will find out these businesses that already have embedded talk. Chatbot in it. Okay. So you just have to put that query. I will show you how it looks like. So this is the URL scan. I have added this query and you can see you have got several plumbers who have embedded this in their website. So what we will do? We will simply copy this URL visit their website just to make sure that they already have got chat widget embedded. And here you will see the chat widget they have already embedded. Okay. Like this you can find out each and every site appearing over here has got ch chat widget em embedded over here. So now like this you can find out for any niche businesses or business websites that have embedded talk.to chatbot. Okay. So here is a detailed log that I have created for you so that you can use these queries and there are 10 different ways of finding out these chat widgets. What we have done we have uh put together 10 most in demand uh chat bots and we have put together queries for them like this. You can simply copy and paste and put it in urlcan.io IO and you will get these businesses. Just change it with the city and your niche. It’s pretty simple and I’m going to uh give this doc to you because this is pretty comprehensive and it gives you detailed idea how you can actually monetize Q. That’s the one way of doing it. Another way of doing it is pretty simple. What you have to do uh I’m going to give you this detailed prompt. just put it in chat GPT or you can also put it in U claude whatever AI tool you’re using just replace the placeholder swap it with your city and your niche and you will get all these websites in that particular area that uh have got talk.to or paladium or other chat bots. So let me show you how you get those results.

    This is how you will get those results. And I have already opened some of the websites over here. You can see.

    So let me open this.

    Let’s open this one.

    And this one and you will see you have got chat widget over here. You have got messages widget over here and chat with us over here. So anytime our live representative is better option for these people. These are the people who will actually listen to you and uh would be more interested in purchasing your cube view services. I hope you got my point. Now the next step is once you know how to find out such leads and as I said I have created a comprehensive document that I’m going to share with you. You can use that uh and find out lease for you and refer that for your pricing. It it has got so many things in it. uh but once you find it the second step is to build. So what I will do over here once I know these are the websites that I want to target I will uh scrape their website details in Q view. We know you just put we just put URL just provide uh the knowledge base the role the tone and all that stuff that we do in QView and we build live rep. Okay. And once we are ready with this live rep, the next step is review. So we will just check uh whether the live representative is working fine or not. I will embed it in a clone of their website if possible or I will embed it in a simple uh page that resembles their business and I will simply build a page that looks like their website. And finally once I know that it’s working fine I will send it to the business owner. Okay. What happens over here is when you are doing cold calling and you are trying to explain how live rep works and you try to tell them that this is how it looks. It will show up on your website. We’ll do live conversation with your um visitor and all that stuff. The problem is they have to visualize everything. Whereas when you build a pitch page that already has got live representative that trains on their business data, it makes thing it make things easier for them. Okay? Because the owner recognizes their business. the demo users their actual services and they can ask question themselves and the sales conversation that we have started can close the deal itself. Okay. So it’s much easier for them to comprehend how live representative works and how it’s better than their existing chat bot. So we will simply create such page and we will send it to that business and once that is done what we will do we will just ask them for an appointment. So what we will do we will send out an email instead of saying that we build live rep and just I would like to meet and show you a demo. I will uh tell them that we have already built a live representative for your business. Just check it out. Here is the demo link and if you are interested just reach out to me. We can have a small demo meeting and I will show you how it works. Now this way you are positioning yourself as an expert. You are positioning yourself as a person who cares about their business and not just a salesman who is trying to sell their services. So this approach works way better than just cold calling or cold emailing. Okay. So once that is done and once you know uh once you can fix an appointment with them and show them the demo, it’s much much much easier for you to close the deal. And finally what you can do is you can replace their existing chat bots with our live rep. I if you want you can give them some free credits to start with or you can uh use it as a foot in the door service at discounted price whatever you want to do you can do it but here are few things that will help you in closing deals. So what we have done we have put together a table and compared it with each and every uh topmost chatbot in the market. So whenever you they come up with some kind of objection, you know how to tackle it and you know their pricing point for podium uh which is which has got the highest market share right now uh in HVAC and electrician and in that market contractors market people are spending around $399 to $599. here around $497. Um here you will see $20 a seat a month. Again remember these are chat bots. These are not live representatives. So here we have put together this information so that you know what to say if they will come up with objections. Right? So as I said I have created this doc and I’m going to share that with you. So these are the four steps. First find, second one build. Third one is review. And finally send the demo and close the deal. It’s that simple. The approach is different as compared to the traditional way of closing deals or reaching out to local businesses. You are not leading with the sales page. You are leading with upfront value and that makes the whole difference. Now I’m sure you must be thinking that hey Brad Patty how do I do it manually if I want to reach out to 5 10 20 50 prospects at a time and your question is valid secondly how do I create clone of their existing websites because that uh helps us in better conversion but don’t worry I will show you how you can do that I can understand that if you will have to deal with 50 prospects on daily basis. You have to inspect 50 websites. You have 50 sets of business information to review. Uh you have 50 personal demos and pitch pages to prepare. So it’s a timeconsuming task but you can do it at scale and it’s pretty simple. Uh workflow at scale changes a bit. Okay. So you know how to do the work manually. uh each new prospect needs its own preparation but doing it manually is very difficult and that’s the reason we have come up with something very special that automates the entire operation that I have uh explained to you right now and you just have to focus and you just have to review the output and handle the client relationship so the automation part of this app that I’m going that we are going to share with you will take care of research demo building pitch pages and outreach draft outreach draft and you will own the offer outreach decisions and sales and delivery. So that’s what we are excited to share with you and Todd will explain you how this entire automation stuff works and we call it Q view built because everything is built already for you and you can operate at scale using that app. So, I’m handing it over to Todd and Todd will explain you how the entire automation thing works. So, from my side, that’s it. Thank you. Thank you. And that’s just such a great uh demonstration that you put together on such short notice. We really do appreciate that very very much. Um, I want to just remind you that um, we’re going to have prey come back on and explain the telegram option because some of you noticed that we have that as a bump on the inside. You may have missed it. So, here’s what we’re going to do because I didn’t it’s my fault I didn’t mention it earlier that if you are interested in that telegram option just put the word telegram in the question answer box and we’ll get a way for you to get that as well. If you missed it while you were going through the sales process of picking that up, put telegram in the question answer box. Okay. and uh Pryy and Shannon and Lan, I’ve got to run to do something right now. If you guys could come on and explain the Telegram option and give more instructions and how folks can get that. Um, I just want to thank everybody so much for being on today and being such a great audience and being so interactive. I’m really impressed. So many people are here right now, right now. still watching and um you just been the best today in terms of interactivity and I really really appreciate it. Can you guys come back on explain how they can get the telegram option what it is and that sort of thing guys?

    Uh yeah definitely Todd so uh we are uh giving them links if uh they want to get a telegram option but I would like to explain one more time what this option is all about and how it works. So uh basically it’s like having a Q view uh account connected with your telegram account. So you can operate every single thing from your uh telegram account and you can uh uh like like um you don’t have to be on your laptop or you don’t have to be on your desktop in order to operate your telegram account. So we have introduced some slash commands for that and you just have to go ahead and press those slash commands. So for example we have got slash forward slashmission that starts the mission and uh you can either start it immediately or you can start um later on or you can schedule it. So you just have to go into your telegram account just put SL forward slashmission and automatically um Q view account will get connected with your telegram and it will start the operations that you have already planned. So we have got mission then if you want to create pitch pages we have got slash pitches uh then u prospects who asked to go ahead if you will go ahead with forward slash request you will get all those requests for leads you have to uh put in forward slash leads like that so with just one command you can operate your entire q view uh account or qview built account and uh you will get all the details that you want everything you want to track and everything uh you want to create for your clients. So you don’t uh you can do everything on the go. Maybe you’re traveling in the bus. U you just need an internet connection, a mobile device and you don’t have to log into your QV account. Just connect it with your telegram and operate it from anywhere in the world and you can uh do any operations using telegram with just using uh forward slash commands. So it’s that’s that simple. All right. That’s great. And um that’s really wild and that you could do that just from Telegram itself and then control the whole system. Just put Telegram in the questioned in that option if you missed it earlier. I see for instance Marcel did um and we have Nancy and we have Vita and we have Stephen.

    All right, great. Tracy and Michelle

    and Dean and Joe, thank you so much. Okay. So guys, I need you guys to take the screen from me if the slideshow up on their computer and take the screen from me and uh we will continue from here with more questions and answers. Okay. Um

    I can at least stay on this screen. I don’t know that I can move it, but I can stay on the screen. Um,

    I was just about to answer somebody.

    Uh, something I’m not entirely Oh, there we go. Okay. Uh, Audrey, can you bring the screen up? Do you know how to do that? I’m not sure if I can do that. Yeah, I think Audrey knows how to do it. Yeah. Okay. Hey B, you could just share share your own screen. Yeah, with your um your copy of the um slideshow.

    Sorry for delay here. I’ll answer while it’s while it’s blank. Answer some questions. Yeah. Uh,

    Gerri, you need the link for Telegram. Okay. Uh, I’ll get that for you. Unless somebody else gets that.

    I’m kind of doing multiple things here. I’ve got it, Lyn. Okay. Thanks. All right,

    Lucinda. Okay. Yeah, we’ll we’ll take care of all your questions. So, make sure Yeah, we not a problem. Just like we’ve done in the past, we’ll we’ll take care of you. Tracy, congratulations on Telegram. Patrick, uh, congratulations, Randall. On the demo, he said that we would get the dock. Where are they? Okay, the PDF is going to be uh emailed out to everybody who attended no matter whether they purchased or not. But those who purchased, they will it will also be in your Q view dashboard area. So, there’s going to be a new link you’ll see uh in the menu that’ll say bonuses and you’ll see that and probably some other things in there as well. The other items are going to be added to the dashboard. So, you’ll have those on there. Credits will be added to uh to your existing credits. Um the other items will be added to the top menu. So, everything will be right there, very visible for you. You’re welcome, Randall. Link, Larry, which link do you need? Do you need the bundle link? Um not. Do you need the built link or do you need the Telegram link?

    both. Okay. Uh Chann, you got that? Larry Fleck Flecking. Yeah, I’ll get that to Larry. And Larry, I’m going to go check. I think you might have the last one for built. So, um I’ll talk with Pratty. If anyone else wants uh to get this today and you haven’t gotten it yet, put it in the chat and I’ll see if we can get that worked out with Prody. Sharon says she’d wants all links.

    MNA needs the telegram link. Sharon, yes, there will be a replay. We’ll have it out as soon as possible. We’ll have it on a page so that you everybody can watch. And if you wanted to follow along with the demo, that’s a great uh that that PY did. You’ll want to uh watch the video so that you can pause it whenever you need to and follow along that way. It’s a good way to do it.

    No, I’m sorry if we missed your question. Please uh please post it again. Uh there’s a lot of questions going on here and it’s very difficult to follow sometimes on Goto uh to make sure that we catch up with everybody and there’s no thread. there’s no connection between the questions and if you write multiple questions sometimes so it’s it makes it tricky so please yeah do repost we’ll we’ll answer you

    uh

    uh Joseph Joseph is asking if if you have customers do not have a chat function on their website. Is it possible to or do you recommend selling them an audio chat? Honestly, I would skip that. I would just totally skip that because it is so last year, last month, whatever. Uh you know, you’ve gone through this incredible visual avatar. Uh that I mean, just go for it right there. Let let them see it. Let them see how it functions. Show it show it to them on their own website and they’ll just be so amazed by it that uh I don’t you won’t have any problems uh offering that to them. No, but the re the reason we were saying about um earlier about uh using people who have chat bots on their website already and going making those your first customers. That makes it really easy because they already have that mentality. They already know what chatbots are for and and and how important they are and this is the next step up for them. And once you have five, ten clients, whatever, you can you’ll have that as your look, this is what I’ve done for other clients, and you can show them the exact website with the avatar on it. And it’ll be just so much easier to sell to future clients because you already have those uh case studies uh developed from the ones that you have already sold.

    uh vine that was pricing suggestions were kind of uh gone over in that demo video. So, uh you can use that as an example and I’m sure we’re going to have some more uh of those. I Shannon, do we have some information like that in I’ve forgotten in the in one of the guides that’s already included in QView uh pricing suggestions? Yeah, there’s pricing suggestions there. Um, even on the main sales page, we have some pricing suggestion. Um, the slider that you can see how many clients it would be and what you should charge for certain uh niches and so forth, but that’s also within the members area. Okay. I forgotten that now. Yeah, that was a a very great thing to have included. So, yeah.

    and Lee, yes, you can buy multiple credit boosts if you so desire. Not a problem.

    Uh Ramsay is asking if we want Q to answer our phone. Do we have do we need a Twilio number? I I’m not I do we have set up for that? Yeah, that’s what I was thinking. Okay, so that’s Yeah, it does not answer the phone. That’s uh Nicole just answered that. Rancy, they do so many other things with the app. That is not one thing that they they’re designed for at this point.

    Marcel, I’m I’m only half getting what you’re asking. Oh, okay. Thank you, Prody. Uh, Marcel asked uh, what stage in the build do you add the URL? And Prody answered in the beginning.

    So, yes. Yeah, you need the I I was thinking of something else. So you need that URL link right away so that the avatar can our live rep can uh gather the information that is needed to create the answers that they um respond with.

    Oh no uh no said cat hasn’t been able to hear anything. Anytime you’re on a GoTo webinar for all of you, if you have uh audio problems or video problems during the Goto presentation, there is a gear box in the upper right hand corner. Check your settings there and and do reset whatever you need. Sometimes the audio goes out when a video is played and then you’ve got to reset it when we come back live. So, it’s um it’s something that goes on. We’ve had had to deal with this with goto all the time with just a few people on every webinar. But do keep that in mind so that uh you you don’t experience some of those problems or you know how to deal with some of those problems. So I feel bad for for him that he hasn’t been able to hear just watch. So again, that’s why we have the replay so everybody can know what we what we shared today. Marcel, you’ve got the the URLs to purchase. I’m not sure what you meant.

    uh those uh Jim that the difference between live rep answer, live rep book and live rep signature or what they’re trained to do. So they can either answer questions on the site they can book appointments or they can do other things. Uh so it depends on which one how you set it up which of those um ah library of answers answers queries. Thank you very much. uh had forgotten how to how to express that. So that’s good. So that’s those are the differences. It’s all how you train them. You look at the website, what does that website need and figure out the best uh rep live rep to have on that particular site.

    Uh the dashboard is the members area. Uh VA

    Ramsay. Um yeah, it does work on your phone. The question before was if your phone could actually answer um and talk, you know, via phone. You could talk to it uh via phone. But if you have your uh have it up on your phone, then you can chat on your phone as uh if you’re on the website that has a live rep on it, you can chat to the live rep through the phone. But it cannot answer calls and talk via uh calling.

    Ida, I’m not sure where you’re looking. Um I’m sure the support button works. I don’t know why. uh why you’re saying it doesn’t have anything there. So um I will uh let’s see we have the support link is in the chat area. If you want to send your ticket to support open up a ticket there and maybe send a screenshot of what you’re looking at so they have an idea of what you’re referring to. That’s usually the best way. Anytime you contact support, send as much detailed information as you can. Provide screenshots or screen recording for the problems you’re experiencing. Sometimes it’s something that’s going on uh on your computer that’s causing a difficulty. Sometimes you’re just looking in the wrong place instead of uh where you need to. So, it could be all all kinds of reasons. And if we have the screenshot or screen recording, we’ll know what uh what it is that then we can help you faster.

    Uh Dana is asking, “Is it possible to have one rep do all schedule, answer questions, etc.” And I think that again has to do with training. if I’m wrong on that, Patty, if you could explain that, but I think it just goes down to your the training that you uh give each individual live rep.

    Uh yes, uh Dana, yes, it’s possible. And as you mentioned uh specifically for technical things we are conducting some zoom calls and we will be uh answering questions face to face. So yeah all these questions can be uh answered in a much better way uh in those calls. Uh but just to answer this question specifically yes it can be done. Thank you. Yes, do keep in mind that keep an watch out for when the times uh the dates and times are uh scheduled for these live training technical calls that uh they’ll be doing uh for you coming up very shortly. So we’re com covering some you know basic questions here today but they’ll go into more depth with those um those technical uh training calls. You’re welcome, Dana. Can I buy done for you solution?

    Yes, I I was that was the next one I was going to do. Can I can I buy a done for you solution done by CU to build my live agent when I sell a package to a customer? So

    um I mean basically what we gave you today was a done for you solution markets. I so I’m I’m not sure exactly what you’re asking beyond that

    if you would like to you know expound on that. Uh, Joseph, if you’re on the list, uh, you know, as a as a buyer, you will be receiving that information and I’m sure there’ll be a banner up in the dashboard that will say, uh, you know, have a registration link or I’d tell you what the time is or something. So, yeah, we we’ll keep you very informed. Hey, Lu, I think Marcus is asking more or less for service. Um, so if he gets a client instead of him going in and doing it himself, uh, if we would go in and build it for him, um, I’m don’t think we actually offer service like that, but as Lu said, this offer with, um, built will do it for you. That’s, uh, it automates that task of building it. So, if you do have a client, it will automate that task of actually building out your live rep. Um, so I would get this. Um, so if you don’t have it, just put in the uh chat box that you don’t have it and we can get you a link for it.

    Does Does that satisfy you, Marcus?

    It Well, it’s a one-time purchase, Marcus, but it’s not a one-time use. You can continue to create. You can create up to 500 with this with built. So, so it’s not I I don’t know. I hope nobody else misunderstood that. Um, but the Yeah, 297 one time purchase, but that doesn’t mean you only get to create one uh avatar, one uh one situation with with one website.

    Nancy again those the training sessions will be announced shortly. So uh we’ll have the date and times for you be uh soon within the next few days I would think or next week you you’ll have that information. Joe is the same thing. We’ll have that information very shortly.

    Ma, we have the replay. Uh, we we’re recording it right now. We’ll have the replay out on a page for you as soon as we can.

    Uh Scott is asking for QV build. I saw you could use Gemini and chat GPT but are you able to use Claude or Grock or others? Thanks.

    Yes. So right now we don’t have any such plans because whatever Claude or Grock can do Jiminy and uh Chad Gib does really well. So unless uh both these other options give exceptional advantage, there is no point in adding extra uh LLMs in the system.

    You’re welcome, Nancy. Any other questions? You’re welcome, Scott.

    All right. Anyone else still need uh any of the links that we handed out today either for build or for telescope or for Q view itself.

    We will be wrapping up here shortly. We’ve been on for two hours now and we appreciate all of you staying on this long and answering such or asking such great great questions.

    You’re welcome Carl. Uh Nancy is asking is brand the same as workspace? Uh no brand and workspace is different. Client is same as a brand. Workspace is where you can have multiple brands you can uh put them together. So that’s workspace. Both the thing things are different. Okay.

    Any other questions?

    Oh, this has ended up being a great webinar. We covered a lot of territory for all of you. I hope we uh got have given you a better view of what you have in your hands and you will take these and start really contacting people all these different businesses that need your service. Uh, I had someone excited, very excited the other day because the person was ready to had everything ready for the first customer and was just just needed a couple little tweaks to it and was ready to share that with with their first customer and it was really great to see that excitement. So I hope that all of you will be excited about your first fifth 15th 50th customer that you will be um creating with uh Q view and servicing.

    If there are no other questions I will shut down the webinar. Quick question. You just snuck right in there. Do we have a training video? Yes, there are videos. There are PDFs uh already uh in the uh in the dashboard. And again, if you did not get the thank you page uh and I might want to go over that again, someone uh mentioned that they just end landed on the JV Zoo customer area. Once you are in the customer area, you click on access product. When you click on access products, you land on the thank you page. That’s where you see that thank you page. So again, that’s very important that you take that extra step and go there. Get your thank you page and get your bonuses, get the link to support and get the link to log in. Uh all those things are on there. Um and it’s it’s just big helpful page. So um so yes we will have those uh all available to you.

    All right, everyone. Thank you so much again for attending this training and we we wish you the very best with Q View and Q View Built.

  • 09/30/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Life After Work – How to Create a Good Life in Retirement

    how to create a good life in retirement. So, we’re going to be talking about some retirement income ideas for you today. Just want to do a little bit of a housekeeping first. Um, you saw uh most of you the chat feature. So, as I go through the presentation today, any of the slides that uh you might have questions on, just let me know. As I’m talking, you could just go ahead and put any questions in the chat feature or the Q&A feature of the uh Zoom meeting. And again, if anything happens, any technical difficulties, go ahead and put it in there as well. I’ll kind of monitor monitor that through the presentation, get that adjusted for you. But yeah, feel free to uh just kind of throw your questions in there as I’m talking. Uh credit union asks me to let you know that uh one of the questions that come up uh do we record these meetings? Um we do not record them. We just kind of do them on a onetoone basis here. So we don’t record and we ask that you do the same. Please do not record, reproduce, distribute any part of this presentation either through uh audio, video, screen capture, or any of those AI based tools. So, thank you for that. Um, just a little more housekeeping. I do an every other week uh webinar series for the credit union here. Today, we’re talking about life after work. In a couple weeks, October 14th, I’m going to be talking about a uh presentation I created and entitled the good, the bad, and the ugly of annuities. Uh what are they and who would want one? So, inevitably, someone has owned an annuity, been presented an annuity, and this is really kind of clearing up the myths, myths and misconceptions around the annuity category. So, if you uh have any questions on that specific topic, please join me on the 14th. I do my presentations at 12 central time on uh every other Wednesday. And then on October 28th, we’re getting into tax season here towards the end of the year. So, we’re going to talk about some uh tax planning changes. I’m going to call it the four stages of retirement. But uh again kind of like today’s topic uh income in retirement taxation and timing of taxation order is going to be different in retirement. What sources do you pull it from? What’s the best tax efficient way to invest your funds to withdraw your funds? Some uh search charges and penalties that you need to be aware of as well. And some new tax law uh legislation that’s been recently updated. So, we’ll be talking about taxes in the fourth quarter here to get you ready for tax filing time. Uh here’s a complete list of all the webinars. We do uh an entire webinar series. Uh I’m also the co-host of the podcast here at the credit union. Uh and there’s also a financial blog on our website. I always say I don’t expect you to memorize this link or write this whole link down, but you could tell it’s the credit union website. So, our department erys alliance retirement and investment services.allantcreditun.comvents

    backl back slmpodcast for the podcast or blog. Easier way to do it is if you go to the credit union website, click on the investment tab on the homepage. It’s going to take you to uh our website here for investment services. At the top of the page, you’ll see webinar button, complete list of all the upcoming webinars, podcast series, and blog there as well. So, uh just want to introduce uh our financial planning capabilities into this conversation. So, as we go through today’s uh material, I’m going to be referring back to some slides from financial planning outputs. This is just one to uh get us going here a little bit. This is a uh cash flow overview and love the title of this slide. Right? A goal without a plan is just a wish. So we want to put together a financial plan. We don’t want to put together a financial wish. But this is our department in the credit union. I feel that we are the best kept secret here at the credit union. So we’re a full services investment arm of the credit union. We’re a fiduciary firm and we offer members of the credit union really a no cost, no obligation service to build these financial plans, do an overall check-in for you on your finances. And really by going through this process, we sit down together, we’ll have a meeting, we can have an initial meeting to see if this is the the right route to work on a financial plan together, but in a planning meeting, we’ll have a discussion, gather some basic information for from you to build this plan. And by doing this, what it does, it gives you a clear picture of where you are today and where you want to go into the future. Helps you make sure your investments, retirement accounts, taxes, insurance, estate planning, it all works together. And we look for potential gaps or opportunities in your overall financial plan to help determine are you on track to reach your goals? Are you on track for your retirement income is what we’ll talk about today. And then from there, we could uh talk a little bit more deeply about investments, what to do with those uh old 401k plans, and really kind of review today’s markets and make sure everything is aligned for a coordinated long-term strategy for you as well. So, that’s what we do here uh in the financial planning side. We talk about ways of uh reducing taxes, fighting inflation, generating more income from your income, from your income sources, from your account. So, this here uh will answer a lot of questions, do a lot of coordination, and answer those whatifs, right? Will I have enough? Will it last my lifetime? And really, uh we’re doing this only 36% of Americans have a written financial plan. We’re trying to change that a little bit for our memberships. Make sure if this is appropriate for you, you have access to a financial plan and a financial planner to help you with those. So, again, if that’s uh something that you’d like to explore, uh please you could put a note in the chat feature. there’s an email that comes out after the uh presentation, so you can just respond back to the email if you’d like to talk a little bit more about our capabilities or financial planning here. So, uh again, we’re going to talk uh today we’re getting back on topic, right? We’re going to talk about uh life after retirement, creating a uh good life in retirement, but really the agenda is these bullet points here. How does your retire uh retirement plan currently measure up? uh imagining your life in retirement, looking at all potential sources of income, determining a withdrawal strategy. We’ll talk a little bit about taxes, and then how to get started on creating your specific comprehensive financial plan. Again, if you do have any questions, please just go ahead and use that chat feature, and we’ll make sure we get to them at the end of the presentation. But, uh, we’re going to look at retirement income, right? So, a retirement income plan. The first bullet point here, how much income will you need in retirement? That’s a big question. I really think that boils down to your expenses and how much you spend in retirement. We’ll have some questions that pop up. Do I have enough? Do I need a million dollars? Do I need a $2 million in my retirement plan? But everyone’s going to be a little bit different. And I think that’s really driven by your expenses. How much will you spend? And to cover those expenses, where will that income come from? As you can see here, all these different accounts are pieces of a puzzle. So, we have social security that we’ll talk about today. We have your specific investment accounts, 401k accounts, if you’re lucky enough to have it, a pension plan to provide some of that income, Roth IAS, but basically you have to look at all these income sources and you have to look at those expenses and you have to make sure that these assets or this income plan that we put together has the ability to provide income over a 30-year retirement. We’ll talk about life expectancy here in a little bit, but we just want to make sure that these assets or this income stream is able to last an extended period for you. This is a recent study, a little bit older, but uh this is a study. It’s a retirement confidence study. I find this interesting because it pulled two different sources, right? Pre-retirees in dark blue, so workers and retirees. and it was looking at potential retirement income sources. So those who are working, where do they think their income is going to come from? Those who are retired, where is the income actually coming from? So when you look at this, I think a few things kind of jump out at me. Uh the first one is social security, right? of those who are working. If you look at your social security estimated benefits, if you do some calculations, if you put it together in a financial plan, but if you’re working, you might think this could be a major source of income from for me. Don’t know that’s going to cover all expenses, but workers have social security listed as 88% uh as a major source of income. When in actual retirement, retirees are calling social security a larger source of their income all the way up to 94% is a major source of income for retirees on social security. Now, that goes to the next one as well. Next one is a workplace retirement savings plan. So, let’s call it a 401k plan. So, as you’re working and as you’re saving and you see those balances get bigger and bigger, you think to yourself, “This is being substantial. this is going to provide me a lot of income in retirement to the tune of 84% of workers responded that their 401k is going to be a major source of income when in actuality in retirement most retirees are saying that’s about 49%. Really not relying too much on the 401k most of the heavy lifting is being done maybe from social security maybe from a pension. So, that kind of begs the question, which we’ll talk about a little bit more, but what to do with those retirement plan savings, those 401ks, as they keep growing and growing over time if you’re not distributing from it if it’s not a major source of your income. Do we look at estate or legacy planning? Do we look at tax planning with those dollars? So, that’s another one that kind of jumped out. And then if I go all the way down, fifth one, work for pay. We have these conversations quite a bit as we’re going through a financial plan. Maybe the idea is I’m going to switch careers, maybe end this career, do something for fun, maybe some part-time work that uh will pay the bills in retirement. Maybe if I’m under age 65, that work will also cover some medical expenses, some health care plans until I reach 65 for Medicare. So workers, 73% said, “I may have a job, whether it be full-time or part-time or consulting in retirement, and that may be a major source of income for me in my retirement years.” When in actuality, maybe it’s conceptual. Maybe most people don’t act on this and actually continue working. when they stop working and they enjoy maybe like we’re talking about today, the good life, only 23% of retirees actually continue on and get a job in retirement and work for pay. So to me, those are the big ones here. Social Security, 401k plans, and then will I work in the future? So, uh, one of our bullet points here, right? How do we measure up? How is your retirement plan savings doing right now as compared to others? So the first one we have is 28% of American workers have no retirement savings. So if you have any retirement savings, then you’re ahead of 28% of workers in this country. So this might be a little misleading because sometimes we’ll run into situations where if you look at social security benefit estimates, if you look at a pension uh uh benefit estimate, especially for governmental workers, those uh pensions could be substantial. So maybe that person didn’t really see the need for private uh retirement plan savings. So but just to give you an idea, if you have retirement savings at all, you are going to be ahead of uh 28% of the country. Only 16% of Americans uh take advantage of the ketchup contribution in their IAS. Ketchup contribution. I’ve done presentations uh in the past on these. Hopefully you all know what the catch-up contribution is. Now, catch-up contribution is available in an IRA account. It’s available in a 401k plan account, but basically it means for those of us over 50 years old, you can add more money into your retirement plan savings, whether it’s an IRA, a 401k. So maybe at that point in life, you have more free cash flow. Maybe the kids are out of the house, maybe college expenses are paid off, maybe the mortgage is paid off. That more free cash flow can be put into retirement plans to kind of superersize the retirement plan savings towards the later years. IRA account, if you’re over age 50, you can add an extra $1,100 into the IRA for this year, 2026. So the standard amount is $7,500. If you’re over age 50, that’s going to come out to 8,600 for an IRA. Now, the 401k contributions, those are bigger than IRA. So, if you have a 401k contribution, the base amount that you can do this year is going to be $24,500. But if you’re over age 50, you can do a catch-up contribution for an additional $8,000. So, that would bring the total up to $32,500. It’s kind of a a quirky rule here. In the 401ks, ketchup contribution, if you are age 60 to 63, they give you a bigger ketchup contribution. So, that number is $11,250 for the ketchup. So, that would take you to a total of 35,000 in the 401k if you are ages 60, 61, 62, or 63. So, make sure you understand and you take advantage of those catch-up contributions while you can. There was a new rule change to the ketchup contribution. If you make income over a certain level, the ketchup has to go into a Roth portion of the 401k. Another point here, right? Are you on track? Only 41% of Americans age 60 and older think their retirement savings are on track. And then finally, going back to my financial planning statistic, right? Only 36% of American households have $250,000 or more in retirement savings. Goes back to our financial planning bullet point, right? Only I think the number was 36% of Americans have a financial plan in place. So, I think it helps understand, do I need more than 250,000? Do I have a confidence in my plan going forward as well? If you could see it kind of all put together. So that’s kind of uh just stacking it all together, looking at statistically to give you a feel of how your plan or how your assets might fit into the other uh averages across the country. So now we’re going to talk a little bit about life in retirement, right? Where will you live? How much home do you need? What will you do? How long will you live? I know I mentioned we need assets to last 30 years in retirement. So we’ll define that a little bit more. what surprises may come up in the future uh additional expenses and how much income will you need to cover all this. So when we look at it, the first bullet point, where will you live? It’s a personal question. Um most of the survey respondents here, right? Where do I choose to live? Most important factors are nearby family and friends, affordability of the housing, uh maybe access to health care and hospitals, climate, good weather. It’s not the top one. Usually that comes up in conversation, but that would be number four on the list. Crime rate, leisure, recreation activities, but it really kind of boils down to nearby family and friends, and affordable housing. So, what’s interesting, I started the presentation talking a bit about financial planning. So, this is always one of the questions that comes up, right? Where will you live? Will you maintain the same household? Are you going to downsize? Maybe in this conversation, it might even be a second home or a vacation property or something like that. But in those financial plans, we have the ability to model sever several different scenarios. Number one would be maybe do nothing, keep the same house, keep the same expenses, watch the mortgage pay off over time and see how that affects the financial plan. We can also do a side-by-side comparison on housing saying, “Okay, in this year after another three or four, I’m probably going to sell this house. I am probably going to move to this state and we may downsize.” So, we could run some of those assumptions and say, “Well, if you downsize, here’s what it would look like to have the mortgage paid off. Here’s what your lower expenses would look like. Here’s how it it would affect your overall financial plan.” So even on housing in those financial plans, we could run sideby-side comparisons, whether it’s kind of reducing downsizing the house or increasing the size of the house with the second home or so. We could show you the factors involved in that and what that would look like for the next 10 to 20 years in a financial plan. What will you do? What will you do in retirement? So right hand side, right? Some things that this is kind of what we talked about before. Uh this is a survey. Uh this is light purple retirement dreams, right? Most people say I want to travel. I want to do certain things. So 60% said travel is important as they’re nearing retirement. Actually spending time in retirement. 36%. Again, these are all completely personal choices. Everybody’s going to be a little bit different as to what you want to do. But I think more importantly in this conversation is the left hand side. The left hand side. This is the way I look at this, right? We are either looking at income generating activities or we are looking at expense generated activities. Income generated activities, right? Making income. Maybe I want to work for fun. Maybe there’s something I want to do that uh is not full-time, but it’ll provide me a bit of a paycheck. It’ll keep me busy. It’ll maybe pay some of those health care plans until I’m 65. Maybe I’ve done some work already. I’ve started a business. This business is fun and this business is profitable for me. Keeps me busy, but it is not a drain on my expenses. It’s actually adding to the story. So, income generating activities, expense generating activities, right over on the right hand side, a lot of people dream of retirement, uh I’m sorry, of traveling in retirement. So travel, we budget a certain amount in a financial plan for travel expenses, but that is going to be an expense generating activity that’s going to increase with inflation over time as well. Hobbies, right? I love to golf. Golf expenses, tea fe ges are expensive. So we could model certain discretionary spending to match what those activities might look like for you. And then finally, uh, owning a business, a startup, it may be capital intensive. It may cost you money to get that going. It may be a bit detrimental to your income plan. All things that we could model together, but it’s important to understand is what I’m doing. Income generating, helping out the overall plan, or expense generating. Next one we’re looking at is how long will you live? And we could run through all the statistics on the right hand side. If you reach a certain age, life expectancy factors will take you to a certain age, right? But a lot of times when we have these conversations, it’s important to a financial plan because at some point we don’t want the accounts or the income plan to run out of money. So usually what we’ll do is kind of default a plan to age 95. know a lot of times that’s easier said than done for age 95. So I’ll have a conversation with my clients. We’ll talk about some family history. Within that family history, I’ll receive stories of relatives who are octogenarians or centiggenarians and there’s a lot of longevity in the family. So we need to plan accordingly. Again, back to what I said before on that 30-year income plan. We just don’t want to leave you destitute at any certain time. And then the flip side, these are completely customizable plans. So based on family history, we could use whatever time frame or whatever is appropriate. So we could do some uh guesstimating here. There’s also a website living00.com. It’ll walk you through a questionnaire and ask you a a bunch of lifestyle questions and come up with some of the calculations. But uh again, we just want to make sure that whatever plan we put together has the ability and the probability of success to reach well into your expected life expectancy. So when I put this together, right, I said there might be a couple outputs here in the presentation of our financial plans. So this one here is called lifetime portfolio value. So this one is just a hypothetical example. We ran this plan out to age 95, but this is showing portfolio values at various ages. This could be affected by market performance. I have this one set to a average market performance for this moderate investor over time, but you’re going to see the balances change year-over-year. some accumulation going on in the account. If the accounts are growing, if the uh uh there’s additions into the investments, either through required distributions going back invested in the plan, or you’re just not spending all the money. So, basically, year-over-year, we can see what the portfolio value is. Now, this one is set to portfolio value. This is not looking at home values or illlquid assets. We could say at any given time, this happens to be at age 95, this plan had $2 million left over in it. But then we could say, all right, at age 85, this is potentially what your assets will grow to. I think this is also important to know and to understand because a lot of times in conversations we will talk about possibly long-term long-term care and some long-term care planning. If we model some of those projections of if that scenario were to happen and what the average costs are, we just want to make sure that the conversation is had that there’s either assets in the plan to cover some of those types of major medical expenses or that you’ve had a conversation or discuss long-term care uh coverage in the past. So, this is a great way to do it just to see yearbyear what the projections are for longevity and your portfolio values. So next what we want to do is we want to look at all potential sources of income. Right back to the piggy bank that we looked at before, social security, pension payments if you’re eligible for a pension, possibly annuity payments, which kind of behave like that pension payment for income or lifetime income. Again, working if you’re not working, if you are working, if it’s part-time work, can it be relied on? How long do you think you might do something like that? And business interests as well. So when you look at each one of these categories, characteristics of each, what we’re looking at at the top, the key term here is guaranteed income, right? Guaranteed income for life. So social social security at the top. Two important factors. Uh social security is inflation adjusted for income. So you probably hear about this every year. and we’re just waiting in October to get the cost of living adjustment on social security. Last year declared for 2026 at 2.8%. So it goes up over time and it’s guaranteed for life. So guaranteed income. Next is the pension, right? Fixed income may or may not have that inflation adjustment or the cost of living adjustment depending on your specific plan, but it’s going to carry that guaranteed for life. Right? So, we have two guaranteed for life there. From there, we’re going to go into earnings from work questionable. How how long may this go on? How much might I get paid? So, it’s not going to have that uh kind of designation of guaranteed for life. the annuity C category. It could, right? You could use it guaranteed for life. So, that is a possibility. The income it provides you may be fixed. It may be variable. It may have a a cost of living adjustment depending on which route you may have taken on the annuity. And then really other income, right? other income, investment properties, business interest, uh withdrawals from your investment accounts, IRA, 401ks, savings, uh nonqualified means nonretirement accounts. So, if you have a brokerage account, mutual funds, a stock account, how do you coordinate the investment uh the income from those investments? But what I want to do here, I just want to point out again, the first two were guaranteed for life. pensions and social security, possibly the annuity, but the key there is guaranteed for life. So, what that’s going to help me do is determine what your income stability ratio is. How much of your monthly income is from a stable fixed source that has nothing to do with the market, with the stock market. It does not fluctuate. It is stable income. And how much of your income on a monthly basis is questionable. Maybe from that employment income, maybe from market driven investments. We come up with your personal income stability ratio. For example, you spend $2,000 a month. Your social security is $1,000 a month. Your income stability ratio there would be 50, right? 50%, the 50% ratio. So, we’d like to have conversations around that number. Understand that there could be fluctuation in that other 50%. look at ways to advance that number above 50%. Whether potentially it’s waiting longer to take social security to get a bigger payment, whether it’s uh deciding when to start the pension payment, your annuity payments, things like that. But we just want to make sure you have a good amount of stable income coming in on a monthly basis. Uh this one here, just average retirement income sources. kind of hinted at this in the past, but uh major source of income for most people is social security. So, it was never meant to be the sole source of income. It was meant to be a complement to those pensions, personal savings, uh all those different things. But most income is coming from retirement income is coming from social security with a smaller amount coming from pension plans. even smaller amount coming from 401ks and IRA. Everything else gets very small after that. Inheritance, home equity, anything like that. So, the first three are going to be the biggest categories. Social security being the biggest one. I’m sure you know I offered before if you have questions, put it in the chat feature. I’m sure there’s a lot of questions on social security. Uh so we could definitely answer those for you or have some conversations offline about your specific situation or the viability of social security going forward. But uh when you look at this, this is social security. This is just kind of uh emphasizing the cost of living adjustments 2.8% this year. This is basically saying that if your monthly benefit is $2,000 right now with the cost of living adjustment in 10 years that would come out to 2600. In 20 years it would be 3,400 a month. 30 years 4500. So it’s going to be uh continuing to grow and grow. So now I’m just going to pause here and say if you haven’t yet gone to the website below ssa.gov/s /estimator. What you want to do is just go to that website. You want to get logged in. You want to create your own password. You want to make sure the account is secure so nobody else can access your information or falsely file for any kind of benefits. Number two, you want to go in there and you want to get your benefits of statement, statement of benefits. You want to see what the projections look like when you are depending on your personal time frame, but let’s see what your benefits will be at 62, at 65, at full retirement age, maybe 67, and then if you let it grow for some time all the way to age 70, what would the difference be there as well? It’s important key if we uh run any financial analysis or put together a financial plan. So if you have some time take a look at the social security website secure it and then understand your benefits as well. And then the next question right what age will you start social security will you and your spouse start social security and how can you optimize your benefits? So if you put that all together those are some pretty big questions. Um, what I would say is if you look at it within a plan, how it coordinates with other income sources, how it coordinates with your taxes and what you’re trying to accomplish on the tax side. We could come up with a time frame that may be appropriate for you to start that benefit. Now, a lot of people will ask, they’ll say, “I’ve heard that there’s a break even point in time.” And that break even point in time, what that means is if you start your benefits early, you’re going to get a lower amount. It’s going to continue on for life. If you defer for a few years, you’re going to get a higher amount and that’s going to go on for life. But at some point in time, if you wait a little bit longer, there’s going to be a break even point. And usually for most people, that break even point is right around age 80. That means at age 80, you would have been paid the same amount whether you started early or you started later. So, it goes back to our question before about longevity in your family. How long would you potentially receive these benefits? Because the longer you wait, the more you get paid. Now, if you are full retirement age 67, if you have the ability or luxury to wait till age 70, you’re going to have what they call deferred credits. Deferred benefit credits. You wait from age 67 to 70. The amount you are paid in benefits goes up a guaranteed 8% each year until age 70, which would be a 24% increase over your age 67 full retirement age amount. So you wait the maximum, age 70, 24% increase. You could start your benefits all the way as early as 62. You started at 62. Every year there’s going to be a reduction of 6 and a4%. So if you take it the earliest you can, you would have a 30% reduction. So a lot of calculations go into this. Not only your own personal calculation, but coordinating with your spouse or spousal benefits in there as well. So really going through a financial plan can help answer a lot of these questions. What difference will it make to me and what opportunities would be presented to me if I wait as far as taxation or uh working on my other investment accounts for some income sources. So we’re happy to talk to you about uh social security as well. Pensions if you look at pensions if you get one right do you get one at all? When do you become eligible for it? How much will it be? what are your distribution options? So, I would really say with pensions, if you have one, if you haven’t received an estimate of benefits in quite some time, this is a good opportunity. Hopefully, now it’s on the top of your mind, but you contact that plan administrator and you have them run an estimate, an estimate of benefits. They’re going to ask you a couple questions. Uh, when would you like to see the example run? At what age? And it kind of goes back to these conversations, a little bit of financial planning, but you’ll be able to tell them, say, I would like to start my benefits at 62 or 65 or whatever the appropriate age would be. And then they’re also going to ask you about your spouse and if you’d want any continued benefits to go to your spouse as well. So really what we’re looking there for there, similar to social security, we want to find out what the monthly amount is and we also want to know if a pension plan has a cost of living adjustment. Some do, some do not. So uh you want to find out that see if they have any kind of a inflation factor where your payments would go up over time. The other thing is we want to know what the spousal benefit would be. bigger the age and difference, the lower the payment is going to be for kind of a uh joint life payment. But just want to run a couple examples just to make some educated decision and get those uh uh pension estimates put together. The next category we have is earnings from work. Right? Same thing we’ve talked about before. Uh will you work full-time, part-time? What do you want to do? How much can you expect to make? and how long can you expect this work to go on. So, I know these are some big questions, but uh some estimates that we like to deal with when we’re creating an income plan and also kind of judging going forward. We don’t want to overexaggerate your income. So, we just want to put a little thought into this to see if this is something that would actually take place where most retirees say, “I didn’t actually work when I said I would work in retirement.” So, uh, annuities, um, I have a whole presentation coming up on annuities in two weeks. So, we can dive deeper into that, uh, this category then. But if you have an existing annuity, uh, a lot of times, now these are all different and we’re going to go over myths and misconceptions, but you have an existing annuity. A lot of people, uh, purchased an annuity for lifetime income, which is great if you need it. It may help you with that income stability ratio, may help to replace some of your income as well and complement social security, especially if you don’t have a pension or a private pension plan. If you do have uh one of these annuities, you just want to do a review on it because these have drastically changed over the last 10 years or just things you want to take a look at. Uh do you have an income ride or an income benefit? What would that pay you? What does it cost you in expenses and fees to maintain something like that with your annuity company? Do you have any charges, any surrender charges that you would be liable for if you make any changes to your annuity? And then the tax implications of receiving that income. Is it a retirement account? Is it all taxable? Is it a non-retirement account? You might you have a exclusion ratio? Part is taxable, part is not taxable. So different things that we could uh help you explore just to make sure you’re making the right decision if you have one of those investment categories. And then from there, right, we’re going to look at uh investment, income, personal savings, great big category, but for income sources, IRA, if you have a traditional IRA, it’s taxed differently than the Roth IRA. Traditional IRA is all taxable. It all counts as income on the tax brackets where the Roth does not. So, we want to make sure you coordinate distributions from each of those to make sure you’re uh spreading out or doing the most tax efficient income distribution as you can. Along those same lines, right, uh SE IRA, simple IRA, all different versions. If you have one of these, you’re familiar with it. Self-employed IAS, but all different versions of that pre-tax model of the traditional IRA. Uh continuing on with the Kio 401k, all same pre-tax kind of dollar, but here we go into a few different categories. Now, we’re out of retirement accounts, but we have a uh cash designation. We have brokerage accounts. The brokerage accounts are going to be again like stock and mutual fund investments. They’re going to qualify for a capital gain distribution tax. different than the retirement accounts account as income. Brokerage accounts are a bit more tax efficient with the capital gain distribution and it says nonqualified accounts here. Basically, non-qualified accounts means nonretirement account does not qualify for any special tax treatment as well. But the main idea here is there’s many different investment account registration designations. So, you have to look at this in a couple different ways. You have to say, well, the first way is investing. How am I invested in my pre-tax retirement accounts versus my Roth or tax-free investments? Do I want more growth in the Roth and the tax-free? Because it’s all tax-free, I’ll have a more growth lean into those types of investments. May I then be a little more conservative with the pre-tax dollars because that continues to snowball and create a larger tax liability for me? But if you put the two together, you’re going to balance them out into the exact portfolio you’re looking for. You’re just looking for more of the growth to happen within that Roth account. So that’s number one, investment accounts diversified by tax treatment. But you also want to look at these when we start the income distributions. You want to look at the most taxefficient way to withdraw from your investments. Most tax efficient way, right? Some is pre-tax, maybe some is brokerage, those capital gains. There’s a mixture of everything in there. But we can go through these different categories and we can model different scenarios to find the most tax efficient way. default theory is we look at cash accounts, brokerage accounts first, then we look at taxable accounts uh then uh I’m sorry cash and brokerage account taxable accounts first then we go into pre-tax accounts next or distributions final phase of the distribution strategy is the tax-free or Roth. So taxable accounts first, pre-tax, traditional IAS, Roth at the end. Now, if we run that together in a plan, we could say, “All right, this is how it works out for a tax liability for you, but there’s alternative tax strategies, right? What if we take money to live off of, we start our social security, we do distributions from cash and brokerage accounts, and then we do Roth conversions in there as well.” So we can model different scenarios but we’re looking for the most taxefficient way to distribute from income accounts. Now these are uh a little bit other income sources might uh be applicable might not be applicable to to each one of you but home equity it’s uh it’s there there’s conversations around it. Um uh not necessarily something that we uh see or take into consideration in a income plan. real estate investments. Uh if it’s ongoing rental income that you can count on, we have to look at that in the same respect that we talked about housing for primary housing before. Do you plan to continue this rental property, the maintenance of it, the income? Is it going to be sold at some point? Can we model the sale of that, the tax implications? Business ventures, right? Maybe I’ll do this business for a while, maybe I won’t. Maybe I’ll sell it. inheritance in the future, trust accounts, all those different things. They’re consideration. They might be one off in most financial plans, but different things that that we could take a look at. So, with that said, I just talked about five or 10 minutes about different income sources. So, I say the best way to look at this again is uh as a comprehensive view. This is where I started the presentation in a cash flow overview that takes all those categories I just mentioned. It puts it all together on one clean source. And really what it’s trying to do here within the plan is solve for that red line for those expenses in the middle. So we calculate our expenses and we say all right where do I need to take my income from to meet that red line of expenses. Left hand side is easy. Those uh light blue bars are employment income. The dark blue bars are social security. And then the yellow and then the orange are withdrawals from your accounts to meet those expenses. So this is where we get into some of that tax efficiency strategy in there. Just a couple ideas on withdrawal strategies for you as well. But uh once you’re at that point, we need to create some income. Couple different ways to do that. We’re just going to bullet point a few of these here. Um, you’ll probably be able to tell which one is my favorite as I go through this, but uh, the first one is something called live off the interest. Next one is the 4% rule, maybe four to 5% rule, bucket strategy, and then uh, covering mandatory versus [clears throat] discretionary expenses. Just a couple minutes on each one of those, but uh, living off the interest, it is exactly as it sounds. uh assets are invested in an income oriented security. So think to yourself here at the credit union the savings account is 3% their CDs a little bit north of 4%. Think of a bond that will pay a coupon rate or an interest payment to you on a monthly basis. Maybe in this category it says dividend paying stocks. Dividend paying stocks might have some principal fluctuation in there. But the basic idea is this is going to pay an interest rate. This is going to pay me a dividend and I’m going to live off of that interest rate or that dividend. My main goal here is to keep that principle and untouched and live off of the interest. So that’s number one, just living off the interest. Number two is 4% rule, 5% rule maybe just to expand it a little bit. But the investments or the assets are invested for total return. Right? So this may be a portfolio stocks and bonds maybe a moderate portfolio might be 60% stocks and 40% bonds. You may have some other holdings in there that pay some interest. Other stocks that pay dividends, but you’re investing really for total return. So, what you’re going to do is have your investment portfolio with all these different pieces in there, all these different pieces to the puzzle and then you simply go in there and you withdraw 4%. So, if you have $100,000, you’re taking out $4,000 and you increase that a little bit each year for your own inflation adjustment or for the cost of living adjustment. Now, I said 4%, I said 5%, right? Studies show that four to 5% is a safe withdrawal rate to sustain a income plan for an extended period of time. But when you look at the 4% you say well if I am receiving 4%. And inflation is 3% we’re kind of taking money out but eroding the account by about 7% per year. I need these portfolio assets to return that maybe six to eight% per year to keep up with this strategy. But basically, you’re just going into your accounts and you’re removing a set amount plus inflation each year. Now, the bucket strategy is kind of taking those first two concepts together. Now, what this does, it segments assets into durations into different time periods. So assets are placed into buckets for the corresponding time horizon. Investments are dependent on that time horizon. The longer the time horizon, the more growth oriented an investment can be. And then income is taken from the bucket specifically designated or earmarked for that purpose. Other buckets are left to grow. Again, real simple example. Uh, in my example before, I said maybe expenses are 2,000 a month, maybe social security covers 1,000 a month. So, you have a $1,000 a month shortfall. You have $12,000 a year shortfall. So, the theory here is 12,000 for one year, 12,000 for year 2, 12,000 for year three. So if you take 36,000 maybe 50,000 of the overall portfolio and you put that into bucket number one, safe, conservative, fixed rates, nothing to do with the market, you’re eventually going to deplete bucket number one. So as time goes on, your withdrawals are from that bucket. Bucket number two is investments, lower volatility. Think of your blue chip stocks, your dividend paying stocks, things like that that would have a five to 10 year horizon. The last bucket is your growth component, right? So, you’d have access to different investments, maybe have a bit of a more uh stock exposure in there, more of a growth lean. Conceptually, here’s what happens. If you wake up and you see the market is down and it continues to go down 10 20% and it goes through a bare market period, you know to yourself that you’ve already planned for this specifically. There’s enough funds in bucket number one to carry you for the next 3 to four years. So you don’t have to worry about what the market is doing in the short term. It’s not going to affect your spending. Now, on the flip side of that, if the market is up, right, if we do account reviews and we say, “Hey, it’s been a great year, you just spent six months or a year of bucket number one, because the markets are doing so well. Why don’t we take some money out of bucket number three or bucket number two and replenish bucket number one to give you that fresh three-year horizon of the income?” So, that’s the uh the bucket strategy. Final thing is the mandatory versus discretionary expenses. This is uh a little interesting. Mandatory expenses, right? Utilities, property taxes, keeping the lights on. Everything that is mandatory is funded by guaranteed. So making sure that social security and pension is enough to cover those mandatory. Discretionary, the fund money, the travel, the gifting, the shopping, all that kind of stuff. Discretionary are funded by investment accounts with growth potential. So this one this one’s a little bit interesting because I think you know if you look at it if the market’s down and your fund money is in overly growth opportunity potentials uh you might have to skip a year of some of the fund money. So I always kind of lean towards the bucket strategies just making sure all bases are covered for any market condition. But then when you do a comparison of all this right living off the interest it’s simple you just take the uh the interest off of it. The problem with that is if interest rates go down, dividends go down, your income will go down over time as well. Mandatory versus discretionary kind of peace of mind that the base expenses will be met, but you just don’t know that you’ll fully be able to fund all this the discretionary spending you want to. Uh 4% rule is great. Uh success depends on the investments. I’ll just say this in 2022 stock market was down, the bond market was down. So even diversified portfolios were down kind of uh accentuating that would be taking a 4% withdrawal from both uh asset classes that are down. And then finally bucket strategy like we talked to like we talked about uh a little bit more complex. You got to monitor a little bit harder to uh set up. It’s a little easier right now because uh interest rates are remaining high. So it helps that bucket number one story as well. So that’s some uh distribution ideas. Uh we’re going to talk a little bit about taxes, tax basics, tax regulations for different income sources. So all the things that we talked about uh so far, these are just the uh tax liabilities that come along with those. We talked about housing and moving to different states. Uh I’m currently I’m here in Illinois and Illinois we do have high property taxes, but we are a retireefriendly state. Illinois does not tax social security or pensions, retirement account distributions, IRA distributions, anything like that. So, just something to keep in mind as you’re looking to maybe move in retirement or even what your current state taxation is. Everything mentioned here is going to be a federal taxation. So, no matter what happened with the one big beautiful bill, no matter what you’ve heard, um social security is taxable. There’s different tiers. Most people pay 85% on their social security benefits. 85% is taxable. Uh pensions, think this is a little misleading. All or part may be taxable. I’d imagine for most people all of your pension income is going to be federally uh taxable as well. And we talked about earnings from work. That’s income. Investment income depends how it’s invested. Uh if you have dividends, you might receive some qualified dividend payments that qualify for capital gains. You take money out of an investment account. If you held it over a year, that’s capital gains. On those accounts, if it’s under a year, it’s going to be considered income, ordinary income. And then also on the IRA, IAS are income treated as well. So all IRA distributions be federally taxable as uh as the marginal income tax break brackets. Then finally, since we talked about it, right, just a little bit on annuities, it depends if your annuity is an IRA retirement annuity. It would all be taxable unless it’s a Roth or if it’s an annuity that is uh not a retirement account, that annuity grew uh tax deferred. So, part of it is going to be a tax liability to you as well. So, I went through that kind of quickly, but uh let me know if you have any questions on uh on taxation of accounts. So, uh, just a little bit on taxation again. Uh, the required minimum distributions on retirement accounts. The line in the sand is 1960. If you were born before 1960, your required distribution age is 73. Anybody born 1960 or later, you get to wait till age 75. So some strategies are right uh before those required distributions come along converting some of the money from a traditional pre-tax IRA to a Roth. I’ve done presentations on that. We can model that within a financial plan. So let me know if that uh is something you have a question on. Um if you delay your social security, it’s going to do two things for you by delaying social security. Number one, it’s going to lower your taxes for those years you’re delaying because most people are going to pay 85% taxes on social security, but it’s also going to increase your benefit. So, the longer you wait, the more you get paid. So, it’s kind of twofold by delaying social security. And then again, uh reducing expenses. That’s where we started today, right? If you have lower expenses, all these stories are much easier. But focusing on paying down debt, uh simpler lifestyle, maybe downsizing the house would help with some of those reduced expenses, which will then reduce the amount you have to take from your retirement accounts, which reduces taxation on it. And then finally, uh big bullet point here, but continue to manage taxes throughout retirement. It’s an ongoing conversation. Tax laws and legislation are constantly changing, especially with required distributions, right? We just want to monitor your tax brackets and your Medicare u premium charges. So just a few strategies there on the tax front. And then finally, right, taxes. You have different tax accounts. We talked about this taxable accounts. A stock account, mutual fund account, it’s taxable. It’s not a retirement account. Tax deferred account. You have to pay the taxes on it when you take it out. It’s going to be counted as income. And then tax-free is the Roth, right? So also types of investments, risk horizon, time horizon, risk tolerance, all this stuff put together. But I’m just going to look at these top section here, tax deferred and taxfree. We put the whole tax conversation together. You’re going to have a tax liability. Now, you’re going to be able to see within a financial plan, what do my taxes look like today? I’m working, so maybe my taxes are a little bit higher. What do my tax liabilities look like at maybe the 10% rate, the 12% tax rate? What do my taxes look like when I stop working? And then we mention required distributions. What does it look like in the future? Will my taxes be higher in the future? This is kind of a little typical of a uh retirement plan, right? Higher taxes in the beginning, kind of a valley there where there’s no employment income, but yet required distributions haven’t started. This is going to be the opportunity for a lot of retirement account tax planning. Whether it’s taking some of that money out, spending it, do different things. You just want to pay the taxes at the lower rate or we start to introduce the idea of doing a Roth conversion, converting some of those dollars at a lower tax rate when you can anticipate your tax rate would be higher in the future. So within this plan, alls we do is we say, “All right, for those low tax years, I want to do a conversion to Roth. I want to pay the taxes now so I never have to pay the taxes again.” And in this example, I just put in a 12% tax rate. So basically what we did here is we just added some yellow bars into our tax pax bracket financial report. Those yellow bars are Roth conversions up to the 12% bracket. So you can see it added a little more income with the yellow brackets, but it smoothed out the future taxation. And at the bottom of the plan, whenever you do a uh Roth conversion, right? Whenever you look at that conceptually, you want to say, does this help me? Does it lower my taxes? Bottom middle of the screen in this example, it was able to lower lifetime taxes by $112,000. and also added portfolio value by doing a conversion. Added portfolio value of $600,000. So if you don’t do that, this is the do nothing plan, right? Social security, dark blue. You hit age 73 or 75. You have all those big orange bars. We can do the calculation on the required minimum distribution. and we could show you what it potentially will look like in 10 years with some assumed growth in the account and what it’s going to look like tax-wise year-over-year if you do nothing. We take the do nothing scenario, we compare it to the Roth conversion scenario and see if that may be appropriate in your situation. So, with that said, right, I think we’re uh kind of wrapping up here a little bit on all my life after work uh bullet points, but uh action plan, right? gather resources on transitioning to retirement. We kind of talked a little bit about getting your social security benefit statement. We talked about pension statements. We talked about putting together that financial plan. See how it all works together. Make sure everything is coordinated to reach your goals. Put together a list of questions, concerns, anything that we might have touched on today that you want to talk about in a little bit more detail. And then of course, uh create a make an appointment, talk a little bit more about this. It’s what we do here uh at the credit union. Um how we can help. I’m just going to launch. Credit union likes me to put out a poll. If you’d like to talk, if you have any questions, if you’d like to explore seeing if putting together a financial plan is uh is ideal for you, just let me know there on the survey. We’ll be sure to get back to you. But uh we can help, right? life planning questions to help uh imagine your life in retirement, creating those income plans, determining your income needs, identifying those sources of income for you. We can help look at uh the IRA accounts, IRA rollovers, 401k rollovers, model your personal Roth conversions, and create that uh tax efficient withdrawal plan for you as well. And then of course, we also do uh I’m a certified financial planner. I’m also a registered investment adviser. So, we could do portfolio review and management. We can review your uh current investments and take c tax consideration into your investment portfolio. So, with that said, I am going to wrap up. I’m sorry we went uh just a little bit long on today’s topic, but again, a goal without a plan is a wish. We don’t want to wish for a successful plan. We want to plan for a successful plan. This is all my contact information. Uh I always say call, click, or visit. We could talk over the phone. You could uh scan the QR code and access my calendar to set up a time. U if you do that, it’ll set up a Zoom meeting for us. Same format as we’re doing here, but uh we just talk about your specific situation. And then if you’re in the Chicago area, I’m at the credit union headquarters every day and happy to meet in person with you as well. So, with that said, I know uh I promised I would get to the uh Q&A, the chat feature. So, if you have any questions, let’s go ahead and put it in there. I’ll take a quick look at that and uh see if we can answer some questions for you. There’s also going to be a credit union sends an email out on my behalf at the end of these presentations. So, any questions, comments, any additional topics you’d like to see or if you’d like to uh talk a little bit more about your personal situation and your comprehensive plan, just uh let me know. So, I’m going to go to Q&A first. Uh actually chat first. So, we got uh somebody wrote in here, what constitutes taxable accounts? So, taxable accounts uh we’re going to define that really as nonretirement accounts. So, a taxable account would be a savings account, a checking account. Those type of accounts are going to earn interest or dividends. It’s taxable every year. You’re going to get a 1099 int. Another taxable account is have a brokerage account. You have some stocks. So you have some bonds, you have some mutual funds, anything like that. It’s going to be a taxable account really on an annual basis. You’ll receive a 1099 DIIV, a dividend report. So those are all taxable accounts. Now the other accounts are tax deferred for a traditional IRA. You got to pay the taxes eventually, but it’s tax deferred. [snorts] And then the other one is the Roth, which is tax-free. So kind of different tax treatments, but taxable account you kind of pay as you go. either credit union, uh, brokerage accounts, anything like that. So, another question came in. Are withdrawals from traditional IAS considered income that is taxable? The answer there is yes. Uh, I’m struggling because there’s no other way to answer that. Uh, somebody has to pay the taxes on traditional IAS. So if you do it yourself, if you take some money out, uh it would be treated as income that year and it goes through those marginal income tax brackets. You get a standard deduction, but then some would be taxed at 10%, some at 12, and it kind of goes through the uh the different tax brackets. That’s why those required distributions kind of wreak so much havoc at the end of a plan because they’re larger distributions and they go right through those uh those tax brackets. So the other way I would look at this is you know sometimes we run financial plans and there’s money left over and it goes to the next generation or the kids and in that situation uh that money is still taxable. Traditional IAS are going to be taxable to the beneficiaries. uh Roth IAS are not taxable to the beneficiary. So it just gives a little more validation to having that uh Roth conversation. Uh somebody asked is there a cost for your services here? So when we talk when we meet we’ll have an introductory meeting that financial planning is right for you and your situation making sure it’s a good match to continue on. We do that financial plan. There’s no cost. it’s part of your membership at the credit unions. We just don’t charge for that. I know a lot of advisors don’t even offer full financial planning. They charge for maybe we don’t do that. It’s it’s just part of the the membership here. Now, I mentioned I’m a certified financial planner. I’m also a registered investment adviser. So, throughout the plan, throughout the journey, there might be some investment recommendations that I make to help you reach your goals. Now, some investments do have a fee, some investments don’t have a fee. Again, you’re under no obligation, but uh I would completely disclose any any fees on the investment side for you as well, but uh whatever’s in your best interest. Again, we are a fiduciary firm here. Uh another question, how safe is it to use you for advice as I have all my Fidelity, all my accounts with Fidelity? It’s a great question. um that’s that’s a little tough because we can’t really manage uh assets that are not here. So, we could have conversations with you. We can go over some of those topics, answer some of your questions, but it just wouldn’t be an ongoing financial advisor relationship going forward, but u happy to get some uh some questions answered for you as well. Uh, another maybe same person. I have only used Fidelity financial advisors, but I feel like they are only order takers. Yeah, that’s what we’re trying to to give you a little bit more of the uh personalized experience. Um, so it’s uh me here. There’s a couple of us in Chicago, few others across the country, but we work with our individual clients. We work creating your financial plan, going over it with you. I would be your contact person. So really instead of uh dialing up those 800 numbers and talking to a different person each time, it’s really kind of building that relationship and working on that financial plan throughout the year as well. So I think we’re good on the chat feature Q&A. So uh another great question here, right? Does the 8% social security increase after 67 include cola? It does not. So again, uh if you’re over full retirement age in this question, 67, each year you wait, your benefits will go up at a guaranteed 8%. You don’t have to wait the full year. You can get 11 12th of that, 612ths of that whenever you start your benefit. But your benefit goes up 8% per year. And then on top of that, you’re going to get the cost of living adjustment. So if you waited, all right, this year, you got 8% this year plus it was uh 2.8 8% cost of living adjustment. So this year the payment would have gone up uh 10.8%. That’s a good question. Uh so another question, can one do a Roth conversion in the year turning 73 but before actually turning 73? So I’m assuming your required distribution is at 73. If you’re born in 1960, it’s 75. But if you have the required distribution, the year you turn 73, you have to take the required distribution out first. So if you’re 73, but your birthday is in, let’s say, October, right? You can’t do the Roth conversion until you do the required distribution. Once you get that required distribution done, that can’t go into Roth, but once you get that one done, then you’re free to do the Roth conversion. Uh, another question. I retired three years ago. Would it be a benefit of me to convert my IRA to a Roth? Uh, the answer there is it depends. Depends on a few factors. Um, number one, we kind of look at your age. Uh, one of the factors in Roth conversions is kind of time. How much time you have to let this grow tax-free. We look at how you would pay for it, making sure there’s funds available to cover the taxation of it. So, there’s a couple things that uh kind of swirl around that question. Love to uh answer that with you on a kind of onetoone basis and go over your situation. But, you know, if you retired a few years ago, if you’re close to the required distribution age, a lot of times I say we lost some time there. You don’t have the time to to really benefit from all the tax-free growth. you start to look at it as you do the conversion for your beneficiaries. So, that’s still an option, but yeah, happy to uh to go over that with you if you’d like. All right, I think we did it. Got all the questions answered. Appreciate you bearing with me. Sorry for going so long just uh talking about our topic here today. But again, there’ll be an email with my contact information. Happy to answer your questions or uh go down a little bit uh more of a comprehensive path with you on some of these planning topics. Hope everybody has a great Wednesday afternoon and um thanks for joining me. Take care.

  • 09/29/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. What’s happening, guys? Sorry for the stalling there. Had a little thing we had to get fixed, but we are good to go. So, comment where you’re calling in from, guys. Comment in the in the chat where you are calling in from while I’m opening. I’m still getting everything open on this side.

    Okay.

    Okay. Miami. I saw Miami there for a second.

    Okay. So,

    There we go. All right. Awesome. So, we are uh opening this up here. Okay. So, uh I see

    Arizona. Good afternoon from Arizona. Yeah. Good. I guess it is afternoon, huh? It’s like almost evening there in Arizona. Uh, Anthony says, “Yo, glad to be here.” Shane, you’re the man. Thanks. Appreciate you, Anthony. Uh,

    okay. Renee, good afternoon from Arizona. Awesome. Uh, Marilyn, Ventura County. Mark Oklahoma. Wendy from Bay Area, California. Lillian, hey everyone. Alicia from Idaho. Dana from Mville, Tennessee.

    Savan Fredur from La Lafetan, Norway. Apologize if I get the name uh wrong, but hey, thanks for staying up, man. I think it must be really late for you. Appreciate you staying up to attend this. Uh, Jean from Las Vegas, Fernando from Spain, also appreciate you staying up, Fernando. Jeffrey from Aloha from Hawaii. Aloha. Uh Erj, hi Brian from NorCal. Ingred Burnsville, North Carolina out in the boonies. And here uh Malti from Berlin, Germany. Hey, we got a lot of Europeans this time. Um I think we have more Europeans than typical, so thanks for staying up late, guys. I appreciate it. I know it’s not at a convenient time for you. Uh, San Francisco, Boston, Texas, Houston, New York, Connecticut, Orlando, India, also also staying up late. Appreciate you. Uh, Michigan, Musk, Muskigan, uh, Michigan, Virginia, Mississippi, Middletown, uh, Pennsylvania, Arizona, Tampa Bay, Ontario, NorCal, Ohio, South Africa, space, uh, Space Coast, Iowa, New Mexico, California, Chicago, Sebring, Florida. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. All right. Um, next question, guys. What is the number one reason why you’re here tonight? What brought you here for for this live training tonight, this afternoon, what whatever it is for you uh this morning for maybe a few of you as well. What is the number one reason why you’re here tonight? Go ahead and comment in the chat.

    Okay, we’ve got um money, curiosity to learn, curiosity, YouTube, I have my call with James Hayes tomorrow morning. Melissa, I need to make an income and I don’t want to seek an employer job at 55 years old. Naen, becoming retired and I need income, nothing saved. Steven, pension is not enough. Uh, Daniel, start a channel to promote my business. Mike, niche clarity. Lauren, have started a channel but don’t know how to get it launched with views. Unsolicited thoughts. Make money or die trying. Gotcha. Gotcha. Allison, gathering intel and wanting to see if you’re the right fit. Greg, to learn from your success. James, dollars. Daryl, uh, steady new income. Eva, new plan. Kana, learn how to use AI to make a profitable YouTube channel. Mark, to find my uh niche for my channel. Ingrid, hoping for new information. Awesome. Okay, next question. Very quickly, guys. What is stopping you from getting your results? What is stopping you from or getting started or getting results? What is stopping you?

    So what is stopping you from uh either getting started or what is stopping you from achieving your goals? Go ahead and comment that. Fear, knowledge, uh knowledge, overthinking and imposttor syndrome, ignorance, the right information. Robert, lack of knowledge.

    Um, Lauren, lack of knowledge. Eva, getting started. Fernando, not knowing enough. David, getting started. Uh, Lillian, getting started. Debbie, not sure of my niche. Hillman, time. Lucas, don’t know where to start. Savanfrder. Uh, low views. Uh, awesome. Awesome. Okay, good stuff. Let’s go ahead and get let’s go ahead and jump into it, guys. We were having some technical difficulties earlier. Um, but uh we’re good now. So, um how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, that’s what we’re going to be going over. And this is going to work for you uh whether you are a complete beginner, you’ve never uploaded a single YouTube video in your life, you haven’t even started a channel, you don’t have your niche, etc., etc. This is designed to teach you everything the correct way from the beginning. So, we don’t mind teaching this to complete beginners at all because of the fact that a lot of the time if we work with people who’ve already started, they’ve learned really bad habits and we have to unlearn those habits, right? So, this works for you if you’re a complete beginner. It also works for you if you’re trying to start a side hustle or a second income or a oneperson business. Uh, this is absolutely going to work for you in that case as well, but it’s also going to work for you if you already have a business and you’re wanting to promote it on YouTube. Um, a lot of physical businesses work. Uh, things like, uh, diff different types of, you know, dental cosmetic clinics or a lot of different types of medical businesses, law firms, personal financial adviserss, uh, uh, real estate agents, that kind of thing. Like a lot of physical businesses work on YouTube. Um, but then of course like a lot of online businesses like online service providers, uh, agency owners, coaches, consultants, course sellers, etc. Group owners, uh, that kind of thing. Um, this works really well for for those types of online businesses, too. And it works it also works really well if you already have a YouTube channel and it’s it died or it’s struggling or you’re getting a lot of views but you’re struggling with monetization or you already have a YouTube channel that’s absolutely crushing it, you want to crush it even harder, this is the optimal ideal way to do YouTube. So, um, whether you are extremely advanced already, we have people that come into our program that work that want to work with me directly that are already doing eight figures a year, right? So, they’re extremely advanced. Um, they’re already crushing it on YouTube, but they want my help crushing it even harder. And then we and then there’s like one or two little things that we dial in and all of a sudden they’re doing even more money, right? Um, and then we also have people come in that are complete beginners, right? So, this works for everyone. Now, uh, one thing I want to say, uh, right off the bat, because I always get this question, and I do address it later on in the, uh, presentation, but I want to say it now. Uh, uh, you know, this the these all all of these things. This applies to all of those different things. You’re going to be able to get value from this whether or not you’re super advanced or you’re a total beginner, right? With that being said, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. So, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. Uh, should be on the bottom right of the screen. So, the first one is going to be views. So, do the emoji or the thumbs up reaction if you’re excited about views. Getting views.

    Okay. Um, good amount of people excited about getting views. All right. All right. But how about this second one? Do the emojis if you’re excited about making some money.

    There we go. Okay. much more excited about making money. All right, I can tell that you guys actually watch my content because a lot of people assume that if you get views, then you’re going to make money, right? But there’s some types of views where, you know, you could get millions of views and you’re still going to be broke, right? So, it’s not just any type of views you want to get. You want to get the right views. Okay? But how about this third one, which is making an impact, right? Having an impact, creating a business that you can create, that you can be proud of, that helps a lot of people. Okay, that one is also very popular. Good stuff. Okay, so when I say have an impact, do you guys Let me just be very clear on what I mean. If I upload a video where I’m just like dancing, doing some funny little dance, right? Uh or it’s some sort of like brain rot type thing, right? Am I actually giving any value with that video? Cuz I might end up getting millions of views with that video, but am I actually having an impact? Am I actually giving any value with that video? Arguably not. In fact, you could make a good argument that I’m actually wasting the person’s time. Even if it did kind of entertain them a little bit, I’m kind of wasting their time at the end of the day. If anything, I’m I’m extracting value from them. I’m wasting their time. Whereas, you could create a type of content where you’re actually solving people’s problems and that is how you can actually give value. When they watch your content, you’re actually enhancing their life. You’re making their life better. And because of that, because of the fact that you’re solving their problems, you’re making their life better. or you’re giving them value and that’s going to make it a lot easier for you to actually monetize your channel. And that is why entertainment channels need to get tens of millions or even hundreds of millions of views to make money, whereas educational channels, as I’m going to show you here in a bit, can sometimes get like a hundred views per video and still make a full-time income. And you’re going to see exactly why that is. So, if you take care of the impact part, if you’re actually giving people value, if you’re actually solving their problems, the money and the views will take care of themselves. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten for free right here with no catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, which is our coaching program. Um, this is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It’s expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this uh and how this works, then you owe it to yourself uh to take a look, right? And if the paid thing isn’t for you, stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. If that sounds fair, drop deal in the chat. Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair. All right, let me see the chat here. Scroll down so I can see. Okay, awesome. A lot of people dropping deal. Good stuff. Now, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, both the Chat GBT or the Claude AI version, whichever one you like to use, right? We do recommend the cloud version, but a lot of people like Chhatbt. Chacht is pretty good as well. Um, and so we made them for both, right? And this is uh the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. You also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, type staying if you’re staying until the end offer for the niche validator pro. Type staying in the chat. Scroll down here. Guys are typing too fast. I can’t even scroll fast enough. Let’s see. Okay, good stuff. All right. Now before we start, I am going to ask you to type things in the chat the whole way through. And here’s why. This is the forgetting curve. It has been studied for 140 years at this point. If you just sit and listen, roughly half of what I say is going to be gone within the hour and 2/3 will be gone by tomorrow. Now, the same guy who discovered that also discovered the fix for it, which is active recall. Every time you pull something out of your head, uh this line resets so you can retain more information as we go. So every time I say type it, that’s not me being cute. That is repetition. you are resetting your curve. So do that 20 times tonight and you’re going to walk out with knowledge in your head instead of that knowledge being gone by breakfast. So type locked in if you’re with me. And also one one thing I want to say about this is don’t just listen to this, but also watch it. I’m actually going to trick some of you. I’m going it’s going to be very obvious to tell who’s just listening and who’s watching later on. I’m going to trick some of you who are who are not uh watching. But if you watch, you’re going to get a lot more out of it because you’re going to get the visual and the audio at the same time. Um, so I highly recommend you actually watch. So don’t just like listen to this while you’re doing dishes. Like actually watch and and get locked in and you’re going to learn a lot. This is going to be an absolute master class on the things that actually matter when it comes to having success on YouTube. So watch it, listen and listen to it at the same time. Now look at this. This is straight from YouTube’s own blog uh September 23rd um from their VP of content products and their head of shopping. audiences uh turn to YouTube because they trust creators. Um fans have real connections with creators that they know and love. And that authentic relationship is exactly why global advertisers want to work with you. And look at this part. YouTube says over 1.3 million creators are now in the YouTube shopping affiliate program. And that has driven 13x growth in sales over the last 2 years. And the product tags get more than twice as many clicks as putting links in the description. And they’re expanding it to 35 countries by the end of the year. So think about that. what that means. The products that you recommend can earn you money just by tagging them. But people only buy what you recommend if they trust you. And here’s the thing, you don’t need to be huge for this. You don’t need millions of subscribers. You need the right niche and an audience that trusts you that uh that’s what brands that’s that is what brands pay for and that’s what gets people to buy, right? So, type trust in the chat if you’d rather have 1,000 people who trust you than a million people who don’t. Right? Type trust in the chat. It’s very important to understand this. Trust. Trust is the reason that people uh actually buy on YouTube, right? Okay. So, now one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom and your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. Right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you are ahead of the majority of people. So, type burnt out if you felt this or not yet if you haven’t even started in the first place. Let’s see what kind of mix we have today. Okay. Looks like a lot of not yet this time. Okay. Lot of not yet. Sometimes we get a lot of burnt outs. Okay. I’m seeing more burnt outs a little bit later on. Okay. Very cool. All right. Got it? Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about what about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze Keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze. that’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay, this is the fastest way right here. Just like this. Um, but actually it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. You could go around the maze just like this. And it’s faster, easier, and safer. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned at a young age that the fastest way to go from start to finish is a straight line. Okay, from point the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. What if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. So, type straight line in the chat if you want the straight line because there’s a very complicated uh convoluted way of doing this and then there is the straight line way of doing this and I’m going to teach you the straight line method today. Okay. Awesome. All right. Now, one thing I want to say about this part right here really quickly. A lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice most of the time. Maybe a few of them are, but most of them aren’t purposely giving you bad advice. But a lot of them will give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that because there’s a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034, right? That’s what they said before. And then 6 months later, they updated it and they said by 2034 it’s going to be worth about $1.6 trillion. So, it jumped by that much in just a 6-month period. And then by 2035, it’s going to be two trillion. Right? So this is growing at an unprecedented rate, right? And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign, right? Then this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions of dollars every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. So type money in the chat if you want a piece of that $2 trillion pie. Type money in the chat.

    All right. Good stuff. Good stuff.

    Only one coffee today. Oh, man. Justine, what are you doing, man? Only one coffee. Okay, Justine, come on. Justine the intern. Okay. Uh

    uh okay. So today you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously we’ve helped online businesses of course lots of every different type of online business right u but also you know coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, uh nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization. successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies or SAS uh location specific uh companies even there’s certain types of location specific businesses that this works really well for. So I I’ll kind of talk about a few of them. It doesn’t work for every location specific business like but there’s some types that it works really well for. So like uh cosmetic dentists uh a lot of different like medical related ones like plastic surgeons and stuff like that. Uh even we we even had one lady who came in um who does uh uh dialysis training. So she trains people on how to be dialysis nurses. Um and it’s like in-person physical business uh doing that. Um but it also works for uh financial adviserss. It also works for realtors like real estate agents. We even have a commercial real estate agent that that uh uh this worked really well for. Um and then uh let’s see. I think I’m forgetting a few of them here. Yeah, I think did I say law firms? Yeah, law firms, too. works really well for law firms. Um, it also works for people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads or people doing p uh paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar businesses, this this can sometimes work for and even people with disabilities do this. So, there’s one that we we saw that was really funny the other day um is a lady who was in Colombia and she was monetizing community gossip. So, we we saw that the other day that was that was really funny. Um, but that that was social media in general. That that wasn’t specifically YouTube. Um, but yeah, this works for almost any niche in almost any situation. But yeah, she was monetizing local gossip, which I thought was hilarious. Um, so yeah, this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible, so you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. So, you really need to understand the fundamentals and like why this works before we get into the how, right? So, we’re going to go over what not to do, why that doesn’t work before we get into the how. Because if you understand the fundamentals, you’ll be able to you’ll just understand how the whole system works. Thank you. Um, so, uh, yeah, to get here, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform, such as Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for being transparent and revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs and he revealed on a podcast tour uh last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. But views do not automatically equal money, right? So 44,000 a year with a four mill nearly 4 million subscriber channel, that that’s tough, right? That’s That’s rough. Yeah, views do not automatically equal money. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. And there are also people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. So, type got it if you get that views do not automatically equal money, right? Type got it in the chat.

    Thank you, intern Justine. appreciate you. All right, awesome. You guys got it. Okay, and seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because you were promised a gold mine, and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos, or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first, you need to be really good at editing, or you need to set up a really good set, or any of those types of things, right? But basically, you found nothing but regret. Okay, so let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living because an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. So uh Zach uh spent about 30 years in the trades. Um 20 of those years he was uh an owned his own HVAC business. So, HVAC is heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. Uh, and he was a complete and total beginner. Never made a video in his life. Did not have a YouTube channel, etc., etc. Okay, we got parallegal, tech sales. Awesome. We’ve helped a lot of people get into tech sales. Web designer, water treatment, retired, uh, realtor and author. Awesome, Bobby. Um sales IT support retired landlord leadership coach Martin IT uh Cheré real estate Amanda registered nurse Meredith says chef Robert informatics nurse Patrick security Greg technology Ashley tax accountant Amelia retired Peter retired Judy coach Eileen technical recruiter Nick police officer Marilyn hospice nurse uh Anna we got a lot of nurses this time. Shout out to the nurses. Um, Anna, property management. Christa, copywriter. Eric, artist. Um, Kathy is a bookkeeper. Okay. Remote sensing scientist. Interest. Remote sensing scientist. What is that? That’s so interesting. Okay. Very cool. Uh, we got massage therapist. Uh, retired artist, electrical engineering, R&D, research and development. Um, very cool. Very cool. risk consultant program management. Very cool, guys. Awesome. All right. So, uh I’m so I’m so confident in the system that I literally use it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t tech-savvy. He’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got $800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That is a $78,000 year run, right? So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. Uh, so he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing that we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make 100 times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator, you want to use YouTube automation. So, there’s a very specific type of faceless channel that we recommend if you want to go faceless. And I actually started off faceless myself. So, by the way, type face or faceless in the chat. We do recommend that you show your face. We we there are just massive advantages to showing your face, but uh some people want to start off faceless and then kind of transition to showing their face later on and that kind of thing. But there are massive advantages to showing your face, and we do recommend that. We’re just going to tell you what works. If you don’t like that, I’m sorry. That’s probably not what you want to hear. Uh but we’re just going to tell you what works, whether you like it or not. So, if you if you don’t like honesty, then maybe go somewhere else where they’re teaching you to make, you know, faceless AI slop content that gets you banned and demonetized and doesn’t work in the first place. Um, but if you want honesty, then we’re just going to tell you what’s working right now. So, showing your face is without a doubt significantly more effective, uh, usually. Um, so here’s an example of somebody who didn’t show their face though at first. And if you are going to go faceless, this is the way to do it. Okay, so this is Wiz of Ecom. Um, at first he was anonymous. He did not show his face. Um, and this is how he did it. So, basically it was a cartoon character. And by the way, he got this channel uh faceless anonymously to uh seven figures a year. He he got this his channel and his personal brand to seven figures a year. And so, uh, basically, uh, he basically had this anonymous account. It was a cartoon character that represented him. He did use his real voice. So, he did use his real voice. That is important to understand, right? So, he did use his real voice here. Uh, but it was a faceless uh cartoon character that represents him. Uh, he used his real voice. He was still solving people’s problems just like we tell you guys to do. Um, and he had this air of mysteriousness because he basically said that he was going to do a face reveal whenever he got to a certain milestone, right? And so, that’s what he did. And, uh, that works. You know, that can work if you do that, right? Um, it’s it’s basically everything we teach in the program is exactly the same. The only difference is you’re just not showing your face. That’s it. But but everything else is literally exactly the same. You can be anonymous and not show your face, right? Um but eventually he realized the power of actually showing your face and actually building your personal brand. Um because it’s just way more powerful. I mean, think about it like this. Have you ever made a purchasing decision from a faceless channel? Or how many purchasing decisions have you made? Probably not that many. You probably don’t make a lot of purchasing decisions from faceless channels. And then ask yourself the same question with personal brand channels. How many purchasing decisions have you made from a personal brand channel? Probably hundreds at this point. You know, whether it’s like looking at product reviews or whether it’s some sort of product that your favorite YouTuber um recommended, etc., etc., right? You probably made hundreds of purchasing decisions and you probably almost never made any purchasing decisions from faceless channels. And there’s a reason for that. It’s called trust, right? be it’s kind of hard to trust somebody if if they’re, you know, have a faceless channel and they’re using some AI voice. I mean, it could literally be somebody anywhere in the world, right? But when you actually show your face, you have more trust, right? So that’s why we recommend actually showing your face and that’s that’s what Moo did, Wiz of Ecom. He eventually did a face reveal and he was able to make even more money after doing that. So if you are going to do faceless content, this is really the only way to do it. Um if you do it any other way there is a extremely high probability that you are going to get banned, demonetized etc. YouTube has made it very clear that uh they don’t like inauthentic content. And so if you are going to do faceless content, you you really need to make it authentic, right? You need to go the extra mile. And one one of the things you got to do is like use your own voice. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So type clients if that’s you. If you want inbound clients without paid ads, type clients in the chat.

    Okay, awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. Okay, so uh Davis is a great example of that. Um Davis’s sales went up 400% and after working with me, he was making over 100K per month with this particular company. So Davis actually owns a portfolio of companies. He he owns many several different ones and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies and just one YouTube channel and one company. very uh successful entrepreneur but he was spending way too much time on YouTube already and that is obviously not sustainable right but he knew the power of YouTube and that’s why he was spending all that time on it but that’s just not sustainable when you have multiple different companies but eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore with with our help he used our systems and he has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week on his channels uh even though he has multiple channels and from multiple different companies he’s spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you. You don’t even have to necessarily record the videos yourself, you can hire someone else to be the face of your channel and you get it down to the point where you’re not you’re spending zero hours a week. Or if you still want to be the face of the channel, um, a lot of people call this like founder marketing or founder sales. If you still want to be the face of the channel, you can get it down to as little as like two hours a month. So you basically just show up for one session, you record two hours a month, literally everything else is taken care of. You you show up, everything’s ready to go for you. You record and everything else is taken care of. And we help people with that as well. Set up that kind of system. This is also for you if you want to network uh so you can land highpaying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So type authority if that’s you. If you want better opportunities or to be an authority in your niche, type authority in the chat if that’s you. All right, let’s see here. Scrolling all the way down here. Okay. Okay. So, really here’s a really good example of becoming an authority in networking. So, uh Josh was basically he just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually, you have to apply to these jobs for years, and then you still probably won’t get accepted, but you might get lucky and get accepted. But these companies were literally reaching out to him, right? So he got an offer from several different fang companies and Fortune50 companies and ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world, right? So eventually he ended up settling in Japan. Uh it was a remote job making multiple six figures a year. Japan was his dream c country that he wanted to live in and he ended up settling there. H but then the YouTube channel just kept going. He made 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled all the way to 186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point, right? And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking and getting his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling his business. Right? So he went through like every single stage uh with us and I think this one really illustrates the power of becoming an authority in networking, right? Um because he got all these opportunities because of the fact that he established himself as an authority. He actually wasn’t even like trying to make money in the beginning. The money just kind of came to him, right? It just like it it was just attracted to him automatically, right? Um so this really establishes that. So, uh, it’s pretty obvious the tangible benefits of YouTube, the direct benefits of like, yeah, you can make a lot of money directly from YouTube. Like, you can sell your stuff, you can you can make money directly from YouTube, but the intangible benefits, the indirect benefits are arguably even bigger. So, I’ve gotten to meet people that I would never have access to. Um, there’s lots of people who are absolute a players that want to work on my team. So, it’s very easy for me to recruit talent. Um, so lot lots of people want to work on my team because of my YouTube channel. that that’s a huge problem that business owners have is is getting really good talent. Um it it’s obviously makes every aspect of my business easier. The marketing, the sales, um the delivery, like every single aspect of my business gets easier. Even like other marketing stuff like if we do Facebook ads for instance, it’s it’s all made significantly easier from YouTube because people are going to actually, you know, look my YouTube channel up and then and see it there. Um, uh, I’ve gotten to speak on stages, uh, for free that are at masterminds that typically cost like $50,000. And I got to do it for free, and I even got to speak on stage and then get clients from the mastermind when I go there. Um, I’ve gotten an offer to join companies, like get actual equity in companies. Once in a while, I say yes to that. Uh, one of the companies that I got equity, I just bought a company for one and then one of the companies I got I got equity in is likely going to sell for about a hundred million to a billion dollars. Again, these opportunities I never would have gotten opportunity uh these opportunities if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel. It’s 100% my YouTube channel that is the reason that I met these people and that I, you know, got these opportunities just on and on, right? So, the intangible benefits of YouTube are arguably even more valuable than the tangible benefits. Now, out of all these people that I showed, uh, and all the different types of people, right? Uh, Josh, for instance, um, Davis, uh, Whiz, just say Whiz for this one, and then Zach, uh, out out of all these people that I showed, which one do you guys resonate with the most? So, we got Josh, Davis, Whiz, and Zach. Which one do you guys resonate with the most? Which which which is the one that you guys want uh to to get results similar to theirs? Okay. People a lot of people like Josh. A lot of people like Zach. Very cool. Very cool. Whiz.

    Okay. Josh. Zach. Okay. Very cool. Zack. Whiz. Nobody says Davis. I I think I only saw like one Davis. Okay. Yeah. We’re thinking about we’re trying to make the presentation a little shorter. So, we’re thinking about taking some of these out. Whi which one it How about this? I’m going to ask the question again. Do the do the divider. Which one should we take out out of all these? Which which one should we take out out of all these examples? Okay. Whiz the faceless one. Yeah.

    Davis. Okay. probably Davis because no one showed him. Okay.

    I feel like I’ve seen Zack of All Trades in the Wild. Interesting. Okay. Okay. So, Whiz is probably the one that we should take out. Yeah. I’m think I’m thinking uh I’m I’m thinking I’m probably going to take that one out as well or or just do it really really fast. Like that one is by far the longest one. the the notes on that one are absurdly long and it’s it’s one of the ones that I think we it should probably be a 10 10 or 15 second slide. So, Lexus, please change that one. Make it like 10 or 15 seconds. Just just say like one or two sentences for this one. Um so we we don’t have to take as long on that one. Okay. Awesome. Thanks. Appreciate it, guys. Okay. So uh after going through all these uh great examples u and of course like this is just a small handful like we we have so many more testimonials and case studies than this. Um but after going through all these you might be thinking but Shane if it’s easy then why do most people fail? Well it’s because they believe in these myths. One you need to be an influencer. Two you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. And three it takes 40 hours to create one video. Uh, and then four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. So, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. And guys, go ahead and type the number of the myth that you believed 1 2 3 or four. And I will look at that in uh in the chat here in a little bit. Uh but type the the number of the myth. 1 2 3 or four. Type that in the chat. Okay.

    Okay. I see four lot of fours here. I see some all of them. All of them. One, two, three, four. Uh okay. I’m seeing a lot of threes as well. Okay. So four. A lot of lot of threes here. Uh, okay. Seems like seeing a good amount of ones as well. All right, cool. I think I think two is probably the least popular one. Okay, cool. Cool. So, uh, you know, good, good stuff. Good to know. Um, now, just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, uh, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month, uh, starting that channel. Our goal was to make 10,000. Um, and our stretch goal was $30,000. We ended up making about $42,000. So, we we even exceeded our stretch goal by a lot, right? So, our goal was to just make like start a new channel and make $10,000 in the first month, right? Just to show people that it was possible. Um, but we ended up making 42,000, right? So, a a lot of that money, by the way, was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers. So, a lot of people have this notion that you have to have a hund have a,000 subscribers and, you know, be a part of the YouTube partner program to make money on YouTube. And that’s just not the case. But these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lack the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.7 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And uh I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve also helped countless businesses that were already successful or YouTube channels that already had some success but then kind of died down um or you know they were they’re kind of dead YouTube channels. I’ve helped countless amounts of those types of people have success on YouTube and make lots of money from that as well. I’ve also helped tons of beginners um get to part-time income, side hustles, second incomes, one person businesses, things that built into full businesses later on um but make money right now too. I’ve helped countless people in that situation as well. I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. And that’s really the thing that I that I am known for is treating YouTube like a business. Whether you’re a total beginner or whether you’re already doing business, it it all about just treating YouTube like a business. And the way you treat things like a business is you help people solve problems, right? That is how you give value. That is how you gain their trust. And that’s how you get them to be interested in buying from you is you help them solve their problems. So here’s a company that I worked with just as an example course careers. They liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to them. I’m also on their board of directors and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals and one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. Um, before this I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point and I did what society told me to do because I did not want to be poor. And by the way, this is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in in Lawrence, Kansas for about 6 months, right? So, I was, you know, I was actually homeless, like living in a Salvation Army. Um, but yeah, I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate. I became a pharmacist. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to make this happen. So, I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. Right? And the thing is, you know, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, watch TV shows, whatever. Right? But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, when I got a good job making, you know, six figures a year, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment, right? And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, on top of being burnt out and everything else, I was in fear of my physical safety, right? Here’s a video of us getting robbed one of those times, right? So, overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me uh is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea, right? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every alternative way of making money, right? every side hustle out there, right? Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, etc., etc. Here’s an example of one of them I tried. Chances are, if you’ve heard about it, I’ve tried it, right? But here’s an example of one of them that I tried. It’s the booty kit, right? So, it’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. And I tried I know it’s kind of funny. I tried selling this on uh Shopify drop shipping as well as Amazon FBA. And you know, I had a little bit of success here and there. I’d get some sales here and there, but nothing sustainable, right? And a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD, you know, shiny object syndrome. I I’m diagnosed with ADHD, but really, you know, like shiny object syndrome. Um, just always trying a bunch of different things. I always thought, oh, the grass is greener on the other side, right? Just trying a bunch of different things. Shiny object syndrome, jumping to from one opportunity to the next all the time. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, right? But they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without anybody knowing that you exist. Or it’s kind of like if you’re trying to sell a physical product to someone locally and you don’t even have a store, right? It’s like it’s going to be impossible for you to sell if they don’t know that you exist and you don’t even have a store to sell them anything, right? And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views, right? Another way of saying this is you need distribution. This is a term that they use in business because if you own the shelves at the store that people go to when they’re expecting to buy something, like they go to the store because they’re going to buy stuff. And if you own the shelves on that store, you have the distribution. you own the distribution, right? And so that’s what having a YouTube channel essentially allows you to do except instead of a, you know, it’s a digital store instead of a uh physical store, right? So when you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people are going to YouTube to solve problems that they have and you are helping them solve them. You are giving them the solution to that problem. They’re going to be much more likely to buy your products and services or the products and services that you recommend because of that, right? because people know you exist, right? And you’re giving them value. So, type distribution in the chat if that makes sense. None of this works without distribution. This is very important to understand this.

    Okay. Awesome. Awesome. All right. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. Okay. So, after I tried it again, at that time, I was basically in a house full of seven guys. One of the guys, he moved here from Lebanon. He was an immigrant and his name was Sam. So he started a wedding photography business and he barely even knew English. And he started this YouTube channel where he was making about$10 to $20,000 a month from this YouTube channel and I think it was less than 10,000 subscribers at that time as well as his wedding photography business. So he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers, had a lot of subscribers, and they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money. Okay? So, I was like, “Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? He showed me how I could monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. Now, you might be thinking, Shane, you’re exaggerating, right? There’s no way you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And you’re right. I am exaggerating in the opposite direction because here’s an example of someone who got a couple hundred views and made $100,000 from a video. Right? So, uh, Carla, right, she got, uh, she made $100,000 from a video. This is her telling me that she made it, right? So, she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a small channel, about 1500 subscribers, but she landed a $16,000 year ongoing contract. Now, if you look at her videos, 17 views, 156 views, 158 views, 130 views. We took this picture at the time she landed the contract as well, right? Um, so she might be getting more views now because she’s a little bit further on in the program, but yeah, 130 views, 193, 215, etc., right? Uh, and she still landed a $106,000 year ongoing contract. Now, keep in mind, this is $106,000 a year, and she helps basically businesses that are hiring for certain positions. And so, there’s a very good chance that the these people are going to renew the next year. And so that would be a $212,000 contract. And if they renew again, it would be a $318,000 contract, etc., etc., right? So there’s a very good chance that these people are going to actually renew the next year. And so this could end up being 200 or even $300,000 from a single video that got 100 views, right? So, uh, when I when I say some of these things, you like sometimes people think I’m exaggerating, and that’s not necessarily the case. Like I I sometimes I’m exaggerating in the opposite direction. Uh some of the results that I show you, for instance, are even less impressive than a lot of the results that our clients get. And I’ll I’ll show you some examples of that, too. So, um this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views, 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to play the views game with the best of them. But this video right here, just as an example, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got $4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it’s made about $31,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last week that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. So that is kind of the secret, right? Because listen, it is way easier for me to reproduce the video that only got 8,000 views but made $48,000 than to reproduce the video that got 4 million views but made $30,000. It’s way easier for me to reproduce a video like this. Okay? So, type more if you’d want to get less views but make more money. And one other thing I’ll say about this guys, by the way, but yeah, type more in the chat. Um, this one it made it to $48,000 in 6 months. By the time it gets to the six-year mark, it might be double or even triple this amount of money. It could have it could be a hundred or even $150,000 by the time it gets to the six-year mark because these videos are like uh little pieces of digital real estate that just get you views and make you money over time, right? So, it might just, you know, per video it might only be like a few dollars a day on average, but when you get a portfolio of videos, that really adds up. And that’s just passively. That’s just the views that it gets passively and the sales that it makes passively without you doing any extra work, which is which is pretty awesome. Okay, let me scroll down here. More. All right, awesome. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about 3 plus years ago. So, uh, this is 283,000 about 3 plus years ago. Then this is three September ago. Two September ago, I made about 325,000. And then one September ago, I made about $1 million. And we’ll see how this September goes, right? Um, but yeah, so I just, you know, I’m one thing I’ll say is this one, three September ago, this was before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube, right? So I already started a successful business where I was helping people get remote jobs. Um, had absolutely nothing to do with YouTube. I was helping them kind of create personal brands. So it’s somewhat related. Um, you know, cuz you can create a personal brand and that helps you get jobs. That was one of my secrets to helping people get really good jobs. So, it was somewhat related, but um this was helping people get remote jobs. Had nothing to do with YouTube, right? Teaching YouTube. Um and you so I already made it to a multiple seven figure a year business uh run rate, you know, based on this um from just YouTube alone. And of course, I used YouTube to promote this business, right? But then this is when I started teaching other people how to do it. And my business actually went down, right? Before this, my business doubled or tripled every single year. And then after I started teaching other people how to do YouTube, my business actually went down because I was spending a lot of time and effort on that instead of the main thing that I was doing. And then uh the you know one year later it it kind of bounced back a little bit and we we made it to about a million dollars in a month. Now I am not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because I have started multiple sevenfigure businesses from YouTube. So there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there who are just coaches coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never done it outside of just teaching YouTube. But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And I didn’t have to fake it till I made it, which is what a lot of them seem to be doing. Uh, and my first channel had nothing to do with YouTube. It was helping people land their dream remote jobs. So, we help people grow their personal brands and land those jobs. Um, and we have thousands of documented, verified testimonials to prove it, my business partners and I, right? And that is before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here is a picture of me in the San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. And I was whale watching, orca watching specifically. Yes, we did see orcas that day. It was pretty awesome. Now, I choose to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. But the whole point is is I only have to work 4 hours a week to maintain the YouTube side of my business. Right? And there’s been many cases where I’ve gone uh weeks or even a month or there was even one time where I went two months in a single stretch without working at all. Right? During that stretch, I actually had a pretty uh my my partner had a pretty serious health issue uh and and uh yeah, couldn’t work. Right? So, I spent zero hours on my business in that entire two-month period, and the business actually grew. No in-person employees, no office, uh, etc., right? And I can do whatever I want, and my business just keeps going up and up. So, type 4 hours in the chat if you want a business that only needs 4 hours a week. Okay? Type four hours in the chat.

    Okay. Awesome. Awesome. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would record a video and just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online. I’d watch it and I’d be like, “Hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but not for most channels.” So, I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? can you help me grow my YouTube channel? And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it worked for my niche but not for other people’s niches. But I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what, I’m going to do it. Okay. And the reason that I decided that is because a friend of mine reached out to me and it was someone who was quite I thought was quite successful on YouTube. They actually had a bigger channel than me and they saw my video and he reached out and he said, “Hey man, I’m financially struggling. I’m not making any money and I saw your video and I saw that you were making tons of money. What are you doing that’s so different than what I’m doing? Can you please help me? Right? And he asked me for help. So I decided to help him and I decided at the same time if I’m going to help him I can also help a group of people and it wouldn’t take me any extra time. And so I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And it was a very diverse set of people, right? a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator uh for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some a few of them had YouTube experience. Most of them had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. Most of them were complete beginners, right? Uh they some of them had businesses, some of them didn’t have businesses, right? Most most of them did not have businesses. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different, right? There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking here and there. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy cuz I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that is the moment that I realized that I’ve found my life purpose. I found my passion. Because again, I can, you know, I can cover a few niches on my channel. I can I can help, you know, maybe a few million people, but I can’t reach hundreds of millions. I can’t reach a billion people, but I can teach other people how how to do that. And then all of us together, we can reach hundreds of millions or billions of people. And we can actually make really useful, helpful content that helps people solve problems, right? And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. So u here’s an example, right? You know, educational channels uh make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, like I said before, our goal was $10,000. We ended up making $42,000. So that was about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, we got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat. Made $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. Now, let’s compare that to a typical channel. So, just to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views, right? So, if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between 24 to $73 if you know, kind of like a Mr. B style entertainment channel. If I would have only gotten 24,000 views in the first month uh with$1 to3 per 1,00 views, I would have made about $24 to $73, right? If I would have started a uh educational channel like a typical just a typical education channel, think about like Veritasium, Mark Robber, these types of guys who are very good YouTubers, right? They are exceptionally talented at YouTube. Um but with that type of channel, if I would have gotten 24,000 views, $20 per 10,000 views, I made I would have made about $484, right? So way better right off the bat. Right off the bat, that’s 10 times better than entertainment content. And the reason is what I told you guys before, which is you’re actually solving their problems. You’re actually giving value to them because you’re alleviating pain and you’re solving their problems. Whereas entertainment content in many cases, you’re arguably kind of wasting their time. It’s just brain rot in many cases, right? And so, yeah, typical education content way better than entertainment content. 10 times better right off the bat, but still not a full-time income with 24,000 views, right? But the type of channel that I created, which is I like to call a niche authority channel or a niche educational channel, this type of channel where it’s properly monetized makes about can make about $1,736 per 1,000 views, which, you know, with 24,000 views, that’s about $42,000. Now, this was just the first month. This particular channel, we got it to about $4,000 per 1,000 views. This channel, I haven’t even posted on in a long time, and it’s still getting sales. like we we still end up getting like one or two sales a month usually from this channel. We haven’t even posted on it in a long time, right? So, $1,736 per 1,000 views. It got to 4,000 uh per 1,000 views after the first few months. You know, this is just when we first started it. And if you think that’s extreme, well, it’s really not. Um, we have some clients, for instance, that get $10,000 per 1,000 views. We have some clients that make like $30,000 per 1,000 views. It really depends on who your audience is and how big the problem that you’re solving for them is. So there’s certain channels for instance where they’re talking to an affluent demographic and a demographic that has a lot of money and they have a lot of problems and they will exchange that money that they have to solve their problems uh to save time to have more convenience etc. So, if you are selling to an affluent demographic, it’s quite common to see $10,000 per 1,000 views or $30,000 per 1,000 views if you’re properly monetizing your channel, right? So, we have clients that do that. We see it quite often, actually. Um, but yeah, this partic this particular one, this is I wouldn’t say it’s like an affluent demographic. It’s probably like somewhere in the middle. And we got this one to about $4,000 per 1,000 views. Now, you can do a little bit more mass market education channel and you can properly monetize your content. You can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. So, just as an example, on my main channel, it has about 1.7 million subscribers now. I make about $400 per 1,000 views on average. And this is despite the fact that honestly I talk about whatever I want on that channel now, right? Because I can, right? It started off I started the channel off niche and that’s what I highly recommend that you do as well. It’s that’s the important thing is that you start off very niche, right? That’s I cannot recommend that highly enough. But later on, you can make the decision if you want to kind of go a little bit more mass market, talk about different stuff, go mass market, expand your niche, pivot niches, etc. And I’ve done that many times on my channel and that’s definitely something you can do, right? I’ I’ve changed my niche many times. I’ve pivoted my niche and at this point I just talk about whatever I want, whatever I happen to be interested in at the time, which right now is AI. I’m very interested in AI right now. So, I talk a lot about that, right? But what I recommend people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. It makes about 43 to 119,000 a month. And that is just from AdSense alone. This is according to view stats. Now, usually these tools actually underrepresent how much money people are making. By the way, uh for instance, if you look at my channel right now, it’ll probably say we made about $10 to $20,000 a month from AdSense when in reality last month we made about 50 to 60,000 from AdSense. So, it’s definitely underestimating how much people are making because educational channels make more money um from AdSense alone, right? So, let’s just uh say he’s making about 43 to $119,000 a month from AdSense alone. Those are the ads that pop up on your channel. And if he’s properly monetizing, uh, even remotely, well, he’s going to be making about $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. It’s very conservative, uh, but let’s just say $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. So, he’s going to be making somewhere between $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel total. And that’s a very conservative estimate. Now, that right off the bat is incredible. I mean, that’s like that’s a multiple sevenfigure business right off the bat. Uh, and that’s incredible. But here’s what makes it even more amazing. Check this out right here. 177 days since he’s uploaded a video. He has not uploaded a video in five months. And these are his stats, guys. So, he literally made this money passively from the video portfolio that he already uploaded, right? So, he’s been uploading these videos for a very long time. And each video is like a little piece of digital real estate that just makes him a few dollars a day, right? So, it’s like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. and he has a portfolio of these videos and they all make him a little bit of money every day and that little bit of money adds up, right? It might just be a few dollars a day where that he’s making from the passive, you know, the passive videos, the passive views that he’s getting per video, right? But when you have a hundred videos or a thousand videos, it really adds up. Okay? So you know whenever somebody out there is like uh oh I need to know about derivatives of inverse hyperbolic composite trig functions he’s your guy you know if you’re if you have to take you know some some class on mathematics he’s your guy and he explains how to do that right so he is there for you in your in your darkest moments when you’re having to learn how to do derivatives of inverse hyperbolic composite trig functions. All right. So, so you know, and and like he’s got just about every, you know, type of mathematics and chemistry and like all all kinds of different stuff like that on his channel and he explains it in a way that people really like it. Now, so so this is this is the whole point here, guys, is he’s helping people solve their problems, which if you’re studying for a test at the last moment and you really need to pass that test and you don’t need to understand how to do this, well, hey, that’s a pretty big problem, right? So, he’s helping people solve their problems and because of that, he’s able to monetize a lot better than if it’s just, you know, random entertainment content. Okay, so here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him is he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products and services, right? That’s his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple to him. And that’s the one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him, right? He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Right? That’s it. Right? He just did the same thing. Like he was already tutoring people. He just did those same lessons but he recorded them with a camera and then he posted them online. Right? So you know this stuff like a lot of people think like oh I’m not an expert on anything. Uh actually if you’ve been in a you know a job for more than like 5 years that means you’ve probably spent over 10,000 hours doing the job which means you definitely are an expert on something right or if you’ve just spent a lot of time doing random stuff in your life or if you’ve had problems that you’ve been able to overcome in your life you can help other people that are having those same problems right so this is the crazy story physics walla he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and as you can see uh these were pretty bad videos, right? Uh, he’s got a blurred face. It looks like it was recorded with a potato. Uh, the audio and the video was pretty bad. It was terrible lighting. You can’t even see the whiteboard. It’s very blurry, etc., etc. But it didn’t matter, right? He started making these videos about these standardized tests in India. And these standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. So, basically determines what schools you get into, what careers you get into, etc., etc. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US. Um, but he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people. And he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Wala. It’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion. And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast. And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems, right? So type no excuses in the chat if physics wala just killed your my setup isn’t good enough excuse. Type no excuses in the chat. Right? So he is richer than Mr. Beast even though you probably have never heard of him before you watched uh you know my content or you heard about him from me. Right? And he has a much smaller channel than Mr. Beast as well. Plus, he came from India. Come on now. Like that’s, you know, that’s that’s tough. That’s that’s uh he he had it tougher than Mr. Beast for sure.

    Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Okay. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this. And there is a secret formula. So these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So type formula in the chat if you want the formula. So, we’ve laid the foundations. Now, you understand the foundations of why this works so well and and uh you know the why behind everything. So, now let’s talk about the the how. Okay. Uh let’s let’s let’s talk about the actual formula for how this works. Okay. Very cool. See a lot of people typing in the formula. So, first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, we call this the niche 2.0. So, by the way, guys, if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. I’m only going to go over the most important things. All right? And this is the first one, which is your niche hypothesis statement, your niche 2.0. I cannot emphasize how important this is. All right? Now, generally speaking, there are three niche categories out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche category to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what your niche is in the comment section. And please don’t comment health, wealth, or relationships. Those are the niche categories, not the niches. Go deeper than that. And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re doing this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, let me uh scroll down here. Um, taxes, uh, says Renee. Um, unsolicited says music. Adam says, “I don’t know.” Um, Devon sobriety. Estabbon eyeglasses. Jod shopping. Uh, Michaela, film.

    Jennifer, estate planning. That’s a great niche. I love that niche. Uh, Mark, wealth. Lillian, self-employment. Jack, estate sales business. Um, Melissa, I don’t know. Jamie, first-time managers. Adrien, I don’t have a niche. Todd, failure to launch uh young adults. Uh, Mercedes, lost in life. Uh, Marilyn, caregivers for seriously ill people. Ted, health. Phil, leadership for success. Joel, get out of debt. Chaz, uh, truth. Re, uh, Reverend Julie, uh, and shower caregiver. Nathan, um, getting started in tech. Jose, bookkeeping. Don, building relationships in television. Oh, very cool. Interesting. Niche. Amy, not sure. Jordan, high school math. Matt, home improvements. Dave, marriage education. Patrick, self-defense training. Awesome. Okay. Okay. So, great great stuff there, guys. Um, now I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers, which is what happened, right? Uh, when you commented your niche, and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. Okay? And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement or your niche 2.0 goes like this. You select a market or what uh people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that the market has. Okay. And you need to pick a specific problem, right? Because they might have 20 different problems, but you pick one problem that the market has. Okay? And then you find a specific solution for that one problem. And that is your niche. So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Right? Now, the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. Right? Right? The Z is the specific solution, but the X is a specific market and the Y is a specific problem. Um, but what you really want to focus on is that you want to make sure that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you’re going to help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Now, markets are all about solving problems efficiently. If you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. So, type niche 2.0 if you understand why a one-word niche isn’t a niche. You need a market and a specific problem. Right? Type niche 2.0 in the chat.

    All right. Perfect. Perfect. Yeah, guys. Really cannot emphasize how important this is. Like, this is something that almost nobody does, right? Everyone says, “Oh, I’m in this niche or that niche.” But they they don’t say who they’re helping and what problem they’re helping them overcome. If you just do this one thing, I can’t tell you the advantage that you’re going to have over everybody else who doesn’t know this. Okay, so let’s give you a few examples of how to do this. So I’m going to be using the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with so many accountants and I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level, is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. And this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year. And they’ve been doing it for a long time, and they’re making really good money. Okay? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L. Now is the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that’s the second one. Okay. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in the video like how to become a CPA. Okay, third level uh helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. Uh so who’s in the market there? Well, it’s people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to land their first ever entry-level accounting job. That’s the market. So that is different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge in accounting do not necessarily want to get an accounting job, right? So, it’s totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got the fourth level. The people who are already accountants, they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even $300,000 a year. This is a very high level accounting position. So, it’s totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level. Now, by the way, I’m going to go over five levels, but I could do 50. I might do 500, maybe even 5,000 just in the accounting niche alone. So, I’m doing this to illustrate just like there’s so many different niches inside of the accounting niche, right? So, that’s why you can’t just be like, “Hey, my niche is accounting.” I’m doing this to illustrate that, right? Uh so, the fifth level here is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So, hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. The type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. And so I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if you would have if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? you probably would just say, “Oh, it’s accounting.” Right? Just like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. You need to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them solve. Right? If you don’t have a niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator AI that we’re going to be giving you uh giving out here in a short while that’s going to help you actually pick your niche hypothesis statement and and dial in your niche 2.0. Okay. Awesome. Awesome. So, you’re probably getting some ideas already, but I think the niche validator will help you with that. And then, of course, you can ask me uh at the end you can ask me uh uh what I think about your niche, too. Okay. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accounts. I forgot to mention that. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, right? You need more than just a niche 2.0. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator, but when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche, right? So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with your niche 2.0 statement, your your niche hypothesis statement. I help X do Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So, type I am the niche in the chat if you get it. Okay. Type I am the niche in the chat.

    Okay. Awesome. I am the niche. Christopher, Mark, Amelia, Jerry, Melissa. Okay. Awesome. So, let me show you an example. Alex Ramoszi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, “I help gyms do marketing and sales.” And now he can talk about anything that he wants. Right now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of business content that he makes, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. Um, just etc., etc. So, he’s talking about productivity and and and stuff like that. And now he can basically talk about anything that he wants. But the point is is that he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle. Then he became the king of a small pond. Then they became the king of a lake and then the sea or and then the river and then the sea and then the ocean. Right? But you got to start niche, right? You got to start as the king or queen of a puddle first and then expand from there. Okay? Don’t make but the big mistake that a lot of people do is they make their channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. For instance, you might like imagine if Alexi named his channel uh gym launch secrets or gym marketing and sales secrets, right? Well, he never would have been able to expand his channel if he did that, right? So you can’t you you want to be very uh you want to you want to make it in a certain way with the hybrid personal brand method where you can actually grow and evolve over time right um so don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it and that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method right because when you create a hybrid personal brand there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel AdSense affiliate marketing sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Heroszi opened up basically like an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one uh all the way down to doing a SAS that might cost a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you help them solve a bunch of their problems so they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So comment which one is your favorite, the one that’s going to make you the most money out of all these. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, membership, SAS, or high ticket offers. Comment in the chat which one you like the most out of all these.

    Okay.

    Uh okay. I want all of them said said somebody. Okay. Yeah. All of them is is Yeah. Fair enough. Fair enough. Uh AdSense affiliate marketing all the above. High ticket affiliate AdSense high ticket offers membership high ticket offers Anthony high ticket Brian sponsorships Greg AdSense Ted sponsorships Todd I have no idea Christopher high ticket offer Keith high ticket okay very cool yeah so I’ll just tell you guys like obviously different niches different things work better but some of the best ones obviously AdSense is really nice because that’s just passive you don’t have to do anything extra sure to get that as long as you’re getting the views. Affiliate marketing is also great as well because you don’t have to do any of the delivery. It’s just products and services that you recommend. So, it’s very passive, too, which is great. And then the other one that I really like is high ticket offers. And we’re starting to see a lot of people have a lot of success with memberships as well. So, memberships are a really good one, too. We’re It’s a little bit less difficult than high ticket offers because you don’t have to have you don’t have to do any sales calls with memberships. Um, but high ticket offers are the ones that when you see people doing like really big numbers, those are the ones that uh people are typically doing. Then of course SAS, like that works great, but it’s like extremely low probability of success. But yeah. Okay, cool. Good to know. So, let me give you an example of that. Uh, Doug Demiro launched his website called carsandbids.com from his YouTube channel. Uh, it’s a very large YouTube channel he’s been doing for over 10 years now where he basically just reviews cars, right? You’ve probably heard of Doug Demiro before, seen his channel, but he started this website called carsandbids.com, right? Like you can see it right here. And then he ended up selling it for about $80 million according to himself on a podcast that he did. But here’s the interesting part. This was an online car auction website. Now, when he first started on YouTube, online car auctions were a very tiny niche. Like, it was almost almost like non-existent, right? Because think about it. If you’re going to buy a car, like half the fun of buying a car is going to the car auction and actually sitting in the car and, you know, bidding on it and like seeing it in real life. Like actually getting to see it with your own two eyes in real life, sitting in the car, touching it, etc. Like that. That’s half the fun. So online car auctions were a tiny niche. Like it was almost non-existent. But what ended up happening is co all of a sudden people could not go to online or in-person auctions anymore. And this niche, online car auctions, absolutely exploded. It got really big and he was positioned in such a way where he was able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel, and then sell it for $80 million. But the whole point here is when Doug first started his YouTube channel, he had absolutely no idea. There’s no way that he could have had any idea that an online car auction website was going to be his big break. Right? I promise you, he had no idea that that was going to work. Right? So this is a secret way of building your channel where as things happen in the world right as products and services that you sell change as the buyer changes like their preferences change as the popularity of certain things changes as trends happen in the world and as you grow and evolve as a human being because we are all growing breathing evolving human beings uh you can have a business uh and and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve with you and grow and evolve as other things happen in the world Right? So you might change your interests over time or you might change what type of content you want to make over time, but you want to build your YouTube channel and your business in such a way where it can evolve with you. Right? So this is going to give you the ultimate advantage, which is a channel that can adapt to changing circumstances. All right? This is the ultimate advantage that you can possibly have. Right? That’s the way you want to build your YouTube channel and your business so that you can take advantage of things as they happen in the world as trends happen in the world or as or as you change you you can adapt your YouTube channel to that. And by the way, when we say YouTube channel, obviously this is about YouTube, but we also build this uh so that you know your YouTube channel is at the center and you can kind of think of it like a content uh uh solar system, right? Your YouTube channel is the sun. It’s in the center. But then all the other platforms, you can syndicate the content to all those platforms. That’s what we’re doing with extreme success. We’re seeing a lot of success syndicating the content on LinkedIn, Twitter, uh TwitterX, Facebook, etc. Uh Instagram too, right? Uh, and a lot of our clients are seeing great success with that as well. But we focus on YouTube because YouTube is the best platform by far. But then we have these automated systems that do like 95% of the heavy lifting where we’re syndicating the content to other platforms, right? So, we’ve been doing this with extreme success and AI does about 95% of the heavy lifting and it’s pretty much automated or semi-automated. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. Um, this worked for Waqin for instance. So Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. But he wasn’t making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. Okay? And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed, right? So, he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program. He had to tell people as an 18-year-old business owner, “You can’t give me money, right? Cuz I I already have too many people that are trying to work with me, right? This is a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right?” and we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. This is very common in our program where marketing um is no longer a problem for people. Their problem is they have so many people that want to work with them that their new problem is just refining exactly who they’re helping and what they’re helping them do, right? So, this is very common. This is even common with us. We have way more people that want to join our program uh than we actually have spots inside of the program. So, we’re constantly overs subscribed. We have way more people that want to give us money and we we just tell them, “Sorry, you’re not a good fit.” Right? Only 18% of people who even apply to book a call with us, we even accept uh to to take a call. And then a bunch of those people we cancel because they don’t follow the instructions. So, here’s another example. Uh Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and he was basically working like 60 to 80 hours a week, actually 80 plus hours a week. 60-hour week would be a very light week for him. He also had a brand new baby. He had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month, right? So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. So type two hours if you can find two hours a month to do this, right? So, you know, uh, Richard was so busy that he could barely even respond to my emails, uh, and my messages. I mean, he was that busy, right? Um, now, just to be very clear, we recommend 4 hours a week. That’s what we recommend. That is our official recommendation. But we have had clients that are super super busy, business owners, etc. that uh, can’t spend that much time. And we, you know, with the right systems and processes, etc., you can get it down to even less than that. Here’s another example guide. This one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before working with us was just to make a couple extra thousand a month because he was close to retirement. So that’s one or 2,000 extra a month uh was his goal and it was going to supplement his income and significantly increase his quality of life in retirement. Uh this would allow him to go out and have dinners uh with his friends, visit his family more, go on vacations, etc., etc. Now he’s disabled and he has tenitus which is constant ringing in the ears. A lot of veterans have this. My dad has it too. He’s a veteran and is very debilitating, right? So, he made this channel with a goal of just making a couple extra thousand a month, like I said, 1 to2,000 in retirement. And that was his version of rich. And he also wanted to do it while helping other people who also have tenitus. So, he made it to that goal, about $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, 446 to be exact. And that was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. So, if you don’t think you can make money with a small channel, he made it to $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, right? So, you can definitely make money with a small channel. You do not have to be a part of the YouTube partner program or you don’t have to be monetized, quote unquote, what what people refer to as monetized to make money. That is one way of doing it. When you’re monetized, you’re making money from the ads that pop up on your channel, which is great. You should definitely do that. But you don’t have to rely on that. That is not the only way to make money. Right now, one more thing about him. This is a really beautiful story and it happens a lot in our community. Life gave him lemons and he turned it into lemonade. So, if you have a problem in your life, you can help other people with what you’ve learned solving that problem and make their lives better as well. So, one simple rule guys to make this happen, uh, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. um a f, you know, you you can start off faceless as long as you use your voice like I showed with uh Whiz’s uh example earlier. You do not need a fancy camera. You do not need fancy editing. You don’t need a million-dollar studio or high production quality or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Okay, here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. When I say viral, I mean getting the right views, right? This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think, especially if you use the uh AI systems, which we’re going to give you a taste of uh here in a little bit. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He is in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. he would buy those businesses, fix them up, and you know, make more money with them or flip them, basically sell them. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance, and I applied it to YouTube. So, type icon if you want to know more about the icon method. Type icon in the chat. Let’s see. Ah, I can tell who’s listening and who’s watching. Okay, so some people are just listening here. I told you guys I was going to trick you later on. Okay. So, the icon method, it’s spelled a little bit different. I see a HN. So, I can tell who’s actually paying attention now. I have record. Okay. Okay. Some people spelled it right. Okay. Good stuff. All right. I told you guys you got to you got to watch and listen at the same time. Very important. Okay. So, I was the first person to ever do this on YouTube. And what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having coming from a channel that did not have a lot of subscribers. So lots of views channel doesn’t have a lot of subscribers, right? Because if they have a big channel, well that means they have a big audience and they can post just about anything and chances are the audience is going to wa like some of their audience is going to watch that video, right? So the audience is going to watch just about anything they put out. So you don’t want to choose a channel that has a lot of subscribers. So, lots of views despite coming from a small channel. And this is key. The content needs to be either mediocre or preferably bad. Yes, I said preferably bad, right? It needs to be either mediocre or preferably you want to actually find bad content. Okay? So, basically, don’t choose videos that are like Netflix style documentary masterpieces. Okay? So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry, uh, the door is actually in better focus in the background than his face. So, the focus on his camera isn’t even correct. Speaking of the camera, the camera, uh, was basically a potato. So, it the the audio and the video was quite bad in this video. And, uh, he was just drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees while literally drinking beers. He was literally drinking beers and drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees with basically no edits, right? So obviously this is not a masterpiece of a video, right? This is a video that I would, you know, no offense to him, but I would say this is a bad video and yet came from a small channel and it got 760,000 views. And chances are most of these subscribers actually came from this video. So what did I do? I took this video and I uh you know uh uh basically I I took the idea of the video and then I made a better version of the video. Right? So, the most worthless college majors. You could change the keyword a little bit. You could just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a better video and boom, that’s what happens, right? So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? Very similar title. Uh they’re both lists of of things like the most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Like, you can use the same keyword or a little bit different keywords that kind of mean the same thing. So, in this particular case, degrees and college majors are essentially the same thing. Um, and you know, very similar. Like I said before, you don’t want to change up the title too much. Uh, and I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing now for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. So type nice in the chat if you thought the icon method was valuable. Type nice in the chat. This is the absolute secret, guys. This is the secret sauce, the most important thing. Now, one thing I’ll say about the icon method, guys, is it’s I I sometimes I refer to this as the hot dog method, right? Because Oh, there we go. Confetti. Awesome. Uh because if you when you find these types of videos, what it basically means is you just found a starving crowd of people. And it you don’t need if you there’s a starving crowd of people, you don’t need to serve them gourmet food. They’re going to you could serve them hot dogs and they’re going to be very happy, right? So, it’s like uh one of my friends did this where he uh opened up a hot dog stand and he would put his hot dog stand outside of the bars, the University bars in Lawrence, Kansas, uh University of Kansas bars, uh around 1:00 a.m. when the bars closed. And so people would flood out of the bars. They’re super hungry. There’s nowhere else that they can eat. Boom. He’s got a hot dog stand right there. Are hot dogs the best food in the world? No, they’re not the best food in the world. But guess what? He would make hundreds and hundreds of dollars a night doing this. And uh he did this all through college. Paid for his entire college degree by doing this and and then some. Only working, you know, a few days a week and a few hours on those few days, right? So this is the icon method. This is the sometimes I refer to as the hot dog method. Find a crowd of starving people and you don’t have to make Netflix style quality content. Okay. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. So type ready if you’re ready to hear what it takes. Type ready in the chat if you’re ready to hear what it takes.

    All right.

    With no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You can start off faceless if you want, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind seven figureure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there are a few bonuses that we are only giving to people get this early access to and you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now or you can type in go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code with your phone, etc., etc., right? Best way to do it is probably just to click that link in the chat though. So, here’s what you get access to inside of the CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses right here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get, right? And by the way, guys, if you know somebody who’d be great at this, share this with them. Your cousin, a family member, a friend, send them this link because we can teach them how to do this the right way instead of spinning their wheels for years. We’ve literally had two sisters join together in the program. Uh I just interviewed one of them recently, Farah. Uh she made it to about 7 $8,000 a month or so with a 7,000 subscriber channel. So she’s still got a tiny channel. She’s making a full-time income from it. And her sister is right behind her, right? She’s making about3 to $4,000 a month. Um, so she’s right behind her and she’s I’m probably going to end up interviewing her here pretty soon as well, right? So she’s she’s crushing it as well. So two sisters joined and we got two sisters results right off the bat, right? That’s 100% success rate for that family, right? And um so yeah, we we’ve also had like uh a friend group of ladies join. We had like a ladies friend group. They all joined together so they could kind of experience the program together, which is pretty cool. Uh but yeah, by the way, guy, who’s booking a call right now? Uh, go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. Scroll down here and see. Okay. And also guys, you should only book one call. So, one person, one email, and one call. Do not book two calls. Okay. I get we sometimes we get this like every single time we get a few people that like book multiple calls. All a second booking does is take a slot away from someone else here on this workshop and our team cancels the duplicates anyway. So you might even lose the time that you actually wanted, right? So if you accidentally booked twice, keep the time that you like and then cancelled the other one. Okay? So just book one call, right? You don’t need to book multiple calls. And guys, last time we did this, we were fully booked and we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. So I suggest you book now while you can cuz once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar. So go to goshomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. We, you know, every single time we we can only accept a certain amount of people at a time as well. So, we’re, you know, this is you applying to work with us. Just to be very clear, like this is not like 100% like you, you know, if you have the money, we we can take you in. This is you applying to work with us. Uh we accept about 18% of people who apply historically uh to to get a call with us. We cancel many of those calls because people don’t follow the instructions. That’s another thing. You need to follow the instructions. Make sure you actually read your emails and follow the instructions. We’ll put those on the screen here in a bit. Uh, and then even the people who get on the call, we don’t offer everybody a spot, right? So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So, first we are going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section. Okay, so you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow this system, success is inevitable. Right? For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. It took off. He went from zero to full-time income and the rest is history, right? Uh once you have that first video take off, like it’s very easy to get subsequent videos to take off because you just model what you did in that first video and you do more of that, right? Um but for other people, it it doesn’t it’s not always the first video. Sometimes it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos before they have a video take off. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable and you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. YouTube is a game where the only way that you fail is by giving up, by stopping posting, right? You I you know, an example of that is uh uh uh uh there there’s some channels out there that literally do everything wrong and it might take them 400 500 videos, but eventually they get a video that that takes off even though they’re doing everything wrong. But I don’t want you to have to spend 400 or 500 videos to make that happen. Right? So if you follow this system, success is inevitable and you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this and hopefully it’ll be more on the side of being within the first like 20 videos or so rather than 400 or 500 videos down the line. But number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral and getting the right views. Uh, and in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. And this is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And I just got word these slots are almost gone. We only have a few left already. So, we’ve had 111 submissions and I believe we had 29 slots open. So, 111 people booked a call. We have about 29 slots open. Uh, we might be able to open up a few more slots. Uh, but no promises there. Um, but yeah, so yeah, go go go to go.coaching. Click the link in the chat right now while we still have some spots open. The next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video ideas to have the highest chances of success for your videos to get views. So, all three need to be good, and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system. Um, this is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in uh many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. Um, uh, in fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. By the way, uh, note guys, uh, we should not be having three days out. Uh that that should have never happened in the first place. It should have just been 2 days. Um so make sure that does not happen in the future, admins. Um so yeah, we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system. This is where we actually turn things into a system and this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. In some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Now I Yeah, I think we might have a few slots left. We have 149 submissions now. Um, so yeah. Uh, so get get those spots now. Go to go.shoms.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now.

    Okay. Okay. T So it’s just Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday. Okay. Fair enough. All right. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. custom GPTs, claude skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, descript, pixels, and much more. So whether you run chat or claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Now, out of curiosity, type in the chat which AI you actually prefer to use. I’m actually curious which ones you guys like. So, our favorite one for content creation specifically is Claude Chat GBT. It kind of goes back and forth between chat GBT and Claude. Which one is better for um coding? Uh today’s actually a big day because today is dev day for uh people that are into AI. Um but yeah, it goes back and forth which one is better for coding. Um Claude is the pretty consistently it’s been the best one when it comes to content creation. Um, but the other ones have their use cases as well. So, for instance, Grock is really good uh if you’re making news style content because it’s attached to TwitterX and that news comes out faster on Twitter X than any other platform by a mile, right? So, so all the other ones have their use cases as well, but I see a lot of people here. It looks like Claude is the most popular one. ChatGBT is number two and uh Yeah. Yeah. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Grock, I see a I saw a Grock there. A couple Grocks. Uh, very cool. Okay.

    Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager. Uh, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another person finally got 100,000 subscribers. Uh, one just closed a $75,000 a year contract. Uh, inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first 10,000 from YouTube. And click that link in the chat, guys, if if these are the types of results you want to get, right? Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers and um, you right off the bat. Another person just started off, got 39,600 views. uh and and the channel grew to 800 subscribers right away. So, this is not a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of them. This is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now and we’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a fit, and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. So, go to go.chain.com/coaching. Click that link in the chat right now. This is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Right? Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. This is nuts. Thank you, man. Right. Uh, this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. This person had been posting on YouTube for well over 5 years. They had never had a single video get over 100,000 views. And then they worked with us and one of their first videos got 180,000 views. And all of these people uh that are crushing it as well, right? Like they’re they’re all crushing it. This person pretty much doubled the amount of money they were making almost immediately after working with us. This person here closed four out of five calls that they booked right off the bat because when you have a YouTube channel, um sales calls are a breeze because people are pretty much pre-sold um before they even come to the call. In fact, a lot of the time the call is more about just seeing if you’re a good fit to work together rather than trying to sell them. Uh that’s something that we get with our sales guys all like our sales guys are representatives all the time is people are like, “Oh, they didn’t even try to sell me.” Like one one of my one of the guys who just joined the program is like, “I didn’t even get an offer on the first call. Like he didn’t even try to sell me.” I’m like, “Yeah, because we were seeing if you’re a good fit to work together.” Like, we we don’t just talk about this. This is the reality of what we do, right? Uh this person here last month, uh 354,000 uh views, uh 271,000 more than usual. Uh this person started, I think, like a month and a half before this. So, yeah, 8.4K new subscribers, revenue up 162%. Uh this person here is a category king, right? So, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in the program. this particular person uh 8 million views mostly long form 50,000 from AdSense alone they made 4.5 million last month right so this is literally this person is number one a lot of people want to remain anonymous which we respect of course you’ll probably you can probably just figure out who it is once you join the program but this particular person uh is number one in a very very big and competitive niche right so this particular person made $4.5 million last month so they are number one in a very well-known and competitive niche We have a lot of category kings and category queens in the program. Uh, Bill transformed his uh, YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. Then he’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with this keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time, to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about 30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching, and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers, over 9,000, and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views, and now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jenna here, who is a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. No idea uh what to make, no experience. And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And now she has 61,400 subscribers and her channel got to 10.3 million views already. Two of her videos already went over 900,000 views. And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job. Two, she’s now traveling all over the US and even internationally. She’s planning on going down to Baja uh Mexico here in a little bit uh in her camper van, which is literally always her dream. This was her dream life that she wanted to live. And three, she records part-time while she’s traveling inside of the van itself. And last month, she said that she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she started just like you guys a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not. Uh but she took the leap of faith. She booked a call and she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So she’s in a very similar situation to you guys. A few just a few months ago, she was thinking to herself, I don’t think I’m an expert on anything, right? I I I don’t know what I’m an expert on. What What could I possibly talk about uh that that people would know that people would actually enjoy? Right? Well, chances are if you’re over the age of like 40 or you’ve been working for more than like 5 or 10 years, that means you spent over 10,000 hours in your job, right? So, you are by definition an expert by, you know, and according to, you know, the 10,000 hour rule. So, you’re an expert at something. Plus, even if you haven’t spent thousands of hours, there’s problems that you’ve overcome in the past that you could probably help other people overcome as well. So, she built on uh built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation, which is something that of course she had as a nurse. 33 years of talking to patients. You kind of know what problems patients have over and over again. And she just made those videos about that. So, the same stuff that she would tell her patients probably hundreds, if not thousands of times, she would just say it one time on camera and then blast it out to millions of people. and save yourself a lot of time because millions of people can hear it instead of her having to say it thousands of individual times. Right? So if you’re a health care professional or a professional in general, this could be for you, right? Uh we we so very very common where people just use the knowledge that they already had in their profession and that ends up being their YouTube channel. also very common. They just use the knowledge that they already gained from just life experience, whether it’s like something that they got very good at or they spent a lot of time with or they just had to do just because it happened to be something in their life. Uh they make a YouTube channel about that. And then the other really common one is problems that you’ve had in your life. You can help other people overcome those problems as well. Right? So this is something that we just you just need to book the call so we can help you unlock these. Right? If you’re sitting here thinking, Shane, I don’t know if I’m an expert on anything, like book the call. We can help you unlock it. Okay? We you are almost guaranteed you are an expert on something, right? So, click that link in the chat and book a call and we can help you unlock it. So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different um coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually, the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. So I have some friends that do this and they’re basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really know what they’re doing. And they were charging $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, and nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. There’s one channel in Silicon Valley that charges a million dollars to do this for uh different SAS startups. So, they hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they usually charge $300,000 to do this. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year, I was in two. This year, I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable as well. I’m actually thinking about joining another two masterminds uh for next year as well. Uh, but yeah, I learn a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But real quick before we uh go through everything you get, the price goes up October 1st. That is Thursday. Okay, that’s less than two days from now. Okay. Uh, so if you’ve been sitting on the fence, this is the moment. Book your call before October 1st and lock in today’s price plus every bonus that you just saw. Um, and so book your call ASAP and get in before October 1st. After that, it’s gone. The price goes up and I am not bringing it back down. Ken, for instance, can attest to that. Uh, Ken has been attending a lot of our calls. Uh, and he can attest that I do not bring the price back down. We do not give discounts on this at all. Uh, or bring the price down or anything like that cuz it’s one-on-one coaching. It’s very intensive. It costs a lot for us to deliver and it takes a lot of our coaches time, right? So, uh, scan the QR code, go to go.chainomes.com/coaching right now and type locked in in the chat once you’ve booked. Okay? Type locked in in the chat once you’ve booked a call. Okay? But a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we are offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. And I just got note uh that we have over 175 people submit and we did open up a few more spots. Okay, so uh if you tried to sign up and the spots were completely taken or there were some spots left but they weren’t convenient for you, like you couldn’t find a time that’s convenient for you, click on that link again and uh you can find a time that’s convenient for you. Okay? But don’t book don’t book two calls, okay? Don’t don’t book two calls. Um but yeah, uh so we did open up a few more spots. So if you couldn’t find a good time before or if you tried the calendar and there just weren’t any spots available, click the link again. We open up a few more and after that, I don’t think we can open up anymore. So go to go.shom.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat or scan the QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one niche accelerator call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I told you guys I had a mentor. His name was Sam. I showed him before. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.6 6 million subscribers and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. Now, this is worth $12,000 easily, but this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So, go to go.shinhom.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. Um, I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shom.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the idea gen AI. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. This is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, chatbt and a cloudi version. Just like all the other tools that we did, we we made all of them in chatbt and cloudi. So whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. This is included as a bonus. So go to go.shenomous.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use Chachi Pete or Claude, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the advanced script writer software worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video, to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Both Chat or Claude, whatever you already use. Now, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying 3 to 5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shenhomes.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. The same tool running in both chatbt and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video, and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the CGE done for you thumbnail templates worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, and before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying about $1,500 a month easily. That’s for part-time work, right? That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming or like an entertainment channel, but it doesn’t work for educational content, right? So, we specialize in making thumbnails that work specifically for people that are looking to solve problems, right? So you attract the right type of person to your channel because there’s a real psychology behind every thumbnail. You might make a thumbnail that gets a lot of people to your channel, but they’re not buyers, right? They’re not the types of people that are actually going to buy stuff, right? So this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So go to go.stunhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide. The secret of creating viral thumbnails. The psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the upload settings validator GPT. This is worth $6,997. You get the cla and the chat GPT version. Uh most creators hit upload and they hope for the best. Wrong tags, wrong decision, uh wrong description, wrong settings, and they wonder why the algorithm isn’t pushing their videos. Some people push the wrong buttons or they should have pushed a certain button that they didn’t push, right? And that’s what’s stopping their channel from growing. I my own brother even messed up on this cuz he watched some random video on YouTube uh that told him to to push something that actually ended up cratering his views, right? So now think about that what that actually costs, right? A YouTube SEO specialist to review your uploads runs $75 to $150 an hour. And you need them on every single video forever. This tool checks everything before you publish. your title, your description, your tags, your settings, all validated to make sure you’re giving YouTube every reason to push your video and also just the channel settings in general, right? Um, so it’s like having a YouTube expert look over your shoulder every single time you upload, right? One wrong setting can kill a video before it even has a chance. This makes sure that that never happens. So go to go.shinhom.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it actually looks like. You get the claude and the chatbt version. So go to go.shen.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the backdoor access to profitable niches with live updates. This is worth $4,997. This is the one that everyone asks me about, right? Which niche should I start in? What’s making money right now? What is nobody talking about? This gives you backdoor access to profitable niches that most creators don’t even know exist. And we update it live, right? So, you’re always seeing what’s working right now, not what worked 2 years ago. Uh, now think about what it takes to do this yourself. You’d have to hire a market research analyst to dig up profitable niches and keep tracking them live. That’s a full-time hire. $60 to $80,000 a year. And they still wouldn’t have the YouTube data or the YouTube expertise that we have. But we don’t just hand you a list. We get your niche dialed in. We ask you the questions to find the exact niche that fits you and actually makes money. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. And this one is different from all the other bonuses. This is the second most popular AI we’ve ever created after the niche validator, which we’ll be dropping here in a little bit. Right. So, the niche monetization accelerator. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chat and Claude, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, you get it, and and you just got to ask for it, right? So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call you book, you just ask and you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chat or claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus eight is the 90-day action taker advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days, you follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate approximately month over month in our program. That means that 99% of people who join stay because it works. And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and we asked them one question. Did you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of them said yes. If you’re familiar with NPS score, we had a 9.1 NPS score, right? That’s the gold standard for uh services and and coaching and consulting, right? So, we had a 9.1 NPS score. Very very high. That is very very good. Okay. So, uh we’ve also helped our clients generate over $und00 million in trackable, verifiable uh revenue, right? Um according to them, of course, we have to trust what they say, but according to them, over $und00 million. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So again guys, um the price goes up on October 1st. That is Thursday, less than 2 days from right now. Uh so if you’ve been sitting on the fence, this is the moment. Book your call before October 1st and you lock in today’s price plus every bonus that you just saw. After that, it’s gone. The price goes up and we’re not bringing it back down. Scan the QR code or go to go.junis.com/coaching right now. So typed locked in in the chat once you’ve booked. Right, bonuses are on the next slide. And with that being said, we’re going to we’re going to uh take some uh questions here. Um so let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who signed up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it. That’s it. Right? So, I’m probably going to have to answer this again, but I I said it right here, like which bonuses we get for which things, but I’m guessing people don’t listen. Like some some people are not going to be listening. I’m going to have to answer that again. But I said it right there. Okay. Everything else is included free when you join the program. Right now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses. You will not see it again. Right. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now in the next open spot on my calendars 3 days from now, that’s totally fine. Okay? You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. And I highly recommend you do it uh before uh October begins because like I said, uh we only have a few days before uh September ends. And uh that’s we’re going to raise the prices after that. We’re going to be raising the prices by about 15% specifically after that. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard cell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. One last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you will get two emails. One is from Calendarly and one of one is from the consultant that you booked with. Both are titled CGE Masterclass Call. So check your inbox right now. Uh if you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. It’s very important that you do this. Um like don’t po don’t post, hey, I didn’t get the email without saying, I checked all of the different folders and I didn’t get the email. Right? Make sure you check all the folders. And if you and if you did check all the folders and you still didn’t get the email, make sure you put that in your message. Okay. And then our our admins can help you. Okay. But uh you need to check all these folders. Make sure you like all all mail is probably the best place to check, right? Um if you don’t confirm the email, if you if you either don’t like don’t follow the instructions in the email, you don’t confirm it, or you you you know, you don’t uh put it on your calendar, there’s a good chance that we’re just going to cancel the call, right? Cuz if you can’t follow basic instructions, you’re probably not a good fit for the program. And like I said before, we have way more people that want to join the program than we even have spots for in the program. So there’s a very good chance that we’ll just go ahead and cancel the call if you don’t follow those instructions. So make sure you do it, okay? Like it’s very simple. It takes you like 15 seconds. Once you book your call, confirm your your email, right? Like add and add to calendar. Confirm that you’re going to uh attend the call and then add to calendar. Very very easy to do, right? Uh and yeah, so uh yeah, check your spam, check your all mail if you don’t have the email, right? and let us know if you can’t find it. But please say that you checked your all mail all the mail folders first and then our admins can help you. Okay, with that being said, uh I am now going to take questions. So I’m going to scroll down to the bottom of the chat here and take some questions.

    Okay, Claudia says there is nothing in all mail or spam. Okay, admins help Claudia. Okay. Um, Abdio, I had a gaming channel that I haven’t uploaded on or in about 3 years, so the channel is dead. My question is, do I need to make an entirely new channel? We get this question all the time, and we almost always recommend to just keep posting on the same channel. Keep posting on that same channel. Even if you’re totally changing your niche, just keep posting on the same channel. Guys, I like this is so common. We get this question. So, if you look at big YouTubers and you look back when they first started on YouTube, often times they talk about totally different niches than the one they ended up talking about. Um, and sometimes they delete their early videos, but you can actually look back in the way back machine and you’ll see what their real early videos were about. Like Mr. Beast’s early videos are totally different than his videos now, etc., etc. It’s like it’s the same for everybody. You do not need to start over with a new channel if you if you’re changing niches. That’s totally fine. You can use the same channel. It’s not a problem at all. And you can change niches. It’s it’s completely fine. Adrian. Okay. So, somebody asked about the price. Okay. So, I will go over this one time and one time only. So, if you don’t listen now, I will refer you back to the recording. Okay. So, we are completely transparent on the pricing. With that being said, we have different offerings depending on different needs. Okay? So, we always have about maybe 5% of the people on these calls are people that own big companies or they’re CMOs or they’re marketing managers or they’re just people that have been tasked to start a YouTube channel for their company because all these companies know that YouTube is where it’s at, right? YouTube is a great place to build their brand and get customers, etc. Right? So, when it comes to working with big companies, we usually don’t work w with a lot of uh clients like that. Ve very rare uh that we do that. But uh when it comes to working with big companies um it’s very done for you work. We have to come into their business. We have to use all of their software, their systems and we have to integrate ourselves into their business and it is a lot of work for us. Um we have to make sure all the departments talk to each other properly. We have to make sure that everything is done by the book because big companies are very bureaucratic and everything has to be done with approvals etc etc. It it’s a lot of work. It’s it’s a bit of a headache and we usually don’t do that. But if we are going to do that, that’s going to be at the very minimum like six figures very very minimum. We uh it’s going to be a six-figure contract and probably more than that. Then we have a lot of people that have kind of like smaller businesses, you know, six, seven, eight figure businesses um where they basically just want to start a YouTube channel. They either want to be the the face of the YouTube channel. or they’re the business owner and they want to do founder marketing and be the face of the YouTube channel or they might want to hire somebody else to be the face of the channel, right? And so with in that particular case, um we uh that that’s that’s another one that we um help people with that is more of what I like to call like a build and release offer because typically what they’re going to want us to do is they want us to hire a person who then runs the channel for them, right? So we hire the person, we source them, we hire them, we train them, we oversee them, and then we make sure the channel gets built the right way, and then we release it to them at the end of the 6 months. So that’s what’s known as a build and release offer. And that is a super valuable offer, and it’s the right fit for some people out there as well. Again, typically it’s going to be six, seven, eight figure business owners are going to go for that, the build release offer. Sometimes we do have like doctors, lawyers, like very busy, you know, executives, that kind of thing. They go for the build and release offer as well. So, uh, that particular one, it it kind of depends on what you need, but that’s going to range anywhere from, uh, anywhere from about 30 30,000 and it goes up from there. So, it’s probably going to be 30,000 and then then it goes up from there. Um, so that’s for the build and release offer. Uh, for instance, like let’s just say you have a special request like we just had somebody who wanted us to hire somebody who lives in Miami and can travel internationally with them because they travel a lot. And that particular that’s a very special request. it’s hard to find somebody who has YouTube expertise, lives in Miami and can travel internationally and so that person is quite difficult to find, right? And so that is we’re going to charge extra for for requests like that, right? Um but typically we just hire somebody from the Philippines. Uh we train them how to how to do the channel properly with our methods and then we we oversee them, make sure everything’s going well and then we release them to you. That’s typically how we do it. Um so yeah, that is going to be anywhere from 30,000 and it’s going to go up from there. Um, sometimes we get other requests as well and it can be a little bit different. Then, um, at the the probably the most valuable tier is going to be where we literally just teach you how to do it. So, these other two tiers, this one that’s done for you. We’re fishing for you. This one, we’re building the machine that fishes for you and then hiring the person to run the machine. And then this one here is we teach you how to do it, right? So, we teach you how to fish for yourself so we can feed you for a lifetime or we teach you how to build a machine if you want to as well. and we teach you how to hire the person to build the to run the machine. So if you want to do it yourself, you can do all those things. We’re very transparent about how we uh do the hiring and stuff like that, right? We tell you exactly what websites we use, etc., etc., right? So if you want to do all those things yourself, um that that that would be the best option for you. And that particular program right now is $9,800, but we are going to be raising it by 15% uh in 2 days, right? So right now you can get in it at $9,800. Um, or you can get it down to like $1,000 a month. We also have in-house funding plans. I believe it’s 0% APR, so we actually take the risk on our side and we can get it down even a little bit less than that. So, about $500 a month or so, somewhere around there. Okay. So, yeah. Uh, but we are going to be raising the price here in 2 days. Um, and yeah, so all the prices that I mentioned are prices for today and tomorrow. Uh, we will be raising the prices on everything by 15% uh 2 days from now. So that that is how we’re going to be uh doing it. Okay. So that is the price of the program. So I I answered the question in great detail. Obviously some people are going to be a better fit for the upper level one. Some people are going to be a better fit for um the uh the one where we just teach you how to do it. It is one-on-one coaching. It is intensive one-on-one coaching. Um this is not some kind of course that you just buy and you know forget about. It’s you know we do have a course component obviously but there’s one-on-one coaching. We have a community component. We have the absolute best people in the world working on this program and that’s why we’re able to get such insanely good results and that’s why we’re, you know, constantly overs subscribed and there’s we have way more people wanting to work with us than we can even take in. Right? So, when you apply for the call, like when you book a call, you’re going to be applying to join the program and we’ll see if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Right? So, some of the stuff that we look at is uh you know, your niche. We want to see if you have a good niche. um we want to see if uh it’s a niche that uh uh you know is going to work with with our particular style of channel, that kind of thing. But that that’s one of the ones the big ones we look at. So yeah, hopefully that answers your question. Okay, going to move on. Um

    should you name your channel after yourself? That is that is pretty safe. Yeah, you could name it after yourself. You don’t have to use your exact name if you don’t want to. You could use an abbreviated version of your name like Gary Vaynerchuk. His channels are Gary Vee. Uh that’s an abbreviated version. Um you could use like your middle name or some sort of pseudonym. You don’t have to use your exact name. Um or you could just use your first name and then the thing that you’re talking about. Um we have an entire module on channel naming. The the thing that you really want to avoid is being too specific with your channel naming in such a way where you can never change the uh the channel name in the in the future, right? That’s the thing you really want to avoid.

    Okay. Uh Fernando, what is your what if your niche is empty? Well, then it’s not a niche. Red wine, loads of gyms. Awesome. Good stuff. Jennifer confirmed booking. Yeah, by the way guys, go-sh.com/coaching. Uh, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, Joseph received email. Awesome. Jan, why has the price I was quoted doubled while going through the process of your team? I think you I already answered that uh uh before already answered that just answered that like we have we have different offerings. So, obviously they’re giving you a different offering and we are raising prices. Anthony, what if I had an idea that takes innovative uh things uh and don’t want to give them away but want help? An idea that takes innovative things? Dude, if you’re worried that like our team is going to steal your idea, just just please stop. Like you’re you’re being you’re being totally neurotic. We we couldn’t care less. We’re not stealing anybody’s ideas, okay? Um if you’re worried about other people, like nobody’s going to steal your idea. Ideas are a dime a dozen, right? Execution is where it really matters. Nobody cares about your idea. Nobody’s going to steal your idea. Um, that’s just total neuroticism. That’s one of the things that’s entering the maze, right? That’s a perfect example of entering the maze. You’re worried about all these things that absolutely do not matter at all. They make zero difference. They don’t matter at all. Nobody’s going to steal your idea. Okay? Nobody cares about your idea. Um, and you’re you’re worried about all these things that don’t matter. And you’re not doing the thing that actually makes a difference, which is the stuff that we talk about. That’s actually quite easy to execute on, but you do need to execute right now. By the way, guys, um just want to very quickly uh put this out here. Um when you sign up for your call, you know, obviously you want to follow these directions with your email, etc., etc., but there’s also a page that’s going to pop up. Oh, holy cow. Okay, there’s there’s a page that’s going to pop up here. It’s going to look like this, or it’s going to look like this. One of one of these two, right? So, uh there’s this page that’s going to pop up. There’s a short video to watch on the page. This one’s like 26 seconds. Very, very short. And then you want to follow the instructions on this page. So, we also give instructions on this page. So, if you don’t follow the instructions, like really, there’s a good chance that we’re just going to cancel the call. Okay? But yeah, follow the instructions on this page. Um, mark I know the sender right here. Um, and then, you know, obviously add to calendar or any other instructions that we have here. Very, very simple instructions. And then check out all of these case studies and testimonials. Right? So, before you join the call, check out all these case studies and testimonials. These are going to answer probably 80% of the questions that you have when you check out this page. So, just as an example, if you’re wondering, hey, does this work in the spirituality niche? Well, look, well, look at there. There’s a spiritual there’s a spir spirituality niche. It does work, right? If you’re wondering, hey, does this work in the productivity niche? Well, hey, look right there. It works in the productivity niche. If you’re wondering, hey, does this work if you have a coaching program? You’re a brand new coach. Well, hey, it does work if you’re if you have a brand new coach. If you’re wondering, hey, does this work if you’re teaching uh women specifically uh how to do it? If your niche is women’s specific, yes, Nicole’s niche was women specific. If you’re wondering, hey, does this work for selling physical products? It does. It does work for selling physical products. If you’re wondering, hey, does this work for uh artistic type niches? If I’m like teaching people how to do an instrument or teaching people how to sing, yes, it works for artistic type niches. Like here’s an example, right, Isaiah? Just on and on and on, right? If if you’re wondering, hey, does this work if you’re targeting African-American, helping African-Americans get good jobs? Yes. Antoine targets African-Americans specifically. He helps them get good jobs, right? Um uh if you’re one Yeah. Just just just on and on, right? Like it it just it just goes on and on, right? There’s like so many different examples. If you’re wondering, hey, does this work for someone who’s older? Yes, it works for someone who’s older. There’s so many different examples here. Um does this work if you’re trying to get freelance clients? Hey, Jonathan was trying to get freelance clients. It worked for him. There’s so many different examples here. Like, does this work in the French market? Yeah, it works in the French market, right? Like I can just go on and on, right? Um, so you’re like, chances are 80% of the questions that you have are going to be answered on this page. Plus, it’s going to inspire you, motivate you. It’s going to show you people from different backgrounds, people selling different types of products and services, people in different types of niches, people doing different formats of content, etc., etc. And it’s going to give you some really good ideas for what you could probably what niche you could choose or what you could sell, etc., et or who you know what uh demographic you could sell to etc etc right so um yeah highly recommend doing this this one is uh very similar slightly different the a little bit longer video then we have some FAQs some frequently asked questions I highly recommend watching all these as well um and then like I said follow the directions a little bit more directions on this one and uh yeah check out the videos because the videos same videos are still at the bottom so definitely check those out as well and with that being said let’s go back to answering the questions. So, yeah, these thank you pages, guys, uh if you did close the thank you page down for some reason, um I’m going to go ahead and drop that thank you page in the chat right now. Okay, so I’m going to drop the thank you page in the chat right now. And I did. I just dropped it. Okay, so you can check out that thank you page in the chat if for whatever reason you um close that down or or whatever. Um I’ll drop those down in the chat. Okay. Okay. Uh, by the way guys, uh, when you ask questions, make sure you scroll back up because there’s a very good chance that the admins are answering your questions, but if you don’t scroll back up, you’re not going to see the answers to them. With that being said, I did lose my place in the uh, the questions. So, I am now going to go back to the bottom of the chat. And for people who are on the fence about booking a call, right? You’re on the fence about booking a call, tell me why you’re on the fence in the chat. Tell me uh you’re you’re thinking about booking a call, but you’re like, “Ah, I’m not going to do it right now.” Why? Why are you on the fence? Uh when it comes to booking a call, go ahead and comment in the chat. Tell me why.

    Okay. Sabas says, “Uh, it’s so hard. I try to scroll up and then it um pushes uh down. Hey admins, is there any way that when you answer the questions for people, you just at them?” So, so whenever you answer a question, like answer in the reply, but also just at the person like in in the chat whenever you answer a question. I think that would make it a bit easier um for everyone to understand like but yeah, I think that might make it a little bit easier. So, just double double answer their question basically. Okay. Um

    cool cool. Uh, where’s that page at? Sorry, I missed it. We c uh we uh just copied and pasted it there. Admins just uh yeah, you got you already got a call scheduled. Good stuff. Okay. Uh no offense, Charlie says money. Okay, all good. Watch my channel. I can teach you how to get a good job on my channel. I put out a lot of free content on that. You can probably get a great job just from the free content alone. Um, okay. Sylvia says, “What’s the difference with using Facebook versus saying Tik Tok or Facebook?” saying Tik Tok or Facebook?

    What’s the difference between using Facebook versus say Tik Tok or Facebook? Not really. It doesn’t really seem super clear what your question is there, but um yeah, I mean what we found what we found with the platforms is YouTube is number one by a mile. Number two platform is probably Instagram. It it kind of depends on what you’re selling though, right? So, so number two platform is probably Instagram. If you’re selling something like corporate or executive, like if it’s B2B or if it’s executive training, LinkedIn is really good. Uh if not, LinkedIn is probably like the worst platform or one of the worst ones. Um but yeah, LinkedIn and Twitter can be pretty good for like B2B stuff, corporate executive stuff. Um, Facebook is uh secretly like really good as well. Facebook’s being is quite good recently. Um, Tik Tok is probably the worst one out of all of them, I’d say. What? Maybe Pinterest is worse. I don’t know. But yeah, Tik Tok is probably the the the worst one out of all of them. So, yeah, but it really depends on what you’re selling, you know? It’s uh, for instance, I think Tik Tok’s pretty good if you’re selling like physical products. Um, also whether you’re selling like a local product, if it’s like local versus non-local, there’s certain platforms that are a little bit better when it comes to local products versus non-local products. Um, there there’s other considerations like that, but yeah, we we can make a tailored plan where you can distribute your content. Start off with YouTube as the mother platform cuz it’s the best one by far, and you can automatically syndicate uh the content to the other platforms. That’s what we do. The ones we’re having a lot of luck with are honestly like all of them. like we we make six figures a year at least. Obviously, YouTube is really good, but Instagram, Facebook, uh Tik Tok, LinkedIn, or sorry, sorry, not Tik Tok, uh uh uh Twitter, TwitterX, LinkedIn. Tik Tok is the one that we we don’t even bother with because we we tried it and it was just such a it was so lame that we don’t even bother with it. It’s like you can get views but you just don’t make money. like like Tik Tok. Really? Really? Yeah, we we don’t really bother much with it. Yeah, but uh all the other ones we’re making at least six figures a year from. Okay. What’s up, Anthony? How’s it going, JB? Not sure I can afford it. I guess I can afford uh can afford not to. Um yeah, I mean, hey, listen. We have payment plans. We can get the payments down. Um but with that being said, we we never want to put anybody in a bad financial situation. So, if you actually can’t afford it, like we won’t give you an offer if you can’t afford it, right? So, if we do give you an offer, it’s because we think that you have a good niche and you’re going to be able to make money from it and you can afford it, right? So, uh you know, we can get these payment plans down and then hopefully you can start making money from it and then you can you can pay off the payment plan with that, right, Melissa? I don’t want to waste the time of your team when I know I can’t financially invest. Totally makes sense. Adrian, way too much for uncertainty. I mean, when it comes to the uncertainty, like I’ve done it myself. I then I did a second channel and I and I showed you guys I made it to 42,000 in a single month on the second channel. I also documented all this, by the way. So, this was kind of a thing that I did. You can you can look back in time and you can see I documented it. Then, um there were still people that were like, “Ah, well, you know, you know, so so I did it myself. Then I helped a bunch of other people do it, but then there were still people like, “Oh, Shane, you got lucky. you know, like you’re just cherry-picking people. So, I I picked a second channel and I did it on the second channel. I got that channel to 42,000 a month, right? But then there were still people that were like, “Well, Shane, you know, you’re really good at YouTube and you already had a big channel, so there were probably some people who recognized you, even if you didn’t like promote it on your big channel. There were people that recognized you, so, you know, this isn’t realistic.” And so, I picked a random 50-year-old in my family and got his channel to a full-time income in less than one month, right? So, and again, I documented all of it publicly, so you can see it all publicly, right? So, there just is no excuse, guys. There’s just no excuse when it comes to uncertainty. Like, I’ I’ve I’ve done so much extra to prove that this system works. And no other YouTube coaches do this. Nobody like documents stuff publicly and like picks a random 50-year-old in their family because they know that there’s a small chance that it would work. It wouldn’t. there’s a very very low probability that it would work, right? And they can’t put that kind of pressure on themselves. But I did it publicly. I put that kind of pressure on myself. I did it publicly so that like if I failed, everybody would have seen it and I still made it work like multiple times with my own channel and then with my brother’s channel as well, right? So, and I do I do this stuff publicly. I’m going to do another one next year, right? So, um, when it comes to uncertainty, I mean, how many how many hundreds of testimonials and case studies do you need to see? Hundreds of testimonials and case studies, me doing these, uh, uh, challenges publicly, documenting all of it and showing you guys that it works. Like, how much how much more proof do you need to see before you’re certain enough? Like, at some point it just becomes like you’re you’re like it’s a real it’s an issue. Like, you have extreme limiting beliefs. And that’s one thing is like we’re very open to people who are skeptical, right? People who are I I like to call I think the best way to be is to be a rational optimist. We’re very open to people like that, right? U people that have bought programs before and they didn’t have a good experience. They got burned and you know they so they’re very skeptical with buying our program because they’ve gotten burned in the past. We love people like that because we know that when you see how good our program is, you’re going to be like, “Holy cow, this is top tier. This is absolutely top tier. Uh how good this program is, how good the one-on-one coaching is, how professional everybody is. Our operation is is insanely good, right? Um so we we actually welcome people who have bought programs in the past, right? And who’ve been burned. It’s kind of like a relationship, right? If you’ve never had a bad relationship, you might you might not appreciate it when you have a good relationship, right? So if you just like got really lucky the first time and you just have like a good relationship right off the bat, then you might not appreciate the fact that it’s good because you’ve never experienced the bad, right? So we’re we’re totally fine with people like that. But what the types of people we aren’t going to welcome into the program are people who are just negative about everything, right? Like because not only like if you’re just neg negative about everything, you’re just you’re a cynical um not only are you not going to get results yourself and it’s all self-inflicted, but you’re also going to drag other people around you down. And so we that’s one thing we do look for when when joining the program is people who are too negative. We’re probably not going to give you an offer if you’re too negative. Like if you’re skeptical, you have questions, that’s totally fine. But if you’re just a really negative person and you’re just like for no reason whatsoever, you just think everything’s a scam. Like I’m just a negative person, we’re just not going to let you join the program because you’re going to drag everybody else down with you, right? So hopefully that makes sense. But yeah, uh go to goshomes.com/coaching. Scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. Okay. Uh Ingrid, I want to clear some health issues first. Okay, fair enough. Aruna, I don’t have a profession or a niche. We help people find niches all the time. Robert, I need to be able to afford it. All good, Roberts. Um, I’d still book a call. I mean, the call is free and valuable. I would still book it just to, you know, see if it’s a good fit. And if, you know, if it’s not a good fit, we’re we’re not going to give you an offer. So, it’s all good. Uh, Abdal, I have a gaming channel. Already answered that question. Abdal. Um, keep the same channel, just just make different content on it. The call is free and valuable. He uh Anthony, I’m from Texas. Awesome, Anthony.

    I hate to commit if health might get in the way. Totally understand, Ingred. Um, totally understand. Yep. But I mean, you could still probably book the call and we’d get a lot of value out of it. Okay. Uh,

    okay, cool, Nick. I mean, I don’t know how much extra, you know, proof we need to give you, but I mean, it’s this is I always say, guys, like there’s a lot of businesses out there, you know, I’m I’m a bit more experienced in business now. There’s a lot of businesses out there that are that are honestly pretty hard, right? They’re they’re hard to do. You have to be pretty smart to do them. Um, and and they’re pretty tough. Like like making a SAS for instance, like a software that that is a very tough business. So, there’s a lot of businesses out there that are like that, right? YouTube is the business where it’s the everyday person’s business. It’s the business where literally almost just like a normal people, you see normal people left and right blowing up on YouTube. I mean, think about some of the biggest YouTubers. Do they seem particularly intelligent to you? You know what I mean? Like I’m not trying to be mean or anything, but like some of these big YouTubers are like, do they seem particularly intelligent to you? Like they’re not geniuses, right? And YouTube is one of those thing. It is one of the few businesses where you can act, you could actually get paid to be normal, right? Because that’s more relatable to other people and you can share your, you know, what what you’ve learned throughout your life with other people. So, um, in many cases, it’s actually like great to be normal on YouTube. So, yeah, if if if you don’t think you’re a good fit, that’s totally fine. Okay. Admin, um, Subz, they do. I don’t know if it’s cuz I’m in the browser. They are doing good. I’ll find the reply and then Mike go up with me is okay. All good. Uh, thank you Shane. You’re doing a great job. Appreciate you, Terry. Uh, Paul, I’m disabled. I’ve been unemployed for eight months. I have zero dollars to my name at the moment. I have no doubt that the program is worth the money, but simply don’t have the ability to join. Thank you, though. Hey, Paul, check out my free content on YouTube. Totally understand, man. Check out my free content on YouTube. Uh, I’ll answer any qu You can attend these live trainings. I can answer your questions with these live trainings. We have lots of free resources on YouTube. the the reason we can’t give like some of those resources like the AIs we give away on YouTube, they’re still pretty good. It’s just they can’t really be personalized because that’s we help people personalize them in the program, right? But they’re still pretty good. Like the free ones we give away on YouTube are still pretty solid. Um so yeah you can use those and um yeah just just uh try try to get results on your own and then maybe in the future when you when you are in a better situation you can join and you know you’ll already have learned a bunch of the stuff and you know some people get results without even joining just um you know applying what we what we teach them. Adam YouTube is the sun all the other social medias orbit it. Yes, Melissa. YouTube is like a search engine as opposed to social platforms like Facebook and Instagram. YouTube is really both, right? It’s like a social it’s a search engine and it’s a social media platform at the same time. It’s uh that that is an interesting distinction, but it’s actually kind of like both basically. Jennifer, thank you Shane. Appreciate the info and looking forward to the call. Awesome, Jennifer. Appreciate you as well. Naen, what I’ve never had uh channel or even know how to get a YouTube channel. never really used AI except for help write a letter and not that techsavvy for over 60. Yeah, we have lots of people that, you know, haven’t used that much AI. They’re not that tech-savvy. I even have examples like nurse Jen for instance, right? She’s 60 years old and it worked just fine for her. This is a simple system where being older actually helps, right? It literally helps you if you’re older because you’re sharing your knowledge, your expertise, and your wisdom. And wisdom is something that younger people don’t have. So, it actually helps if you’re older in in many cases, right? All right. And we show a bunch of examples of that on the channel. What’s the best way to build up your personal brand by attending these calls? Like I I like attending these calls and following the directions that we gave you. Okay. Uh Deborah, I booked a Should I be seeing the bonuses somewhere? Wow. I don’t know how many times I have to say the the bonus thing. Um but it looks like the admins answered the questions uh for that. So yeah, um if you’re talking about the niche validator, um just scroll up and scroll down, you’ll see it. We’ve posted it many, many times with that. Uh uh Terry said, “Didn’t mean to leave your team out. You guys are awesome as well.” Yes, the team is awesome. Aaron, Alexis, uh Kevin, Steven, and even the intern Justine is very awesome. Yes. Yes. Yes. Justin with an E. Uh unsolicited thoughts. I got it. You got to scroll down on the page and that’ll uh that says if doesn’t load. Okay, perfect. Perfect. Okay, guys. So, hey, listen. I’m going to jump off here in a minute. Um this uh like I said before, highly recommend you check out these thank you pages. Uh very very important you do that. So, I’m going to post that in the chat uh one more time. Okay, so I just posted it right now in the chat. Um, additionally, I’m going to go ahead and copy and paste. Looks like it hasn’t been posted in a while. It’s been Okay, it’s been like 1 minute since it’s been posted, but I’m going to go ahead and copy and paste the uh uh uh the link to book a call. Um, go ahead and save that link, right? Make sure you save that link. Uh, for whatever reason, you can’t book a call right now, right? Save that link. Maybe you’re doing the dishes or, you know, whatever. You can’t book a call right now. Your hands are all soapy. Uh, you’re mowing your lawn while you’re listening to this. what whatever you’re doing, right? Uh make sure you save that link. Uh save that for the future. Uh you know, if you’re booking after after this or whatever, um copy and paste that, bookmark it, whatever you need to do, save save that link. Um you can use that to book a call. Again, prices are going up uh at the end of this month. So the the 12th hour uh when when the month ends, the price the prices will go up. So you want to get in before then. With that being said, guys, thank you so much. I’m going to jump off for now. Appreciate you guys. Um, I’m going to jump off for now. Um, if you did have questions that didn’t get answered, I do apologize there. You know, there’s like hundreds and hundreds of people. I think we had over a thousand people attend. So, I do apologize. I can’t answer all the questions. I did try to get to all of them. I do I I I do have to jump off today, though. Sometimes I stay a little bit longer, but today I have to jump off. Um, so yeah. Uh, going to jump off now. Thank you so much, guys. Appreciate it. Aaron, Alexis, uh, Alexis with a Z, Kevin, Steven, um, and even the intern Justine, who didn’t get me enough coffee today, but made up for it a little bit later on. Shout out to all the the admins, guys. Uh, G give uh your appreciation to them. Thanks. Thanks so much admins for helping. Um, thank you Miss, thank you Melissa. Thank you Andrea, Eileene, Anthony, Alisa, Sabia, John, Rosaria, Cindy, Naen, Ed, Sabz, Ingred, um, Steven, Araj, Sheila, Jordan, Anthony, Christopher, Brian, Andrew, Adam, Jennifer, Abdal, Stephen, Savanforter, uh, JB, Joy, Jody. Thank you. Thank you guys so much. Aruna, appreciate you guys. Shout out to Sasquatch. Uh, I don’t know what that means, but yeah. Shout out to Sasquatch. Sasquatch Justine. Yep. Shout out to Is that Sasquatch in the background? Uh, I’m guessing that’s what it is. Yeah. No, he was getting me coffee. He’s getting me some coffee. So, yeah. Shout out to Sasquatch. Have a good one, guys. Thank you so much. Cheers. And I’ll I’ll uh you know, we’ll be we’ll be probably working with a few of you. So, I’ll see a few of you guys on the other side. Have a good one, guys. Cheers. Take care. Thanks.

  • 07/22/2026 – True Trading Group – Alphabet, Tesla, & More Earnings Coverage

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on? Welcome to True Jacob live stream. We are here for earnings. We’ve got uh action-packed earnings here. We’ve got Alphabet, Tesla, IBM, Service Now, Texas Instruments. They’re all coming out as we speak. We’ll go through, we’ll hit on Alphabet here first because I actually think that Alphabet is getting into a really interesting support level. I think it would be pretty interesting to see if we maybe get a little bit of a bounce from the zone that we’re kind of falling into. We’ll talk about that in just a moment. But first, let’s get into the numbers themselves. Alphabet earnings are a beat straight across the board here. Revenue comes in at 119.8 billion. Analysts were expecting 117. Ad revenue 81.63. Estimate 81.12. Um Google services revenue 94.54 billion expected 94.32 operating income 40.77 billion analyst expecting 40.55 billion these are beats uh all across the board here on Alphabet the one area of revenue that came in line with expectations was their Google search and other revenue which came in at 63.27 billion. Analysts expecting 63.28 billion. Their gain on equity securities comes in at 99 billion, which is pretty crazy. Um, their capex comes in slightly higher than expected, 44.92 billion. Analysts expecting 44.15 billion. So, these numbers come in here for Alphabet. These are good good earnings. Um you know they are basically you are looking at top and and bottom line beats just a very slight miss on one segment of their uh revenue but the way that it you know you have the total revenue and then you have the individual breakdowns YouTube ad revenue 11.06 billion analysts expecting 10.8 eight. Um, but yeah, I’m just going through the rest of these numbers here as they’re coming across right now. Making sure I’m not missing. Let me see. Making sure I’m not missing anything here. Okay. Yep. Yep. Yep. Yep. Yep. Yeah. All right. So, let’s go into those are the numbers there for Alphabet. They are good earnings, but as you guys may have realized by now, just because a company has good earnings does not necessarily mean um that the stock is going to trade higher. And Alphabet is falling into a really interesting support level and it’s going to be right down around that 200 day moving average and the support level that you have currently structure- wise that sits right around 3 330. And if you guys take a look, um, if you take a look at my screen right here on Alphabet, there’s a couple of really key levels that we have. You have a resistance level here in the low 350s. Your major resistance is very, very obvious. It’s up there 375. It’s an absolute no-brainer, no question, resistance level that you have there. Uh, and then your support zone is going to be right down into this area here. And this is going to be right into that 200 day moving average. um that 200 day moving average was support in March when you had a pullback during the um the Iran war and then that gave you the catapult to new highs there from Alphabet and now you’re pulling back in back into that moving average. Um not to mention you also have these previous highs back from January that was the previous all-time high in Alphabet and I just I think that’s a really nice support level. I’m skeptical to think that this level this support level is going to break on Alphabet. I think that you actually get maybe a decent bounce attempt off of that zone. I would be looking for longs off of that area rather than looking for shorts through that area. That’s the way that I see it. And then obviously you would make sure you’re taking profits off into 350s. Um and I think that you know anytime this thing gets up to 375, you got to be looking to take profits off um on that pretty quickly. Okay, so that that is Alphabet. Let me just keep going here because we have other companies with earnings. We have IBM, we have Service Now, we have Tesla. So, let’s go through Tesla taking a hit. Stocks down almost 4% on the day. So, let’s take a look on real quick here, guys, over at Tesla. And then we’ll go through some trading ideas for tomorrow on all these names. Okay, so let’s go through Tesla’s numbers. Revenue comes in 28.24 billion. Analysts were expecting 26.32 billion. Um, earnings per share comes in at 33 cents.

    Uh, what is this?

    Okay, expectation was 51. Gross margins come in at 16.8. Expectation was for 19.4. That is a big miss on their margins. Automotive revenue comes in at 20.5 billion. Analysts expecting 18.7. Services and other revenue come in at 4.58. Expectation was for 3.7 billion. Energy generation comes in at 3.14. Expectation was for 3.77.

    Um active full self-driving subscriptions come in at 1.48 million. Analysts were expecting 1.4. And negative free cash flow of 1.09 billion. Expectation was for negative 3.64. There’s some parts of this. Listen, this is a really mixed bag of earnings. A really mixed bag of earnings here on Tesla. There’s there’s some good in here. There’s some bad in here. Obviously, the revenue number is a pretty significant beat, but earnings per share is disappointing. The gross margins are disappointing. And I think that really the culprit here on this downside move is going to be those gross margins. Um, as you take a look at this, even their negative negative cash flow was much better than what was expected. So there there are some positives. You know, the automotive revenue is a is a positive. The full self driving subscriptions is a positive. The energy generation come and storage comes in a little bit light, but I really think the biggest culprit there is the gross margins. And that’s got Tesla trading down here after earnings. And that too is getting into uh eventually what’s going to get into a really big level of support. And that’s going to be really in like the 340s, 350s. Um and I’ll draw a little bit of a of a box here for you guys. You can see it. Okay. And I’ll just draw a line right across inside of this zone. Um, every time that Tesla has fallen down inside of this region, you’ve had price has been interact has been affected and or has been impacted by this area. You can see when you pushed up into this in October of 2024, it was resistance until you broke through it. Once you broke through it, it became support until you fell underneath it. Then it became resistance and then it was resistance for the entire 2025 until eventually you broke through it and then it became support and then it was support and then it was support and now you’re falling into this zone here yet again. So so you know similar to what I was telling you guys about Alphabet how I think that it’s it’s you know Alphabet can probably give you a bounce off of um that support level. I think that, you know, Tesla, although I don’t like it as much for a bounce on on Alphabet, like if you take a look, you have a much stronger Wow, there’s your bounce. Well, there’s Alphabet, guys. Back to 346. So, there’s your bounce. This is taking place. This is you’re up $10 right now since we were just talking about looking at a bounce there on on Alphabet in the down around that 330 support level. And there’s a $10 bounce there early uh right out of the gate there on Alphabet. So I I there you go. 348 349 still pushing, right? So there’s that bounce that you got there on Alphabet. 350 now continuing higher. Taking the whole market with it. The SPY just had a nice pop back to the upside. The NASDAQ just had a nice pop to the upside. Your semiconductors, AMD, Micron getting a pop back to the upside on the back of this reversal, this turnaround move here on Alphabet. um as these numbers are coming through, but you’re also getting some pretty decent moves. And IBM is also moving higher. Service Now is also doing okay. Tesla is the one that’s really lagging behind here uh kind of brutally. And I don’t expect this one to turn around unless Elon Musk says something crazy on the conference call, which we do know that that has happened many times in the past. I always kind of remind people when Tesla has earnings that oftentimes the real move happens during the conference call, not during the actual announcement of the earnings themselves. So before you make a real distinction and you make a real call on what you think Tesla stock is going to do tomorrow, I would advise waiting for the conference call. Same thing there goes with Alphabet. Alphabet doesn’t give you a guidance. So it’s going to be important for us to listen to what the CEO and the CFO say during the conference calls. So I would pay very close attention to the conference calls on both of these names, but I like Alphabet from a technical standpoint on that support level for a bounce. Tesla, not so sure. Okay. Yes, this is a really big support level, but let’s wait and see. Let’s wait to see what the real move is after they go through their conference call, which will start up in about an hour. Okay, so that is that’s Tessa. Now, let’s go on over to some of the others. You have IBM uh also came out with earnings. IBM is a stock that has recently gotten, you know, beaten up pretty bad. Okay. Um let’s see here. Earnings per share come in at 293. Expectation was 293. revenue comes in 70 17.1 billion expectation was for 17.2 billion. Um software revenue comes in light 7.76 versus 7.99 billion. Consulting revenue also comes in light 5.33 billion versus 5.39. Free cash flow also comes in light 2.54 versus 2.95. and they lowered the fullear revenue growth guidance to four to 5% from the previous number that was above 5%. Remains on track to deliver quantum computer by 2029. I think that that’s a really stupid thing to put in their to put in their earnings to be honest with you because their earnings come in disappointing kind of AC across the board here on IBM’s revenue and to kind of save face. throw in this, oh, hey, but we’re gonna have a quantum computer by 2029, while the rest of the earnings came in there a little bit disappointing. Um, the stock has already gotten hit on the back of a pre- uh pre-guide and pre-announcement. Um, and I think this is just a matter of the stock is trading back to the upside because everybody was already expecting these numbers to be pretty bad. You can see you had this huge gap down in July or just two weeks ago rather when a lot of this information started coming out. So they’re really stock has already really made um has already really made the the move to just you know for this this disappointing earnings announcement. So this was kind of already already out there and was already expected. Now with that being said, it’s kind of interesting the way these charts are lining up because all of these charts are getting themselves into some pretty interesting support levels. And if we take a look here at IBM, this is the previous all-time high from 2024, right? You guys can see this resistance level in 2024 that when we broke out of it in August, you pulled back down into that level, reset back against it, it became support, and the stock continued its move higher. Now, you just dropped back down into that level, and there it is. Now, I know the earnings aren’t aren’t really that great and aren’t really anything to really get excited about, but I wouldn’t be the least bit surprised if IBM finds support off of 200, bounces back up into the 220s. I think there could have trade opportunity there. I would be cautious once the stock gets above 220. I see resistance in those low to mid 220s. You also have that 9 EMA that’s going to be coming into play, right? As this 9 EMA is going to be coming into play. And I just think that after testing this support level, you could get a little bit of a bounce from here and then run back up into this area resistance and then just kind of pull it back down and just kind of consolidate. I think there’s better things out there to trade from a day trade or a swing trade standpoint, but we can’t ignore this $200 level. Previous resistance, now it’s support. And I just wouldn’t be surprised if we get a little bit of a bounce there off of this now that the bad news is kind of a little bit behind us. Um, not one of my favorite trade ideas, but I think one that does that does make a pretty decent a decent amount of sense. Okay, quick check back in on Alphabet before we continue. Alphabet’s still sitting up here at 345. So that did give you a really nice bounce off that support level at 330 when those numbers initially came out and the stock is currently flat on the day. All right, then we have Service Now. Service Now, one of the software names that have gotten absolutely obliterated uh over the last year and a half.

    And the stock is trading flat on the day, but the stock was down like five or six% intraday. So, we basically taken it back. The stock’s up six% from the close. We were down five or six% on the day. Um, so we are moving higher right now back to the upside. We’re actually down a little bit more than that um on the day, but now we were up around six almost now seven about 6% right now. And let’s go through some of the numbers there for for service. Now, let me Oops, I just clicked on the wrong thing here. I’m going to keep going through this and we’ll go over the overall markets as well.

    Uh, Kinder Morgan came out with earnings. Also, Texas Instruments has some earnings out as well.

    Service Now revenue. Um, this is actually a top and bottom line beat for Service Now.

    Okay, we’ve got earnings per share come in at 90 cents. Analysts expecting 86. Revenue comes in at 3.98 billion. Analysts were expecting 3.93.

    So, top and bottom line beat there for service. Now, stock is trading back to the upside. Like I said, up around 6% some from the close, but I just don’t really see much here, guys, from like a trade standpoint. I I really don’t I just really don’t see much here. I think that this has been, you know, stocks go through different phases. They go through periods of consolidation. They go through periods of, you know, direction of momentum. And to me, this is a very obvious period of consolidation. We’re in the exact same place that we were in February of this year with a whole hell of a lot of up and down and up and down and up and down mixed in between. I don’t see a real clear setup here uh on Service Now. This is not a stock that I’m really going to be trading in the foreseeable future. It’s not a stock that I see a current setup in. I know that we’re trading higher on the back of this earnings release, but not enough here to make me want to take a trade on it.

    So, this is going to be one that we’re just going to pass on for tomorrow. Okay. This will be one that we are going to pass on for tomorrow. Um, just quick check in back on Alphabet. Just kind of sitting here. Tesla Tesla is working back down towards lows.

    And we’ll see. We’ll see what Elon Musk has to say during the conference call, but right now it looks like you’re trying to break,

    you know, 365 370 support. You had a $5 support zone. Let me just draw it. Hold on. I’ll draw it for you just so you guys can see it. Some people can’t see this stuff, but they’re, you know, but I’ve been doing this for 19 years. So when I I look at a chart, I can things I see them very quickly. There’s your support zone that you had on Tesla, right?

    Okay, there’s your support zone. You can see that support back in April. You see it again there in June. And you see it again there over the last two trading days. You’re now underneath it. And then your next support from there is going to be this double bottom down here in the 330s.

    Okay, you got a little bit of structure in here too in the 350s, but you know, point being, you have downside now. Um, and this level that was support, you can look for this to be resistance. So, as long as Tesla does not reverse after the conference call, which is not unheard of, would not be the first time. Um Tesla is known to make really large moves during during the conference call. But as long as Tesla does not get back above this little box that I drew out for you, this 3 365 to 370, okay, you would look for this to be resistance then going into tomorrow. So a trade idea that you can look for for tomorrow is let’s say tomorrow you see Tesla bounces back to 366, right? You can look for a short opportunity with a stop loss above 370 and look for this zone to be resistance and look for then Tesla to roll back to the downside and trade lower into the into the low 350s.

    Right there you go. And then once you get down into this support zone that we talked about earlier, oops, I didn’t mean to draw. Let me wrong drawing tool. And once you get down closer into this support level, I would say stop trying to short the stock. Um, take your profits and then you probably look at a little bit of a bounce play from there. But again, before you take that trade, I would very much wait to see what happens with the conference call.

    Okay, so that’s that’s really it there, folks. I would say Tesla is on the watch list for tomorrow for a trade. IBM is not. Service Now is not, but Tesla is one I’m going to be looking at for a trade for tomorrow. And Alphabet, let me take a look at this after the conference call.

    I feel like right now you’re kind of caught in the middle. Like if we just sit here, I don’t really necessarily see a trade on it. I like the long. the closer you get to that 200 day, 325, 330, I like the long from there. Um, but if we just sit here at 345 or so, probably a no trade for me. I don’t like to trade in the middle of key levels. Like a lot of my trading style is based off the structure, support and resistance. And what I’ll do is I’ll identify major support and resistance levels. And when those levels get engaged with, that’s when I go ahead and actually, you know, take my trades rather than kind of messing around in between levels and in the middle of ranges. Um, so for example, like my trading style for those of you that maybe are not familiar with me or maybe this is your first time on this YouTube channel. So the way that I would typically look for trades is I would say, “Okay, we’re going to try to either be long long off of this support level or we’re going to be short off of that off of this resistance level.” And as we’re kind of caught in the middle here, it’s not something that we we essentially would be looking to trade. Trading is not about predicting the future. Trading is about identifying high probability setups and putting yourself on the right side of that probability over and over and over again with good sound solid risk management. The problem, the mistake that a lot of inexperienced traders make is that they’ll spend their whole life trying to find a trader online that they think could predict the future the best. And it’s just not the way that it works. You ask any professional or full-time trader, they’ll tell you that they don’t predict the future. They have their belief. They have their analysis. They have their, you know, their bias. They have their their theirsis. They have their trading plan. And they just follow it. And sometimes they’re going to be wrong. And other times they’re going to be right. They’re going to be right a lot more than they are wrong. But they’re also going to be wrong sometimes. I’m no different. I I don’t have a 100% win rate. I mean, my name is Michael Edward. Peronati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. For those of you that are new, I began my career working at T3 Alpha Fund in New York City. It’s a was a fund in New York City. My first job out of college. I had to go through a training program before they’d let me touch $1 of the funds money. And then shortly after that, we had the 2008 recession, the great financial crisis, the stock market crash. But I actually received the trader of the year award in that same year, 2008, from the firm. So I didn’t have to figure this out on my own and by sitting in Discords and watching YouTube videos. I was trained right out of the gate by professionals. And I will tell you, anyone that does this actually for a living that pays bills from it will tell you that they don’t actually predict the future. You know, there is no setup. There is no indicator that’s going to work 100% of the time. It’s it’s all based on, you know, probability and and that’s what we do. You have to be educated enough to identify what a high probability setup looks like. You have to have the patience to wait for them to occur. And then you have to have the discipline to actually follow through on the trading plan and not let your greed or your emotions dictate your decision- making. Emotions will be the death of you. If you’re going to trade and make this trading decisions based on how much money you’re up or how much money you’re down, you’re never going to be successful at this on a consistent basis. There’s a million different strategies you can implement. You can take a hundred successful traders, put them in a room. You can have a hundred different styles and a hundred different strategies in that room. Not one of them will tell you that they predict the future. Okay? So, you know, I don’t I don’t claim to be the world’s greatest trader. That’s not the reason why so many members of True Trading Group do well. Um, TTG is a a platform that has 11,000 members from 114 different countries. And you know, our members stay with us at a clip in the mid70s because they actually do well and they actually make money. And I’ll just don’t take my word for it. I’ll prove it to you. Members that are on this stream with me right now, right? Members that are on this live, if you are making money and becoming better traders because of True Trading Group, I want you to type the number one in chat right now. Oil man says, “Your first time here. You’re loving the live.” I love that. Welcome to the live stream. Subscribe to the channel, right? But let’s see. Members that are making money with TTG. Go ahead and type the number one inside chat.

    Now, for those of you that are not members, just pay attention how many people you see type number one come across the screen. Folks, these are these are members of True Trading Group. These are people that are no different from you. If they can do this, so can you. There’s no reason they can be successful and make money and you can’t. If they’re not luckier than you, I promise you that. They don’t have more time than you. I also promise you that. 82% of our members have a full-time job. If they can do this, then so can you. And as much as I would love to say that the reason why all these people are making money is because I’m the best trader in the world. It’s not the case. I’m a damn good one. I’ve been doing this for 19 years, okay? But I’m not I don’t claim to be, you know, the world’s greatest trader. But what I think really makes a difference for our members is you have people like myself, but you also have seven other professional traders that are mods and true trading group. They share their screens. They trade in front of you live. They answer questions. They give you their commentary and analysis throughout the whole trading day. They obviously call out their trade alerts. You know exactly where we’re getting in, where we’re getting out before we even do so. So all of that is true. But we also have tools and resources that give retail traders access to specific data, information, and analytics that typical retail traders don’t have access to. We are a fintech platform. Make no mistake about it. We have partnerships, working partnerships with the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, DataBento, Unusual Wales, all these companies, okay, work with True Trading Group that allow us to build out the platform that we have that has actually received the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. We have a entire ecosystem, entire suite of of trading tools that give our members an edge over other retail traders. And that is the reason why so many of our members are successful. You take that tools and resources that other retail traders don’t have access to information that typically only professional traders and institutions have access to like the level three data feed we get directly from the NASDAQ that is actually able to identify the difference between institutional orders and retail orders. I can actually ask our AI, hey, I see resistance on the spy at 750. What does the level three data show? And then REI is going to tell us, well, right now you’ve got very heavy sell pressure clustered around 750. There’s 132 institutional sells to only 86 institutional buys. Your strongest sell cluster is at 750 and 15 cents at a negative 37, you know, spread that would support your idea of going short at 750. That’s what our AI is going to tell you thanks to the level three data feed that we have through our data partnership agreement with the NASDAQ directly. That’s a gamecher. It can actually tell us where it where we see institutional order flow. That’s how you can tell the difference. That’s how you can confirm your support and resistance levels. If you think you see support on a stock, go and ask and say, “Hey, what’s the level three data show? Is there actually support at this area? Does the order flow support the idea of this being support? Like the chart supports this idea of being support. And when those two things both converge and they both agree, you take the trade. This is what I’m talking about when I talk about this is about probability. It’s not about predicting the future. It is about identifying high probability setups and using the tools and the resources and the data and the analytics that this platform provides gives you the highest chance of being successful at doing this. It’s going to help you be in the highest probability setups. For my poker players out there, you’re going to be in the pocket aces, the pocket kings. You’re not going to be sitting in 103 off suit. You’re not going to be sitting in jack eight, right? You’re not going to be sitting in pocket sixes, mediocre hands. You’re not going to be in lower probability setups as often as you may find yourself in lower probability setups. Now, that’s the difference. That’s why I think so many of our members are successful. That’s why I think so many of our members make money. That’s why I think we have a retention rate amongst our members of around 74%. This is the reason why. And for those of you that are on this live stream that are not members of True Trading Group, I’m not going to talk to you about a membership. I’m not going to try to sell you on something here on a YouTube channel. What I’m going to instead invite you to do is I’m going to invite you to join our platform for our 90day trial. I’m going to give you unrestricted access to our entire suite of AI trading tools. I’m going to give you access to all of our educational material. I’m going to give you access to our main chat room. I’m going to give you access to all of our moderators, trade alerts. You are going to be able to experience what it is like to be part of this platform. Join 11,000 members from 114 different countries, use these tools that I speak about, show how they, you know, experience the difference in your trading, get better results, improve your statistics, make money, and then I will talk to you about an annual membership. But I’m not going to I’m not going to talk to you about joining us for a year until our platform proves that it’s going to help you make money. And that’s how I think it should be. I don’t expect you just to join because I have a cool painting of a bull and a bear hanging over my head and I’ve been doing this for 19 years. Yes, I worked at Hedge Fund in New York City. Yes, all of these things are true. Yes, I received a trader of the year award in 2008. Also true. But that’s not the reason why I think that you guys should join this platform. Okay? It’s can help you. You realize that you’re going to be getting quality analysis, quality education, quality mentorship from the other moderators and myself that are here. Yes. But I want you to join this platform and let it prove to you that it can make you money over the course of those 90 days. Go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Again, that is truerading.com and you can join our trial for 90 days for just 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day. And that’s how you guys can use our entire system, our entire platform for three months. I’m not going to give you access for seven days. Like these platforms out there that show like, oh yeah, try our trial for seven days. Seven days is not enough time for you to decide if something’s going to work for you or not. That’s ludicrous. That’s insane. So, no rush, no stress. 90 days. Take your time. Let’s make some damn money together. Truegroup.com990. Send a text message if you have any questions. 1888-621-2127. again that is 1888 6212127.

    Okay, again that is

    1888621 2127

    uh actual successful advice daily. I look back and see all the truth spoke here because they are forever growing and care about leading by example. That’s a really nice compliment. I appreciate that very much. Thank you for that. That’s a really nice compliment. Following holy grail exactly as setup is a winner nearly every time or a short loss with following the stop-loss guide. I love that. So the HG what this person is talking about, okay, is something that we call the holy grail. It’s our trade plan generator. Essentially, quickly, I’ll just explain to you what it is. It is an algorithm that is based on my trading style and strategy. Uh, it’s 80% deterministic. 20% of it is AI analysis of data, but it’s an actual deterministic rules-based algorithm that has a layer of AI data analysis on top of it. Um, essentially all you’ll do is you will select what type of asset you want to trade. If you want to trade stocks, yeah, we have it. Thank you, Brett. We have it up on the screen here right now. If you want to trade stocks, if you want to trade options, if you want to trade futures, if you want to trade crypto, you’ll just select whatever it is that you want to trade. You type in the ticker symbol. You put in your account size. You put in how much money you want to risk on the trade. And then you select your trading style. Are you looking for a scalp? You looking for a day trade? You looking for a swing trade? or you’re looking for a long-term hold. And then you just go ahead and you click run analysis. You wait about I don’t know 60 to 90 seconds and then you will get back a full detailed trading plan with an entry a stop-loss profit targets confidence score on the trading plan as well as the analysis and thesis and reasoning behind the trading plan with percentage probabilities of particular things occurring. Okay, it’s a multi- aent system. You’re going to get technical analysis. You’re going to get a macro analysis. You’re going to get a risk assessment um before you and then you’re actually get the full detailed trading plan. And this right now, this thing, our members have generated well over 600,000 trading plans with this tool since we launched it a few months ago. And the accuracy on this tool right now is just above 70%. It’s an unbelievable tool that gives our members, you know, really confidence in what they’re doing and helps them come up with really high quality trading plans with good probability, sound risk management, good riskreward, and it really helps lay the foundation of of building the right um core characteristics that it takes to be a successful trader. And you can see here, this is what the report looks like. At the top you get the you get the call, you get the con the confidence score, you get a little summary of what’s the trigger to look for. As you scroll down, you guys can see, you know, all the different agents that you’re going to see. And then you can scroll down further and you give you the entry, the stop-loss, the position size, it gives you the profit targets.

    Uh everything is going to be laid out right there for you guys in complete detail. So, this is just one of our tools in our e our entire suite of AI tools that you guys get access to. Um, so for those that do join our trial, you guys do get access to this tool as well as the rest of our stuff to try it out and use it for yourself. Again, it’s true.com990.

    You can join for 90 days for just 90 bucks. You can use all these things unrestricted. Okay, so with that being said, again, any questions, just shoot us a text message. 1888-621-2127. Let’s do a quick check back in on all of the earnings. Um, for those of you that are just tuning in and just joining us now, we have already covered and analyzed all the actual earnings reports. We went through charts. We came up with trade ideas for tomorrow. Before we do go, let’s take a look on over at what the stocks are doing now. If anything has changed, you have two very important conference calls that are going to be taking place. One of them is Alphabet so we can get some guidance and then also um Tesla which is always going to be uh which is always going to be uh a big one.

    And then also members when we are done with the live stream we’re going to open back up the main chat room. We’re going to head back into main chat and I do believe that Adam is going to be ready with you guys for some active trader mode stuff. Active trader mode for those of you that are not members, you don’t know what that is, it’s a system that we’ve developed at TTG that allows you to actually take, you know, our AI with you no matter wherever you go. And it can also connect into your brokerage account, can actually place trades for you, can monitor your positions for you, can notify you when particular things happen. Um, it’s it’s unbelievable. um platform, an unbelievable system that we’ve been able to devise and it will talk you through your trades, too. It acts as like a a trading coach. It’ll help uh identify for you what are some of the common things that you continuously do wrong in your trading. It’ll keep your emotions in check when you’re in a trade and it will guide you through real-time analysis while you’re in your positions. It’s it’s absolutely unbelievable. It’s amazing. So, we’re going to open up the main chat. We’re going to go back into there. Adam uh worked on that last night with some members. there was a little bug that he he wanted to fix that has been fixed today and he’s ready to gonna launch it and give it out to you guys here today. So, we’re going to go back into main chat after this live is over. Uh, and we’re going to be doing that. All right. So, just a quick heads up there. So, quick check back in here. We’ll go back to Alphabet and so far nothing really else to talk about. That support level held the low 330 support and we’ll see if that continues to be the case after the conference call. I don’t see myself trading Alphabet tomorrow. Um, I just don’t think that there’s that clear of a setup here. I like it. Like I said, the long down here around 330, 325. I think that’s a good idea, but if we’re just going to sit in the mid340s, I don’t necessarily see a good setup there for us. Tesla Tesla’s broken underneath a support level that you had at 365

    1. We broke underneath it after the earnings.

    print some negative things, negative pieces of that earnings report there on Tesla. My opinion, the biggest one there is the margins uh coming in and being a miss.

    We look for that to be resistance. Now if tomorrow morning we are underneath this 365 level, okay, look for 365 370 zone to be resistance for short trades with a stop loss above 37

    and look for it to roll down into the low 350s. But before you get yourself all excited about the short, wait for the conference call. many times in the past. The real move on Tesla’s earnings is not the earnings themselves, it’s the conference call. So Tesla’s down right now following its earnings. That could be a completely different story by six o’clock, 6:30. That conference call should be getting underway around 5:30. So wait till tomorrow morning. If you’re underneath this level you see drawn on my screen, we can look for it for a possible short service. Now, I mentioned you guys again here. I’m not going to be trading this tomorrow. The stock is in a really nasty consolidation

    after a very severe downtrend. Um, I don’t see signs

    yet of a of, you know, a safe bottom that I can buy off of.

    I don’t see, you know, an extended upside move that I think is going to end up being a good short. To me, this is a choppy consolidation. It’s not something that I want to be trading. Remember, trading what I said to you before, it’s about high probability. I don’t see high probability right now on Service Now. Okay. And then IBM, same thing. Not going to be trading IBM. Major support at 200. I wouldn’t be surprised if we bounce off 200. But the real drag here is that, you know, a lot a lot of disappointment in their earnings. The main disappointment came a week and a half, two weeks ago when they kind of gave you that pre-announcement. But since then, you know, with that overhang, you kind of have to question how far of a bounce can you get. Even though 200 is support, just with the negative on the on the fundamental level, not so sure that that’s a long idea that I really want to be taking at this time. So, I’m going to also stay away from IBM. Okay. So, Tesla is going to be the number one focus for tomorrow out of the stocks that have reported earnings. This will be the number one focus. This to me has the higher probability. We just got to wait for the conference call to give us the green light to go ahead and take that trade. So, that wraps it up. That does it for me here. Hope you guys enjoyed the analysis here on the live earnings. We’re going to be doing a lot more of these next week. earnings really get underway with the rest of the MAG 7 minus Nvidia uh and the the bulk of the S&P 500 will start reporting next week and we can really get a good look um on what this earning season is going to be because so far earnings have been fantastic before today before Tuesday as of Monday uh around 87 88% of the companies that reported earnings beat. We’ll see what that looks like after next week after the bulk of the S&P reports. Um, so it’s going to be it’s going to be a big one. I’ll be going live next week as well when we have Amazon and Meta and Microsoft and Apple. I will be going live for those earnings here as well. So, you make sure you guys subscribe to the channel, turn on your notifications so you are notified when I do go live so you don’t miss out on any of that discussion and commentary and analysis and trade ideas that I’m going to share with you. totally for free. All right, you guys want to trade with us live and use the tools that we discussed?

    If you need help signing up, you have any questions, don’t hesitate. Shoot us a text 1888-621-2127 members. Head back on over to main chat. We’re going to go ahead and open up Main Chat now and I’ll see you guys all in there. Take it easy, folks. Have a good one.

  • 07/22/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Understanding Social Security – A look at the big picture

    Okay. Uh, got 12:02. I’d like to get started here. Looks like, uh, we have a few more few more attendees joining in. So, hopefully we’ll give you a chance here to connect to the audio. We see a couple more coming in, but yeah, we’ll get started today. Appreciate you joining me. My name is Tom Davia, one of the uh, financial consultants here at Alliant, our department or division of the credit union. It’s called Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. And today we’re going to be talking about social security, right? It’s called uh looking at the big picture. We’ll talk about social security from the uh the comfort of your own home. I do a uh bi-weekly schedule on these webinars for the credit union. So today’s social security coming up uh next I think I have my old schedule here. So this one does not look correct. Uh but this is our list here. So this is our webinar schedule. And uh I’m also the co-host of the podcast and uh we have a blog on the website as well just for some more financial resources. But uh what you could do since I had the wrong webinar information, but uh if you go to aerys.allcreditun.com/events,

    that’s going to be our webinar schedule and also alliantcreditun.com/mpodcast

    for the podcast episodes. don’t expect you to memorize or write down that long website address. But basically, if you go to the credit union website, if you click in the upper right hand corner investments, it’s going to take you to our homepage here on the investment side. And right at the top, there’ll be a button to the uh webinars, podcast, and blog there as well. So I always say if anybody uh wants to join us, if you have friends and family, anybody interested in these topics, they missed today on social security, happy to talk with them on a onetoone basis. Some upcoming events as well, please uh just let us know, have them register the events and we’d like to have as many people join us as possible. What we do is uh put out these uh uh presentations just to share some financial information with you, but also let you know that we’re here, that we exist, that your credit union does offer a fullervice financial planning arm or division. I always say we’re the best kept secret at the credit union. We do full financial planning for you here as well. So this is an output of a uh a kind of hypothetical financial plan. But basically when we put these plans together, we want to sit down with you, have a discussion about your situation, your goals, put together that comprehensive plan, talk to you about today’s topic, social security, what may be the right decisions for you on that. also about ways of reducing taxes or some tax efficient investing or income distribution strategies for you that are tax efficient. Talk about uh ways to fight inflation. Over the last couple years, it’s been high. We want to make sure your portfolios are resilient for that as well. Generating more income from your investments or your nest egg. Looking to the right accounts tax-wise to pull income from your investments as well. dealing with volatilities, health care costs. There’s a lot that we could talk about within a financial plan. So, just want to make sure uh you’re aware that we’re here. We’re able to help you with this. What we’re talking about today in these plans, I’m going to reference the back to this a couple times when talking about social security, but this is available to you as a member of the credit union. It’s something that we do on a nocost service to get this planning together just to see that everything is in line and make sure that you’re reaching your financial goals. We can also help on the investments implementing the plan as well and help you uh implement some of the investments to uh to work through the financial plan. So, with that said, uh I’m going to get into social security here. We’re going to reference back to some of our investments and some of our investment planning. I just had one last s slide about that. Only 36% of Americans have a written financial plan. So, we’re really uh making a connection today, letting you know these resources are available that you could work on your plan and kind of change some of those numbers. So, we’re on social security. This is the agenda for today. We’re going to talk about uh then and now. So, we’re going to talk about the history of Social Security, how it started, how we got to this point, where we’re at in the the whole system. Uh, we’re going to talk about benefits, calculating your benefits. We’re going to talk about when to file, how to file. We’ll give you some filing strategies, talk about survivor benefits, spousal benefits, of course, taxes. We always have to talk about taxes, and then we’ll wrap it up with a couple ideas at the back back end of the presentation as well. Um, just as you did as I go through this information, if you have any questions, right, if something comes up in one of the slides, think about maybe one of your situations you’d like to have a question answered. If you use the Q&A feature, there’s a Q&A box within the Zoom meeting. There’s also a chat feature. Just go ahead while I’m talking, put your uh questions in there, and then at the end of the presentation, I’ll circle back and get those questions for you as well. get those questions answered. So, what we’re going to do first is we’re going to talk about Social Security then and now. Then meaning when it started. Social Security actually started in 1935. It’s the ironically the same year that uh Alliant Credit Union started, 1935. So back then it was a great system, right? It paid retired workers and I think workers are the key to that phrase. So just people who paid into the system retired got funds out and more people were paying into the system than we’re drawing out of the system. So more people paying in and life expectancy was age 63. Full retirement age back then when the program started was 65. So life expectancy was 63. Social Security, full retirement started at 65. So if you’re around long enough to collect the benefits, you don’t really collect them too much longer, which kind of created a surplus over time. More people paying in, people not receiving the payments for as long. We build up the Social Security trust funds. So there’s extra funds above what’s coming in from the workers. So now we change it to today. Today it’s a little opposite of what it was when it started. So life expectancy, right? Life expectancy has gone from age 63 when the program started. Life expectancy is now in the mid80s. So it’s much longer, right? Statistically, if you reach age 65, there’s a good chance you’re living another 20 years. So, we’re paying out more money than we were before, more benefits because life expectancy is longer. Now, before I said we were paying the retired workers, but over the years this has changed. So, it’s not just the retired workers. Now, it’s changed. It’s actually called the old age OASDI. Old age and survivors disability trust fund is the official name for social security. But instead of just paying a retired worker, now we have spousal benefits, we have benefits for children, disabled benefits, divorce benefits, all these sorts of things. So when you put it all together, there’s more money going out of the system today than there was in the past. So what we’re doing is we’re tapping into those excess surplus trust funds that were built up over all those years. So now if we look at it right over 173 175 million workers are covered more than 65 million Americans are receiving benefits and there are currently 2.8 workers for each beneficiary. By 2037 that number goes down. Less people in the workforce. There’s going to be about 2.1 workers for each person each beneficiary receiving payments. So you probably heard this in the news quite a bit. uh under current assumptions, if nothing changes with social security, when we get to the year, this is debated back and forth, but when we get to the year 2034, 2035, under all current assumptions, the program will only be able to pay out 80% of benefits. So whatever is promised on the statements uh if we don’t change anything there will be a reduction in social security be a 20% reduction. It cannot completely go away. It can’t go away because it’s a pay as you go system. So all the workers that pay out of their paychecks in July is paid out as benefits to retirees in August. So that will always continue. So, we’ll always have some funds coming in, and those funds coming in will represent 80% of promised benefits being paid out the next month. I always joke, uh, I say whatever I pay in in July goes out to my dad in August. So, just kind of pay as you go. But, if we put the whole story together, and I’m going to kind of speed up through some of these uh, graphics, but this is really showing you graphically what’s happening. So over time, all right, this surplus account has built up and it’s grown grown bigger and bigger, but at some point in time, we needed extra funds up and above the revenues that were coming in. So we started using some of those trust fund accounts. So now current estimates are that in 2035 the trust funds are exhausted. So the gap rate here is showing there’s a shortfall of 20% or 80% of benefits. So now we look at that and say as we go through this presentation we’ll talk about how much social security should be used to replace your income your employment income but too many people rely on social security for a majority of their retirement income across this country. So I truly don’t believe that we can do a 20% across the board cut. It would just hurt too many people to do something like that. So instead, what you’re going to see is as we get closer to 2035, we’re going to see some solutions presented. Now, those solutions could easily be presented today, but these solutions are going to be about more taxes and raising retirement age. So, here is one potential solution. One potential solution in this chart is right now I work at the credit union. So I pay in the social security myself 6.2%. The credit union matches that pays 6.2% for a worker. It would come out to that 12.4% combined. So if one solution here is if that is raised to 3.42, right? We raise that 3.42. So an extra 1.7 to me, an extra 1.7% to the employer. that would really solve the shortfall and that would bridge that gap. But we’re talking about a tax increase. We’re talking about a 2% tax increase. So I think what you’re going to see happen is a combination, right? The payroll taxes may increase a bit. We’re also looking at right now there’s a cap on how much you earn and keep paying into the system. So for this year it’s around $186,000. If you make more than $186,000, you stop paying into Social Security. So that may be raised a bit. They may raise that. They may increase the payroll taxes. They may increase retirement age. So some people are familiar with 66 in a few months. Some are familiar with a full retirement age of 67. You might see a few months added on to 67. You might see something like 67 in two months, 67 in four months and and so on and so forth. But you put it all together, a combination of those things in a smaller increments, it will bridge this gap, and I truly believe this gap will be filled. It’s just not accounted for in 2026. There’s still a little ways to go. So, I think as we get closer, someone is going to run on a platform. Congress is going to adopt some of these changes and uh and correct that shortfall. So, we have conversations with clients. Some clients will come in and be motivated to start their benefits based on what they see in the news and based on those reductions. So, again, nothing is set. I believe the uh the issue will be dealt with, but I wouldn’t make decisions based on a question mark in the future. I believe this will be corrected. So when we look at that, as I said, so many people count on social security for a majority of their income, if not all their retirement income. It would hurt too many people to do that type of reduction, but it was never meant to be your sole source of retirement income. Supposed to work together with other investment accounts, possibly a pension. You have a pension if you’re lucky enough to have one of those. So it’s a piece of the pie. It’s a piece of the puzzle, right? Social Security along with personal savings, investment accounts, retirement accounts, 401ks, IRA. Hopefully, you’ve been joining my presentation on Roth IAS as well, and you have some of those in there. Annuities pay income like pension and social security. Small sliver for some people, maybe inheritance, but when you put it all together, this is kind of where Social Security fits in. Just a piece of the puzzle, not the whole thing. Now we look at uh this is the maximum monthly benefit that social security would pay. This chart is a little bit dated. So maximum monthly benefit at full retirement age in 2026. Maximum benefit is $4,152.

    So that would be at full retirement age if you reach that in 2026. This chart is just a few years old. So the numbers are a little bit less. I like to share this chart because number one, it shows you the maximum monthly amount, but number two, it shows you the average monthly amount, how much somebody at each given age receives on average. Everyone’s going to be a little bit different. Everyone’s going to have different work histories, which kind of dictate how much you get in benefits. uh we have situations where in this chart somebody may start their benefits early before full retirement age and they’ll have a reduction in there as well. So basically you look for the most part the program isn’t fully maximized by most people on average there’s about $2,000 for the average benefit. And once we take that, we have the average benefit that’s being paid out and we can help you walk through your numbers specifically to find out where you would be. But then what you do is say, well, based on what it’s going to pay me, based on what my statement shows me, how much should I count on that to replace my pre-retirement income? Now, this is based on earnings, right? So, if you earned $100,000 before you retired, you would look at the benefits that Social Security is potentially going to pay you to replace about 35% of that pre-retirement income. 35% from Social Security. Then you look at, do I have a pension plan? Do I have other sources of fixed income? I’m going to turn to my investment accounts again, the 401ks, the IAS to withdraw in a taxefficient manner to make up the other 65% that social security really doesn’t pay. The more you make, the more income you need, the less of a percent social security is going to replace that. So, if you had lower earnings pre-retirement, if you could live off of lower expenses, going to be a larger majority of your retirement income, higher expenses, higher earnings pre-retirement, it’s going to be a smaller percentage. Just again, a personal situation where you fall within that financial planning chart, how much you need to to live on. I’m going to walk through a timeline here. This is a retirement milestone uh timeline. This incorporates a couple concepts in addition to social security here. So just a couple milestones we want to make sure you’re aware of and taking advantage of. Number one on the lefth hand side is age 50. You want to make sure at 50 you know that you’re available for what they call catch-up contributions. Catchup contributions are retirement plan contributions that are uh increased or enhanced over age 50. So, if you’re doing IRA contributions, you get an extra cont uh catch-up contribution. If you’re doing your 401k contributions, you’re allowed to put in extra money and kind of superersize the retirement savings from age 50. age 55. Uh if you are still working, if you stop working, separate from service, leave your 401k plan at age 55 or later, uh you’ll be able to take penaltyfree withdrawals from that 401k that you left behind, but you have to be 55 when you leave that 401k. So, it’s the rule of 55. everybody else out there, you have to wait till age 59 and a half for penalty-free withdrawals from your retirement plan. Something else happens at age 59 and a half. Back to the 401ks, there’s a uh item in there called the inservice rollover. The inservice rollover really means the IRS is being nice. It recognizes that you may be retiring in a few years. So, it allows you to do a rollover of your 401k before you actually leave work or separate from service. So, you can still have access to the 401k rollovers at 59 and a half. Today’s topic, Social Security starts at age 60 for this conversation. age 60, earliest social security conversation, but it’s only available for surviving benefits. Survivor benefits. Surviving spouse can be started at age 60. Once we get to age 62, we’re going to talk about the first time being eligible for payments if you’re not a surviving spouse. So, age 62, we’ll start benefit eligibility. At age 65, we’ll have those Medicare conversations with you. So, we want to make sure you’re looking at the correct enrollment periods. Age 66 through 67, those are the full retirement age amounts. As I mentioned, 66 in a few months for some people, 67 for more and more people as time goes on. And then age 70, your benefits are going to maximize. You’ll get the maximum deferred credits at age 70. So, if you have not started taking benefits by age 70, you definitely want to do that as quickly as possible. You have to get those started and you must be present to win when you receive those those payments. So, you got to start it. And then at 73, finally, on the retirement milestone, uh required distributions begin for some people born before 1960. Uh required distributions at 75 for those born 1960 and later. So now we set up the conversation. We’ll go back into the benefits. This is the maximum benefit. So at full retirement age in 2026, if you maximize the program, maximum benefit is going to be $4,152.

    That’s going to go up a little bit each year with inflation. Simple math. If you take the monthly amount, you times it by 12, that’s going to give you just about $50,000 a year in annual benefits. This is where we take a step back. We put in our I put on my financial planner hat and I say this type of income that’s guaranteed to you. If we look at it in an investment view through an investment lens, you would need to have an investment account of around $1 million where you withdraw funds and say you might take a 5% withdrawal or 4% withdrawal, but you have a million-doll investment account. If you take out 5% to pay yourself income, that’s going to equal the same type of income that we’re talking about with your social security payments. So, I just want to point this out. Treat it as a million-doll investment. Spend time with me. Go through the financial plan. Find out the ideal situation for you, your filing status, go through all the points that I’m going to make today, and spend time on this. You just don’t want to retire on a Monday and start looking at this on Tuesday and start to file your benefits a day later. You really want to treat this again as a million-doll investment. And just take it a step further. That’s for one person, $50,000. A spousal benefit, a simple spousal benefit would get 50% of the other spouse’s benefit. So it would take your total benefit on this slide to $75,000. and it would be like having a million $1.5 million investment account. So that’s why we’re doing this presentation, spending time on it today to make sure you fully understand and know what’s in your best interest to do this. So when we talk about those, right, we’re talking about your benefits, they add up over time. They increase with inflation. The amounts get significant. They last a lifetime. They last spouse’s lifetime. So again, we just want to make sure we’re putting in the work and the time to find out what would be ideal for you. So we’re going to talk here about determining your benefits. Um determining your benefits, obviously it’s based on your earnings. So when you get paid, again, 6.2% out of that paycheck goes into the system. So what we have to do is we have to qualify you for payments. So to qualify for this conversation, you need what’s called 40 credits. So the way you get a credit is every year if you make $1,890,

    you get one credit. So if you make $7,560 this year, you would get four credits for the year. 4 * 10 is 40. So to even have this conversation you need a work record of 10 years. Now if you only make 7,560 you’re not maximize them program you won’t have a very large benefit but you’ll be in the conversation. So 10 years to get in the conversation. However what social security does is they take the highest 35 years of earnings. I is 35 years of earnings monthly average. So if you only have 10 years of work history, they’re going to do the calculation. You’ll have 10 years of history. You’ll have 25 zeros in there. So it’s kind of like calculating a grade point average, right? We have a bunch of A’s. We have a bunch of zeros or Fs in there. So if you average all that out, if you only have 10 years, you’re not maximizing the program. your benefits are going to be reduced by all those years you were not working, all those zeros. I might be describing something like a spousal benefit if there’s only a few years of work history in there. Again, we’ll go through spousal benefits, but then a spouse would still qualify for 50% of the working spouse’s benefits. So, I just want to kind of lay it out how it works. 10 years to get in, 35 to really maximize everything. If you find yourself uh confused, if you don’t know what your work history looks like for the last 35 years, well, the good news is you can go and get a copy of your benefit statement. So, years ago, Social Security used to mail this out to everyone every year. It was right around their birthday. This is years and years ago, but I think they took a step back and said, “That’s a lot of paper. That’s a lot of stamps. we’re going to cut those costs and we’re not going to mail statements anymore. So, you don’t get uh paper statements in the mail. You do get a paper statement if you are over age, I believe, 60 and you have not set up for your online account. They will still send that uh paper statement to you. Uh most people what they’ve done is gone to the website, social security website, ssa.gov/myaccount.

    What you can do is register for your account so you know it’s secure. You have the password so we cannot have some identity theft or somebody filing for your benefits. So we want to secure the account for you. Uh number two, we want to get a copy of your benefit statement so you can look at it and you can track your past 35 years. You want to take a look at that, make sure it looks somewhat correct. They’re going to increase those numbers for inflation over time. So, it might not look like, hey, I didn’t make $100,000 in 1995. They’ll do some inflation adjustment in there for you as well. One thing I would caution if you take a look at that, if you find something you’d believe to be incorrect, maybe a zero for a year that should not be a zero, you need to find that, you need to report that. And you have a time period to do that. So generally you have 3 years, 3 months and 15 days to get that corrected. So you need to alert social security that there’s a inaccurate reporting of your earnings on there. But uh final reason, right, you want to make sure your earnings are correct. Final reason is for our financial planning services. It’s just a great statement. It’s going to show you your benefit calculation. It’ll show you what your benefits would be at age 62, 63, 64, full retirement age, and then it’ll give you the monthly amount if you go beyond full retirement age. So, those are some of the numbers that we need for that financial planning and helping you make that decision when the right time is to start your benefits. So, now we’re going to talk a little bit uh I mentioned it a few times. Full retirement age, FRA, full retirement age. So, it depends, right? It depends on the year you were born. Full retirement is the age when you could start receiving your full benefits. Again, for most people, 66 and a few months. And if you were born 1960 or later, it’s going to turn into age 70. Very simple calculation. If you take your benefits early before your full retirement age, you’re going to have a reduction in your benefits. If you take your benefits after full retirement age, again, maximum is 70. Maximum what they call delayed credits to 70. Uh you’re going to have an increase. Every year you take it early. There’s going to be reduction every year, which comes out to reduction of 6.25% 25% per year. It’s not an annual calculation. Everyone’s going to be different on what month they start. But if you take it early, the annual reduction is 6.25%. You divide that by 12 for each month you may start early. On the flip side, if you wait till age 70 from full retirement age to age 70, the benefits are guaranteed to go up by 8% per year. And again, you don’t have to wait per year. You just simply take 8% divided by 12 months. Every month you wait beyond full retirement age. It’s going to go up that uh that percentage. So, here’s the chart, right? Uh just finding the year you were born and finding your full retirement age. And again, we’re getting to that point where more and more people uh we’re looking at age 67. So, this is something that may change over time. Again, as the years go on to help solve the shortfall, you may see 67 start to add those two month or four month increments in there. Nothing set yet, but that’s something that uh probably would be looked at. So, another way to look at uh full retirement age, age 67, right? If I am on my benefit statement, if I’m getting $1,000 a month, $12,000 a year, left hand side, if I take it early, right, I go all the way down to age 62, it’s going to be that reduction. 6 and a4% every year. So, simply going from 67 to 62 is going to cost you a 30% reduction for life in your benefits. Now, if you go from 67 to 70, uh, you were full retirement, promised $1,000 per month. We’re going to move it up 8% every year, guarantee that for you, and then it goes to $1,224 or a 24% increase or 8% per year. I don’t think I’m stressing this enough, but there’s also a cost of living adjustment here as well. So, it’s not only the 8% of the guaranteed increase, it’s also the cost of living adjustment. Last year, last year the uh actually for this year uh the cost of living adjustment with inflation, right, it came out to 2.8%. So, you would simply add that on to the 8% guaranteed uh increase in your payment. So, for this year, it would have gone up 10.8%. So, the bigger decision is here. I look at this in a bigger scope, right? We have a reduction from 67 to 62. But if you look at it bigger, right? From 70 down to 62, that’s going to be a 43% reduction. So, if you have the ability, the wherewithal to make it to age 70 versus age 62, that’s going to be a 77% increase over your 62 age 62 amount. $700 increases by 77%. That’s 1,240. Right? So, there’s big decisions, big calculations, things you want to look at and look at and consider. One of the things I mentioned was life expectancy, right? What’s my family history? What do I typically come up with right in my family? Are we octogenarians? Do we have centiggenarians? How long may we live? Because the simple calculation is the longer you live and the longer your life expectancy is, the longer you want to wait, the more it’s going to pay you. If it’s a reverse situation, right? Why do people start early? Now, it’s a personal preference. It’s a personal choice. Some people will say, “I’ve been paying into the system long enough. I want to take money out.” Some people will say, “I’m concerned with what I read in the news and them solving the problem. I want to get some benefits coming to me today based on what today offers.” We did talk about that a little bit uh later earlier. Other reasons, financial issues. Number one, if you need the money to live off of or to make your financial plan work, you’re going to have to start those payments early. There might be other issues, uh, health problems, issues that would cause you to start it early. Single income household, more income coming in will help with social security. children under age 18, school children at home. If you’re eligible for benefits, if you file for your benefits, you can receive benefits for younger children as well, your children. So, all these different things swirl around. Maybe do I start the benefits early? Right? So, it’s kind of personal decision. But what we can do here is when we put together that financial plan, we’re going to look at different scenarios for you. We’re going to look at here’s what it would be if you start now or start early. Here’s a projection at full retirement age. Here’s another projection for you at age 70. So, we can do a compare and contrast. Look how it would go through your financial plan for a tax planning uh strategy. Look at how it would affect withdrawals from your other investment accounts. Maybe if you defer your social security, you’re entering back into my Roth conversion presentation and doing some of those is as far as part of your financial planning. But one of the outputs here from this financial plan is showing the difference between starting early and delaying late. So if you look on the left hand side, you see some gray bars, right? original idea was I was going to start it at 62. Now I’m going to compare that with age 70. So I reduce how much I was going to get paid at 6263. So those gray bars are the reduction. Since we delayed it, the green bars are the extra income coming in by delaying. So what we do is we come up with this break even calculation. Break even calculation give or take. Everyone’s a little bit different, but we’re going to have a break even calculation right around age 80. In this example, it’s 79. Some clients, it’ll be 81. But that’s the point in time where whether you started your benefits early or you started your benefits late, it would have been the same amount of money in your financial plan. It’s just how much longer you live past that point. And then it goes back to that family history, back to the octogenarian sentinarians to see how much longer you should defer taking those payments. So it’s a bit of a calculation tax-wise, longevity wise, and income-wise as well, but something that we could definitely help you put together and look at the the pros and cons of each situation. So now we’re going to go into our next section, which is spousal benefits. Really three things here. uh basic spousal benefits, divorce benefits and uh widow or surviving uh spouse benefits, widow, a widowerower. So the first section is uh spousal benefits. As I mentioned before, it’s a pretty easy calculation. It is uh the calculation of when you go to file for your benefits, they will ask you about your own personal work record. Then they’ll ask you about your marriage. They’ll give you the greater of your own work benefit or 50% of your spouse’s benefit. So there used to be some other more intricate planning techniques that went away years ago, but the spousal benefit really does break down to being as basic as this. So you could have a uh spouse with one work record start early, start receiving their benefits for a number of years. Maybe the higher wage earner continues working, continues to get their deferred credits and build it up. You can then switch from your own record to the spousal b uh record. The only problem with that is if you start your benefits early and just say age 62, right, you have that 24% reduction. That 24% reduction stays with you for life. So if you later switch to a higher amount for your spousal benefit, might be a higher amount, but they’re still going to reduce it by that 24% because you started early. So you have to keep that in mind as well. But that’s the basic spousal benefit. Uh your own benefit or 50% of your spouse’s. So if you want to file for that spousal benefit, your spouse must also file. Filing for spousal benefits early, right? That’ll reduce your benefit. And as we talked about before, the percent of the reduction depends on how early that benefit is taken. You can take it all the way as early as 62, but it’s going to cost you. So, now moving into category number two, uh benefits for divorced for the divorced. So, basically here, marriage has to last 10 years. So, we always joke we we would do these seminars in person before and I would say if anybody’s married 9 years or 9 and a half years, just at this point, you got to stick it out to the 10th year, right? Marriage has to last for 10 years. Divorce has to have has had to last for two years. So you have to be divorced for two years. The other spouse, former spouse is entitled to benefits. Expouse, right? If you’re the divorced spouse in this situation, expouse unmarried. They did not remarry. You’re at least 62 years old and you cannot qualify for a higher benefit on your own record. If you put all that together, you could file for divorced benefits and uh again, you would receive half of the benefit, half the full retirement age benefit reduced if you take it early. So, we had a situation before where one of those in-person meetings, somebody came up to me after the meeting and said, “I will not file for my benefits. I don’t want her to receive anything.” But unfortunately, we had to tell him that you’re over age 70, so you’re missing out on your own benefits and you will never be told or never know if your ex-spouse is receiving benefits off your record. It’s probably something that she’s been doing for quite some time anyhow. So, it it will not affect the uh divorced spouse as the other spouse at all. You just walk through the social security questionnaire. You let them know about the previous marriage and they will do the calculation for you. So key here is marriage lasted for 10 years and divorce lasted for two years. Uh widow widowerower surviving spouse benefit. So this is the one two things change here. Uh number one you could file as early as age 60. So everybody else we said 62. This one goes down to 60, but there’s further reduction all the way down to 60. So, they’ll reduce it even more if you start early. And then you could start the benefit early. You can start at 60 while letting yours continue to grow and acrue and receive all those deferred credits for all those years. So, age 60, right? Let your own benefit grow. Um, this one is a little bit different than the spousal benefit. So, the spousal benefit is really going to max out at full retirement age. So, at full retirement age, the other spouse would get half of that benefit. Surviving spouse benefit, it goes along hand in hand all the way to age 70. So if I defer my benefits, if I wait till 70, I’m going to get a larger and larger amount. My wife, if I pass away, my wife would get my full age 70 amount where she would get less uh under the living right spousal benefit. So widow widowerower just want you to remember could start at 60. you could let your own benefit grow and it could be more than the full retirement age amount if the uh other spouse let it grow. So uh we’re going to talk about somebody who is under full retirement age. So you’re under full retirement age and you are still working. You’re 62 years old, maybe 63. So, you’re still working, but you want to start your benefits under full retirement age. So, this is still working and receiving benefits. There’s just something you need to be aware of called the earnings offset. That simply means that if you make too much money, they’re going to reduce how much they send you in your benefit check each month. Now, for 2026, if you’re under full retirement age, the earnings limit is 24,400. So, if you make less than 24,400, you have a part-time job, a hobby, something you do for fun, this is not going to affect you. If you make more than 24,400, this is going to affect you. So, they’re going to reduce how much they pay you in your benefits, $1 for every $2 in earnings. Easiest way to explain this is if you make 44,000, 24,000 is okay. Nobody has a problem with that. The problem is the extra 20,000. So, the calculation is $1 reduction for every $2 in earnings. Well, you had $20,000 in earnings above the limit. So, they’re going to reduce your benefit payments by $10,000 annually or say $800 a a month. $800 a month. So, it could be a big amount. You just be careful if you’re still working. If you’re under full retirement age, this might be a uh a bad calculation for you. It might significantly reduce how much they pay you. And what they’re going to do eventually, they’re going to pay this back to you once you reach full retirement age. It’s not a lump sum. It’s a bit of a calculation. It’s like a 10-year calculation. So, you will get paid back, but you need to understand under 67, under 66 could be a problem. Now, at some point in time, you’re going to turn full retirement age, uh the year that you turn full retirement age, that earnings limit goes uh that goes up to 65,000. So, just say your birthday’s in July. pre- July, you can make $65,000 for that year. Once you hit July, your full retirement age, nobody does this calculation anymore. So, the year that you turn full retirement age, you can make much more. After full retirement age, no earnings offset. So, that’s the uh the earnings offset and we’re going to go from there. We’re going to talk about taxes. Your taxes on social security. So, social security is a tax, right? I said I look at my pay statement. It comes out. It says FICA tax 6.2%. Every time I get paid, I had to explain that recently to my daughter where her FICA tax money is going. So, you’re taxed on this throughout your earnings years. And that comes up with your benefits calculation. But, uh, what we’re going to talk about here is the second bullet point. When you receive benefits, you’re taxed on it as well. So, it’s going to be taxed to you on both sides. We’re going to talk about the uh the later how much is taxable when you’re receiving benefits. So what they do is they come up with this what they call provisional income. Provisional income is everything and it honestly is everything. So any income from wages, uh investment accounts, interest at the credit unions, dividends, capital gains, anything that looks like an investment, investments to the point of if you have some tax-free municipal bond funds, you put that back in there. That’s considered income. Uh pension plans, anything that’s an exclusion income, all this is included in what they call provisional income. But the key to this is half of your social security benefits. So when you put all this together, all your income and half of your social security, you’re then going to go into this chart. And this chart tells you how much of your benefit is taxable. So top line is married filing jointly. Married filing jointly. If you’re able to keep that number under 32,000, your social security is not taxable. If that number is 32 to 44,000, half of your social security is taxable. And then finally, income of over 44,000, 85% is taxable. So at the maximum, this conversation is 85% taxable. Optimistically, you could look at it and say it’s 15% tax-free income that’s coming to me. But it was taxed to you as a payroll tax. It’s taxed to you as a benefit tax as well. I’ll just kind of take a pause here, mention the new tax bill, the big beautiful bill that came through. There was a lot of talk that social security is not taxable. Social security is absolutely taxable. This is how it’s taxable. What was done in the the tax bill is if you are over age 65, if you don’t make over a certain amount of money, they gave you a larger standard deduction for each person. That larger standard deduction was presented as this makes social security not taxable. Some people don’t qualify for that larger standard deduction. That larger standard deduction is going to go away after 2028, but you need to know. Social Security is absolutely taxable. These are the tax rates that are due on it. So when you look at this, you think, well, what is my provisional income and how do I figure this out and how do I make sure I don’t go into the Social Security torpedo into the next bracket on some of my income? Again, with a financial plan here that I can help you with, one of the things we look at is your tax rates. So we can look at your tax rates left hand side. They might be a bit higher because you’re still working and you’re going through those brackets, the 10%, the 12%. But then we identify a period in time where maybe tax rates are lower. Maybe that uh is an opportunity to stay below that threshold and have your social security benefits not taxable. Maybe it introduces the idea of some advanced tax planning strategies. uh implementing the Roth conversion strategy, implementing distributions from your accounts in a tax efficient manner. So this is something that we put together again identifying those low tax years, identifying the taxation in the future with required distributions and then overlaying social security benefits to find the optimal tax time to do that for you. In this example, right, uh I just put here that there are low tax years again as an example. We could run uh scenarios where we use the lower tax rates to do those Roth conversion strategies. And we could show you at the bottom again tax savings for doing something like that. So, uh from here, right, we’re just talking about filing for benefits. Uh fil filing for benefits. You could do it in person if you live close to an office if that’s convenient for you. Most people these days uh use the online service ssa.gov. Go in there uh make sure you secure your account, you have your passwords, you have your statements, and you go in there with a strategy either in person or online. You need a strategy because you need to elect when you want to start your benefits. So, you want to make sure you do it a few months ahead of time. I think they say it’ll take a month. It usually takes about 3 months or so for them to process and start payments coming through. They’ll ask you a few questions, uh, work history questions, marriage questions, life questions, just to make sure they’re working off the right record and they’re finding you the highest payment that they can get you. You can also schedule a time on the phone if you’d like to talk to somebody in person. One thing I’ll stress is Social Security, they are not financial planners. They’re not going to sit down and hold your hand and say, “Well, if you do this, you’d save a little bit on taxes, but if you wait, it might help your spouse.” They’re going to say, “All right, name, birthday, when do you want to start?” And they’ll help you get it started. Another thing to watch out for is they’ve been doing recently, they will call you to verify some of this information. So, uh, they have made calls and they say, “We notice that you want to start your benefits at this age, say age 70. if you like, we could send you a large check right now, a lump sum to get you going and then we could start your benefits at a lower amount. So, all they’re doing is they’re rewinding time. They’re saying, “Hey, you’re not starting at 70, you’re starting at 69 12.” So, they’re going to add a permanent half-year reduction to you. So, we do the proper planning. You just want to make sure you uh kind of stick with the plan. if you get those lumpsum benefits, just know that that’s all going to be taxable income in those years and then they’re going to apply the age reduction to you. A couple other strategies when you uh look at this, right? If you’re filing for benefits, there’s uh something that’s a voluntary uh suspension. So, if you file for benefits, if you’re in between full retirement age and age 70, you could go back and voluntarily suspend your benefits and you could then start to earn some of those delay credits. You can also withdraw your application. So, it’s kind of called the doover. So, if you started your benefits and you said, “I shouldn’t have done this. I now have a tax surprise. I want to go in a different route.” You do have the do over ability one time and it’s only good for 12 months. So when you file for benefits within that 12-month period, you could withdraw your application. So there is still limited ability to suspend and limited ability to withdraw an application as well. So uh just kind of reviewing again uh the bigger picture, right? Where does social security fit in into the bigger picture? mentioned it’s a piece of the puzzle. We have to look at how everything works together. We have to look at the optimal time not only for life expectancy but for taxation coordinating with other benefits. One thing important that we pull out in a financial plan is something I call a income stability ratio. This is important because this is going to tell us how much of your monthly income is stable, has nothing to do with the market, and how much is variable and could have fluctuations over time. If these markets turn in a different direction, they’ve been great for the last 3 years or so, but if it turns down, we want to have a high income stability ratio for you. Income stability ratio is really a matter or a function of your stable fixed income. Number one, today’s topic, social security. How much will it be? How can I optimize that plan? Same type of conversation with a pension plan. What’s my options? When should I start it? Does it grow in the future? Does it have a cost of living adjustment? How much will it give my spouse? How much will it increase my taxes? And then also we’re talking about fixed income. Some people may have annuity income which again is for life guaranteed income. So we put all this together. We want to look at how much is coming from stable sources. And then we compare that to your expenses. For example, if we go through a expense conversation with you and you spend $2,000 a month, but yet your fixed income is $1,000 a month, your income stability ratio will be 50%. Right? 50% is coming from variable sources. Can’t control what the market’s going to do. 50% is stable. We’d like to see that number higher. We’d like to see you have that 60 to 70% stable income coming in. So we could talk to you again about uh that income stability ratio within the financial plan. Financial plans are designed to answer just a lot of questions for you. So will I have enough? Uh do I have confidence in when my where my income is coming from tax-wise and accountwise? Uh my social security options, right? What are the best opportunities for me? Put this all together, put it in a comprehensive financial plan for you. Get those questions answered. put you on a path to make sure you’re reaching your financial goals. We’re here to help you, right? Not only social security. We could talk about uh income withdrawal strategies. We could talk about when to use retirement account assets versus social security. We could evaluate existing retirement of plans, 401ks, help you walk through the rollover options that are available. As I mentioned, uh, Roth conversion strategies, we can help you out with some of those as well, finding out if that’s a a good strategy, making the most of your, uh, retirement account money. That’s, uh, that’s really what we’re here for you to do at the credit union. What I’m going to do now is, uh, look at some of the questions that came in. I know we had a few. Also launch a poll. credit union likes me to send this out just to get some feedback on our presentations, make sure we’re providing uh good, useful information to you, and again to see if you’d like to either continue the conversation on social security, if you’d like to work on a financial plan, if you have questions in financial planning in general, doesn’t have to be about social security. So, this gives us a way to uh to identify that and respond back to you. And again, if you have any feedback on today’s presentation or future uh topics you’d like to see, you can put that in there as well. This is all my contact information. I always say call, click, or visit, right? We could talk over the phone. If you use this QR scanner, it’s going to take you to my calendar. Uh you’ll be able to choose a convenient time. It sets up a Zoom meeting like this. We could talk through some of these concepts. If you are in the Chicagoland area, I’m in the credit union headquarters every day as well. So, you’re welcome to come in for investment account meetings, do some financial planning, and uh we can meet in person face to face. So, with that said, I appreciate everyone’s time. Again, please, if you have a chance, fill out that poll, make sure we can get back to you with uh with what you need. I’m going to go through, we got some questions coming in on the uh chat. First one I’m going to look at as the chat, then go over to Q&A. So, you want to catch me real time, uh go into the uh the chat feature here. So, uh question came through. I’m just going with the most recent. Somebody asked, uh, how to schedule a time with you to create or review a financial plan. Um, again, information is on the screen. A little phone. Take a picture of that. Not take a picture, but tap on the camera. It’ll take you to my calendar. The credit union is going to send you a email on my behalf. When this is over, you’ll have all my contact information. You’ll have a link to my calendar. Choose a convenient time. But uh you you mentioned in your question uh review a financial plan. It’s a great question. Um if you have a financial plan, if you have investments, think of this, right? We go to a doctor, we’ll not hesitate. I want a second opinion, right? I I it’s my health. It’s important to me. Same thing with financial planning. We’re here for you. We can give you a second uh opinion. We could do a complete analysis on an existing financial plan or a account statement. look at your holdings. We’ll do a risk profile. We’ll do a cost analysis. See what they’re charging. See if we can reduce those fees. Do some stress testing on it. Really see how it implements with your comprehensive plan as well. So, great question there on on a review. We absolutely do that. Uh, somebody asked the question, uh, does this change if you are self-employed? And I did see this question come through. So, this question was regarding the 6.2% 2% tax I pay and this 6.2% that the credit union pays into the social security administration rate. So it does change if you’re self-employed. If you’re self-employed, your employer is not putting in that 6.2. So if you’re self-employed, you’re seeing that 12.4% come out when you do your taxes. So you’re paying that that full amount yourself. So that’s kind of the difference for the self-employed. Another question came in. Uh, good one. What’s the difference? 30. I think you took a look at my calendar, but what’s the difference between a 30% u 30% 30 minute meeting and a 60 minute meeting or appointment? Um, what we might want to do with the 30 minute is get to know you a little bit, go through your situation, if you have specific questions you want answered, tell you a little bit about my background, walk you through our our services here and see if we’re a good fit or we can get some information answered for you. 60-minute appointment, that would be a little deeper, right? We want to start to get involved in financial planning for you. look at some of those statements, start to compile that information. I say the initial meeting um just again introductory understanding your situation. 30 minute would be great helps me understand what you’re trying to accomplish and then I can help you organize that information for the second for the 60 minute appointment. Again, another question came in. What materials to have ready for the appointment? Um, that’s something that uh we kind of talk through, but I have an email that I could send you that uh bullet points what we would talk about in a financial planning meeting. It also bullet points what information to have available, too. So, we could uh send that out to you once you schedule that meeting as well. So, all good questions there. I think I cleaned out the uh chat feature. I’m just going to take a look at the uh Q&A here. Uh there is a question. Is social security still taxed if it is invested? I don’t know that I understand the question or I could be able to uh answer that. So, we might have to take that offline to go a little bit deeper. Not sure uh if it is invested really. Currently, the way it stands, there’s no investment options with social security. There was talk about some privatization, maybe having an investment component to it, but yeah, everything we talked about so far, right? It’s a tax coming out of your payroll, out of your check, and then once it’s uh paid to you, it’s going to be taxed maybe to a certain level. So, yeah, I’m happy to uh elaborate on that, maybe go through your personal situation, see if I could pull out a little bit more to get you a better answer there. We have a question. Uh what is the cost for financial planning like to say right you’re a member of the credit union credit union is defined by members helping members so we do not plan we do not charge sorry we do not charge for our financial planning something that helps me understand your situation better helps make any recommendations to you either with this social security conversation maybe an investment uh recommendation so something that uh again we do not charge charge for if we do have any recommendations for you on the investment side that may change right some investments do have a fee some investments don’t have a fee will completely disclose that to you so no charge on the financial planning front uh somebody wrote if I did not quite get all the information will you I believe will this air again um we don’t do not record the presentation we kind go through every once in a while. So, you may see this pop up again as a topic. But, uh, I would say, you know, today’s really about introductions. Just want to introduce myself as a certified financial planner at the credit union. So, what we can do here, we have an introduction, you know, uh, that we can help you with these conversations. I would recommend scheduling a time. We could talk through your specific situation, your social security questions, and, uh, and get those answered. Uh, another question that came in here. Sorry, I’m going a little bit long, but uh if somebody just got married for the first time in February, if something happens to us at the age of 62, I wouldn’t be eligible for spousal benefit since we were never married for the 10 years in your example. So the 10 years, right? So you just got married. So the 10 years is going to be for the um divorced benefits. uh if something so I believe in your uh question you’re actually questioning the surviving spouse benefits the widow widowerower benefits so I believe I’ll have to double check but that is I believe it’s like 2 years a year two years on these surviving spouse benefits so under your question your example um yeah I believe everything should be fine we can go a little bit deeper in your your example but we just don’t want to confuse uh divorce benefits 10 years with surviving having spouse benefits. You just need to be married a couple years. And here we go. We got one other, right? If you are divorced and looking for your spouse’s social security as an option, was married uh 28 years. What paperwork should I take in the Social Security office to get insight into this benefit so you can make sure you get your benefits. Yeah. They’re going to walk you through. They’ll ask you sequentially when were you married? How long did it last? When did you divorce? So any backup information that you take with you to that office if you have marriage certificate if you have divorce decree uh current identification all that is really going to expedite the whole process for you but I would really concentrate on marriage license divorce decree if you do have that uh inperson meeting with them. Uh does the financial planning last one here does the financial planning include members spouse? Absolutely. you’re a member of the credit union, that’s your spouse is 100% included in your financial plan, especially when we do those taxes. So, yes, please, we want to make sure we get it right for the tax aspect. So, uh, make sure you do set that up. I notice somebody wrote in there, I’m having a hard time setting up a meeting. If for whatever reason, if you can’t get that QR code working correctly, again, there’s going to be an email coming out from the credit union. It’s going to have uh all my information is gonna have a link to my calendar as well, so it might be easier for for you to use. With all that said, uh appreciate you joining me this afternoon. Thank you for the great questions. Sorry again, we went a little bit longer than an hour, but you had some really good questions today. Look out for the email uh from us. Uh look out for uh future events that we have and uh hopefully we can help you along your financial journey. Have a great afternoon again and thanks for joining me. Take care.

  • 07/22/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Roth IRA conversions – An effective retirement tax strategy for your clients

    Hello everybody and welcome to my webinar this evening. We’ve still got a couple more minutes before the top of the hour, but I thought I would open it up here. Uh I do want Well, I’ll I’ll mention this coming up here. I have a pretty nasty uh thunderstorm going on outside and uh typically I don’t get affected by thunderstorms, meaning my power doesn’t go out uh or anything like that. But this is not your normal uh uh western rain shower going on, the thunderstorm. Uh this is a good old good Midwestern rainstorm. uh there’s a lot coming down right now. So, for some reason, if uh I just drop off and everything cuts out, it’s because the power is out. Like I said, I it I typically don’t have that happen, but you just never know. I live in Utah. I work out of my house and I’ve got a uh I live in this big valley and I swear there’s one power cord that comes up over the mountain and every once in a while a squirrel will chew on that power cord and for no reason at all whatsoever it can be sunny out and everything and for no reason at all the power will cut out for hours. Uh, again, it happens only a couple times a year, so it’s not like it happens on a regular basis, but uh, like I said, I’ve got a pretty nasty thunderstorm going on out here, which we which we need it because Utah, Wyoming, Colorado, we all got almost no snow this last winter. And so, uh, we we desperately need this rain, but because it’s down coming down so heavy, it’s al going to wash out a lot of things. But anyway, it’s at the top of the hour. So, let’s go ahead and get started with that. And again, typically, uh, when I do these webinars, my dogs are outside, but as of right now, they are hanging out with me because I don’t want them all wet and, uh, and, um, you know, having that wet dog smell uh, for the rest of the evening. So, again, let’s go ahead and get started. Thank you so much. Uh, let me share my screen here as we get started here. Here we go. Okay, perfect. Um, let me set this up. Okay, so again, my name is Bernell Baker. I’m a financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Um before we get started, let me uh just say that as I go along here, you may have some questions that pop up and um I I strongly encourage you to write those questions down as we go along in either the chat or the Q&A and then I will get to all the questions at the very end. Um I do encourage everybody to stay to the very end so that um you know somebody else may have a question that you hadn’t thought of that might pertain to you as well. So with that let’s go ahead and get started. Um there we go. So this is the different websites that we have here. We have our webinars. Again all of our webinars as you know uh signing up for this one is complimentary. Doesn’t cost you anything to do the the webinars. And we have a whole bunch of different topics. there’s uh quite a few of my co-workers. We all do different topics and everything. So, I’d go on to the webinars and and take a look at that. I’ll be honest with you, our p podcast, I don’t think that we’ve updated that anytime recently. So, there’s not any new uh podcast out there. Kind of the same thing with our blog. the information out there is uh is is still good but um it’s uh we have not updated anything or uploaded I should say anything recently that I’ve heard of. Uh and then also the AIS website. So again stands for Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. Uh that’s the division you know we’re all employees of the credit union here. That’s just the division that uh that I work for. Uh just a little quick thing. This presentation is intended purely for educational purposes only and it’s proprietary to uh a lang credit union. We just ask that you don’t um uh record any of this. Um just uh there’s a lot of uh regulations that we have to do and and stuff. So we just ask that you comply with that. Uh but I appreciate it. So uh getting into the Roth conversions, we’re talking about uh our future tax environment. This slide here is a little bit old. Last time that I checked, we were at $39 trillion and it just keeps rising. I just honestly don’t understand how we’re going to be able to pay that that debt off without raising taxes. Um, you know, right now, uh, our taxable portion for every single person in the United States, at least based upon these numbers here, is over $100,000. So, if you all had a cool $100,000, we could all I’m not recommending that we do it, but we could all chip in and pay down that national debt, but it would cost over $100,000 for each one of us to be able to do that. I don’t want to do it myself, but that’s just what it is. Now, our natural and national debt has been rising. Uh it’s we’ve heard it all over the news, and it’s just constantly going up. And at some point in time, our taxes that we bring in as a country is going to exceed any of the entitlement programs that we have. Our social security, our Medicare, our Medicaid, and any of the other debt instrument uh interest payments that we have to uh pay. That does not include like our national debt and any of the non-entitled program. So, at some point in time, our income is going to uh just be just enough to pay for the entitled programs and then where are we going to get the rest of the money? Unfortunately, with a government, they just kick it down the road to have somebody else deal with it. And I’m not trying to get political here or anything because both parties do it. Uh they just kick the things down the road. But we’re in a very, very low tax environment. If you take a look at the history of our taxes, it’s uh it is we’re at a very low tax environment, which I appreciate. I’m grateful uh you know, I I say pay the taxes that we owe, but there’s no reason to pay extra um on our taxes, but at some point in time, I just can’t imagine the government not having to raise taxes for whatever reason. So, to help us with the taxes, there’s a couple of different accounts that we can take a look at. So, there’s the tax now accounts, which is our savings accounts, our brokerage accounts that have stocks and bonds inside there, index funds, everything. If you have a brokerage account or a savings account or CDs as this is listed here, you’re going to be taxed on the interest and dividends that those pay out each year. There’s the tax later accounts, the traditional IAS or the uh pre-tax 401ks and any annuities. You can have non-retirement money, so money from savings account go into annuities. You’re not taxed on the principal you put into that and then you’re not taxed until the money comes out of the annuity down the road. So that’s a tax later account. And then my favorite is the tax never accounts, which is the Roth IRAs. Uh municipal bonds, not a big fan of those. You know, bonds just don’t pay a whole heck of a lot. And to have it completely taxfree, you’ve got to have specific municipal bonds. Not every municipal bond fund out there is going to be taxfree for you. And then we also have the HSA accounts that are tax never as well. So, those are the different uh tax taxations on different accounts and stuff. So, again, as we get moving into retirement, we’ve got to definitely take a look and see does a Roth conversion make sense for you? Um, and we’ll get into the Irma down the road here, but just see does a Roth conversion make sense for you. Now, this is the four different topics that we’re going to be talking about today. So let’s just get into the first one here. The basics. So the basics of a Roth IRA. So I want to make sure that we understand there is a difference between a contribution and a conversion. So, with a contribution, that is new money going into a Roth IRA that is not currently held in a retirement account, either an a traditional IRA or into a 401k or anything like that. You don’t get any deductions from your income taxes the year that you contribute into the Roth IRA. Now, the contributions that you put in there can be withdrawn at any time tax-free and penalty-free. So again, the contributions can be not the gains of it. Now, in order to take the gains out of retirement, excuse me, out of the Roth IRA, uh, without having any tax consequences or penalties at all whatsoever, there’s two requirements that have to be met. Number one, you have to be 59 a half or older. And number two, the money, the first penny that you uh that you’ve put in there has to be in there for at least 5 years. Okay, so that’s the two requirements to take this out. Any Roth uh money out, the gains of it taxfree, 59 a half and the money has to be on there for 5 years. Now, in order to be able to do a Roth contribution, there’s some requirements to do that. So, number one, you need to have an income coming in. Okay? Generally, income from a uh uh from a job or something. You can’t contribute to a Roth IRA if you don’t have an income coming in. And social security and pensions do not count towards that income. There are also Roth contribution limits. Same thing as traditional IRA. So, with a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA, there are contributions limits. If you’re 49 years old or younger, the maximum you can contribute this year is $7,500. If you’re 50 years old or older, the maximum contributions you can do is $8,600 up to whatever age. There’s no age limit where you can’t contribute to a Roth, but there are some income limits. So, I’ll take my uh example. Uh my my life for example, I’m married. So, as long as my wife and I earn less than $242,000, we can do a full contribution of $8,600 each. If we have an income coming in at 242 to 252, we can’t do the full $8,600. We can do some of that depending on what the income is in there. And if we earn more than $252,000 for the year, we cannot do any any contributions into the Roth IRA directly. You can do backdoor Roths or Roth conversions is which is what this is this is at. So um and again this is all modified adjusted gross income. So after deductions and everything like that, that’s where the income limit is. Now as I mentioned I am married. I’ve got a wife there. She does not work. But even though she does not work, we can still do a contribution into her Roth IRA based upon my income. So if you’re married, one of your spouses is not uh uh doesn’t have any income coming in, you can still do the contribution p based upon this spouse’s income that is working. Okay. Now, in order for the uh in order for my wife to be able to take out all the money, this still the 59 and a half uh and older and the um uh 5-year rule does need to apply for her to be able to do to do that. Now, again, those are all contributions. So, again, a contribution is new money going into a Roth that is not currently in a retirement account. Now, conversions are completely different. Conversions is money that’s already in a traditional IRA, a rollover IRA if you want to say, or if it’s currently in your 401k. So, those are money that’s already in retirement plans. You can do Roth conversions for any of those. Now, uh there’s no contribution limits because this is a conversion. I should say back up and say there’s no conversion limit. So you can do whatever amount of money that you want to do as a conversion. When you do the conversion, you are taxed the year that you do the conversion. So like a contribution up until when taxes are due, typically April 15th, but up until taxes are due, you can do a contribution for a prior year. You can’t do that in a conversion. If you do a conversion, you are taxed on the year that you do the conversion and you have to claim that as income and then just pay your federal and state taxes if you if you uh live in a state that has taxes. So, it counts towards your income. I’ll get into an example coming up here, but let’s say for example here, Jill Jill wants to convert $100,000 from her traditional IRA, rollover IRA or 401k. She’ll have to add that $100,000 to her income and then that may bump her up to a new tax bracket depending on what her other income is. So that be uh you got to be careful about that here. So again, tax-free Roth distributions. So now, let me back up and say your conversion, again, coming from a traditional to a Roth, for your conversion to be able to be taken out tax-free, it has to be in there until you’re 59 and a half or older. And uh it’s got to be in there for the 5 years. Okay? With a contribution, you can take out your contributions, but when you do a conversion, you cannot take out your conversions and unless you met these meet these two requirements here. So, who can do a Roth conversion? Pretty much anybody can. There’s no age limit, there’s no income limits, and there’s no requirement to be working. But just as I mentioned earlier, you have to claim it as income and pay taxes on it. Now, I’ll get into the story here after this one here. So, my story is prior I’ve been working with Alliant now for about 13 years. And prior to Alliant, I worked for a big nationwide bank and I was a financial consultant there as well. Um, uh, one day a husband and wife came into me all kind of in a panic. Uh the wife had lost her job and the husband thought he was doing the right thing and he converted her traditional or her pre-tax 401k directly over into a Roth IRA. When they went to do their taxes again, they had to claim that as income. Their accountant said, “Congratulations, you owe the government $40,000.” So that’s when they came in to me all in a panic and said, “What can we do about not having to pay the government 40 grand?” So, I was able to work with their old 401k company, get the money moved back into the 401k company, and then we were able to roll that over into a traditional IRA, so they didn’t have that um that tax burden. You could do that prior to 2018, and that’s when it was since the uh tax cuts and job act of 2018. You cannot roll it back out again. Once you do the Roth conversion, you’re stuck with it. I couldn’t do the same thing that I did back then by rolling it back into the 401k and then into a traditional. Nope. Once you do a Roth conversion, you’re going to have to pay taxes on that money when it uh when your taxes are due. Okay. So now the cool thing about Roth conversions is in retirement is there’s no RMD. There’s no uh required minimum distribution. So like there is in a traditional IRA. So currently right now the RMD age is at 73. If you are not 73 by the year 2033 then it jumped up to 75. Okay. So, at 73 or younger or older, uh, you’re doing RMDs every year. And the RMDs is the required minimum distribution coming out of a traditional or a rollover IRA because when you added money to that while you were working, typically through your 401k or whatever, each year that you contributed to that type of an account, you got that amount of money deducted from your income for the year. So the government says, “Well, since you got a deduction off your income, you have to start paying the taxes on it at some point in time.” So then again, at 73 or 75, you have to start doing RMDs. With a Roth since the since you’ve already paid taxes on the principal going into it, and there is no taxes on the amount of money coming out of it, then the government says there’s no requirement to take money out of a Roth IRA. So that’s kind of the bene one of the many benefits of doing a Roth IRA. Oops, I there we go. Now again, talking about taxes, because of our national debt is so high, having a Roth IRA may help us hedge towards increases in taxes down the road. Because again, when you take money out of the Roth IRA, it does not count towards taxes or your towards your income. So you’re not uh uh having to pay taxes on it. We just don’t know what the taxes are down the road. Uh so by doing it into a Roth IRA, it uh it it may help you out with taxes down the road. And then also there’s something called Irma, IR MA. Basically what that means is in retirement if you make enough money uh on an annual basis you may have to pay more money uh towards your Medicare part B and Medicare part B D insurance. So for a single person that income limit is $109,000. So, if your income is $ 109,000 or less than $109,000, you don’t have to pay anything extra. But once you start doing your RMDs, if you’ve got enough in a traditional IRA, your RMDs are going to kick it may kick you above that $109,000. So like at 109,000 to 127 I want to say it is if you earn that amount of money in in uh retirement you’re going to have to pay like $86 more for Medicare part B and another 14 I think it’s like 1450 $14.50 extra for part D. The next bracket up, you’re going to have to pay an extra $22 extra for Medicare Part B and I want to say $64 extra for Part D. So again, those Medicare premiums may increase because of your income, your RMDs in retirement. Again, if you take money out of a Roth IRA, they do not qualify uh do not make you qualify for anything higher in uh in uh paying Medicare Part B and Part D. I like to say quite often, congratulations for being successful. Now, the government wants more of your money. So, so social security and Medicare. So if you take money out of a traditional IRA or a rollover IRA, oh 100% of that is taxable. It also gets added to your provisional income and that could greatly increase your your modified adjusted gross income for your Medicare pricing in a Roth IRA. Any distributions that you take out of that doesn’t affect any of those things at all whatsoever. So let’s take a look and see. Does a Roth IRA conversion make sense to you? So, let’s say you have $100,000 and you get an average 5% return and you’re at a low tax bracket this year for whatever reason, lost a job, maybe you’ve got a lot of deductions or whatever. So, if you do a Roth IRA without doing a Roth conversion, let’s say it’s in there for 10 years and again you’re getting the 5% return in a traditional IRA or a again a rollover for a rollover IRA. That $10,000 in 10 years is going to jump up to be 16,289. Now, let’s say that you’re doing RMDs and you’re taking a taking out more money. So, you’re at a higher tax bracket after you take out 24% just for federal of that $16,000. Your after tax value is $12,380 bucks. Now, if you had done a Roth conversion while you’re at the 12% tax bracket of $10,000, so your 12% off of that is $1,200. So, let’s say that you actually start and you take that that taxes out of that $10,000. So, you start to invest technically with8 $8,800. Same investment, 5% return for the next 10 years. Your account value will grow from $8,800 up to 14334. So, you will actually have about $2,000 more than if you did then you than if you didn’t do the Roth conversion and was at a higher tax bracket later on. So, you got to take in that into consideration. It’s actually 15% 15.8 to be exact at a greater um uh balance for you. So, one thing to consider is the future taxes. Are taxes going to rise in the future? I I again, I just can’t see us not doing it without um you know, and and trying to pay down our national debt. I don’t know how else they’re going to do it. So, we know what our tax brackets are today and our tax bracket is good until 2028 and then uh you know that’s part of the one big beautiful bill and then Congress at that time can vote to extend the taxes that we currently have or come up with different taxes or they can just let them pass. And if they let them pass, our taxes are going to go up a little bit. nothing drastic, nothing massive, but they’re going to go up a little bit if the taxes a current tax bracket is not extended out. Now, when I talk about doing it up to a tax bracket, it again, it all just depends on where income is at. And um so if you’re currently in the 22% tax bracket and you want to stay within that 22% tax bracket, I recommend that you do it towards the end of the year where you’re going to have a pretty good idea of what your income is. Again, towards the end of the year, I’m talking about late November, early December. You’ll have a pretty good idea of where your income is going to end up in. uh and then minus all your deductions and then that is what you would be able to do uh Roth conversions to fill up to the 22% tax bracket. As I mentioned earlier, the Irma, this is the cost of the Irma. So again, for an individual, if your income is 109 or less than $109,000, you don’t pay anything extra. You know, your your um you just pay the normal regular part B and part D. Now, if your your income is 109 to 137, I thought it was 127. It’s 137. Uh if your income is uh between that, you’re going to have to pay extra money. You know, again, another $82 a month extra for um uh Medicare Part B and then another $14 extra, $1450 extra for Part D. What really uh jumps up is if you’re in the 137% 137 uh dollars there, you can really see that it starts to jump up quite a bit more. You know, $400 a month extra uh because you earn extra money in income. So again, congratulations for being successful. The government wants more of your money. That’s just what it is, unfortunately. Now, you in order to do a Roth conversion, you may want to hunt for those years that are, you know, that you’re in a lower tax bracket. Not everybody can do this because if you have a a job with a regular salary, then your income’s not going to fluctuate too much. But if you’re a business owner or if you have a lot of deductions for whatever reason for a year or whatever, when you do a Roth conversion, if you’re in a lower tax bracket, you’d be able to do more money, but then still stay within uh the tax bracket that you normally are at. So, let’s say you’re at a 22% tax bracket uh normally, and then this year with uh maybe deductions or whatever, you might fall down to the 20 or the 12% tax bracket. You could stay in the 24 and just do more because of your income is at a lower amount or you could just do it into the stay within the 12% tax bracket and just do it up to that and and be safe there. Okay. Now, the original IRA owner. So again, with a traditional IRA, you do have RMDs that you have to take out. Again, if you’re 73 currently or if you’re not 73 by the year 2033, it jumps up to 75. And you’ll have to start doing RMDs uh from any any non uh Roth account. So any traditional IRA 401k. If you still work for your company full-time, you do not have to do RMDs from your 401k. But if you have an old 401k out there from a previous job, yes, you got to do your RMDs from that. But if you still work for the for that company at 73, you must love your job. Um, and and and failures to take out your RMDs, it you’re going to have to pay a penalty for that up to 25%. Now, your RMD isn’t a big big percentage of what you have to take out. Here’s how they calculated it. So, let’s say that you turn 73 next year. At the end of this year, December 31st, after the market closes for the day, you have to total up all your traditional IRAs to get your entire balance. And then next year, since you’re turning 73, you’ll have to take out 3.78% of that balance. And you can see here, every year, the percentage that you have to take out slowly increases. Not drastically, it’s slowly in most cases here, but you’re going to have to start taking money out more and more, a a higher percentage, more and more as the older you get. So again, jumping back to the Irma, you may not be at Irma at 73, 75, maybe at even 80, but if you get in, you know, again, depending on what your balances are, you may have to start paying your Irmas down the road. And it’s amazing how quickly uh your your RMDs can add up to that. Again, B, you know, if you have enough. Now, surviving spouse here. So, let’s take a look at an example here, Adam and let’s say that they want to have $110,000 uh after tax income. So, they’ve got their pensions, which a lot of people don’t have pensions anymore. They’re kind of lucky that they have it. They’ve got their social securityities, uh, checks that are coming in here and income, uh, taxes, everything. So, they’re at $110,000. So, their marginal tax bracket is 12%. Now, let’s say that Adam passes away and Ann wants to maintain that $110,000 income. Then, while Adam was alive, they were married to filing jointly. But now that Adam has passed away and is having to file as a single person if she maintains that $110,000 now obviously she’s going to lose Adam’s social security or the she’s going to lose the lesser of the two social securityities. Uh in this example here they’re dead even at $30,000. But that means that she’s going to have to take out that additional $30,000 uh from her IRA account to come up to the $110,000. And that $110,000 income is going to put her into a higher tax bracket. She’s going to be at the 24% tax bracket. But so being at the 24% tax bracket instead of being at theund or the 12% tax bracket when Adam was alive, that means that she’s going to be paying about 14% more for income uh towards taxes, which is going to reduce her overall income limit. So there’s something to be said about um you know there’s a they we kind of refer to it as a widow’s tax or widowers tax. Um if you maintain the same income your tax bracket is going to be less. Okay. So just be aware of that. now. And then that also could put her at a a single tax bracket where, you know, when Adam was alive, they may not be paying Irma, but now that Adam has passed away, if she wants to maintain that $110,000, she’s going to be have to having having to pay extra for Irma because now she’s a single person. So, just be aware of that down the road. So, beneficiaries, let’s look at an example here. So, prior to 2020, if somebody passed away, then you and you inherited a non-spouse, so let’s say from your parents, typically from a parent, um when you inherited a money prior to 2020, uh you didn’t have to take, you know, you took out about 5%. Okay? They called it a stretch rule. So, you excuse me, about 4%. You would have to take about out about 4% per year. uh as far as RMDs went. Okay. Now, uh so that if you inherited a million dollars, you’re taking out 90 $25,000 uh dollar. Now, if you and then let’s say that Carrie was earning uh $90,000 a year, you add in that uh that RMD that you have to take out. Now, her new tax bracket is going to be at a higher amount. But um

    uh with the new rule here, every single penny of your traditional IRA and your Roth IRA has to come out within 10 years. So your traditional IRA, if you inherit it, you’re going to pay taxes on it. on your Roth IRA. If you inherit it, you do not have to pay taxes on it, but you still have to take it out of the IRA. Here’s the reason why. Let’s say you inherit a million dollars in Roth IRA, comes out tax-free. Most of the people are not well, you’re going to do one of basically one of two things with it. You’re going to either spend it in the economy. that’s going to, you know, help the economy grow. You may buy a new house, that’s going to help the realer. The realer is going to make money off of that. The builder may make some money off of that and down the road, whatever. It’s going to help out the economy. So, you’re either going to spend that million dollars or you’re going to save it or invest it, okay, with a Roth IRA that comes out, it comes out taxree. But now that you are investing it or saving it, now you’re going to have to start paying taxes on the dividends and the interest that you earn from that amount. It used to be prior to 2020, it used to be that you did not have to take any money out of the Roth IRAs. The government wasn’t getting any taxes when they took it out, but now they have figured out they can get taxes on it by you saving or investing it, and they’re going to get more taxes that way for a longer period of time. So, that’s why uh it um uh that’s why they changed the rule. Now, if we take a look at this and say Carrie, she’s again making uh $90,000 a year, she’s just barely into the uh uh 22% tax bracket. But if she inherits the million, and again, if it grows a 5% return, to take it out evenly each year for the next 10 years, she’s got to take out the $123,000 a year. That’s definitely going to put her into a higher tax bracket. So on that million, she’s going to pay $310,000 in taxes on that amount. So in reality, she’s really only getting about $700,000 from a traditional IRA. So just going over some things to con uh to uh consider by doing a Roth conversion. Again, there’s no income limits, there’s no age limits. You can do it at any income even no income or at any age you can do it uh when whenever uh now you cannot do a Roth conversion from a beneficiary IRA. You can’t do it. It has to be from your own IRA. Um, there’s no pre-age 59 12 additional taxes because you have to take the money out or excuse me on this on the on the conversion. So, if you’re under 59 and a half, which I am about by about a year, um, if I do a Roth conversion this year, uh, it’s a conversion, not a distribution. So, with a distribution, you have to and you’re under 59 and a half, uh, then you have to take out, uh, pay an additional 10% in taxes. If you do a conversion, you do not have to pay that additional 10%. Uh, and it’s just a it’s a great thing to do. uh the more money or excuse me the the longer of a time frame that you have for that money to be in the Roth IRA what I have found is the better it is for you because then it can grow tax-free over that lifetime. So there’s some limitations also that uh by doing a Roth conversion uh there’s no guarantee that the Roth conversion is going to achieve the same results as the traditional IRA. if you invest them in the same investment products, you’re going to get the same kind of return. Um, but and so in in theory, you’ll actually be a further ahead in the Roth IRA because now it grows tax-free versus in the um in the traditional IRA. Now, all these rules that we talked about are rules that are currently going on right now. But these rules are not written in stone. the government can change these rules if they pass a new law. I don’t think that they would or we’re going to have a lot of grandmas and grandpas marching in the street riding instead of the younger generation and that just wouldn’t be uh that wouldn’t be very good. I just don’t see them changing the rules, but they could technically. Okay. Um again, when you do a Roth conversion, you got to claim that as income the year that you do the Roth conversion. So, just be aware of it and only b only do the Roth conversion up to the tax bracket that you’re looking to do and and things like that. So, it’s um again, it’s not the best thing for everybody. Uh but here’s how we can figure out if it’s the right thing for you. We have a complimentary uh program here at uh at Alliant Credit Union where we can run a program to see if a Roth conversion is a a something that you cons you should consider. It’s actually a a a plan that we call a wealth vision. So it does more than just the Roth conversions. It looks at a lot of different things. And again, this is complimentary, so it doesn’t cost you anything. So we’ll take a look at some of the the reports of this wealth vision here. So the wealth vision will show us where our income is coming in. So for example, we’ve got Bob and Mary here. The dark blue there is you get they’ve got social security. The light blue there, the little thin line there, that’s a pension that they may have had. And then the uh the red line there, that’s their income. And then you see the orange there, that’s their RMDs. So you can see that that red line bumps up when they have to start taking out their RMDs because their expenses are going to increase because now they’ve got to pay taxes on those RMDs. You know, when we do a comparison of uh a Roth conversion, we look at the base plan first without doing any Roth conversions. So Bob and Mary here over their lifetime based upon the information that was put in here, their cumulative taxes that they would have to pay over their lifetime is $832,000.

    Now their portfolio when they when this second of the two pass away is $4.2 million that they’d be able to pass on to beneficiaries. So, that’s just part of the plan that we do here is let you know, do you have enough money saved for retirement? And it’s amazing how many people just just feel comfortable once they know that they have enough. Then it’s just a it’s a great uh uh relief off of their shoulders worrying about it. Now, when we do Roth conversions, we can do it a couple of different ways. If we want to program it to say, okay, well, let’s do a Roth conversion over the next 8 years and let’s say you’re going to retire in 8 years and we want to do a Roth conversion during that time and so that it’s all done and over with by the time that we retire, we can figure that out and put that in here and say, okay, so here the red would be the increase in taxes because they’re doing Roth conversions for those eight years. And then you can see down here at the bottom, by doing the Roth conversion, it would save Bob and Mary $140,000 taxes over their lifetime. But by but by doing a Roth conversion, they don’t have to do RMDs later on, it would actually increase their portfolio to pass on to beneficiaries by $828,000. So, that’s those are the two things really that we look at to see does a Roth conversion make sense for you. Is it going to save you money over your lifetime and is there going to be more money to pass on to beneficiaries? Now, it might not be that it’s going to have more money to pass on to beneficiaries total, but again, going back to the example of, you know, paying taxes on it, they may have a little bit less money overall, but the majority of it now is in Roth IRAs, which they don’t have to pay taxes on it. So, we take a look at a lot of those different things here. Uh here’s their uh assets uh as well and where their income is going to be coming from. So they got their social security uh they’ve got other other income coming in and then the again the red line is their is their expenses and then in this example here for Dave and Sarah their income is not enough to uh exceed their expenses. So they may have to take some money out. This is an example where their mortgage, they may have a mortgage a few years into retirement, six or seven years into retirement. So, they would have to take money out of out of savings or whatever to pay for that mortgage or whatever the extra expense is. But, we can see that once that expense goes away, it can it’ll show us, you know, what the what the uh balances are and and how it will benefit uh or hurt somebody depending on if they do the Roth IRA. we can see that if their assets are going to continue to grow and again the biggest thing here is do you have enough money to last through your lifetime that’s the one thing that most people just want to know now if uh again one of the things that I talked about here is doing a Roth conversion to fill up to a a bucket strategy say for five years in a row here and they want to do that we can take a look at and just change all different types of things around we can see that okay if we do a Roth conversion for five years. What how is that going to affect us? And in this example here, they would save $116,000 overall on their lifetime in taxes and then uh increase their portfolio when the second of the two passes away at uh $250,000 in this example here. Now we can take a look and see how is it going to reduce our taxes uh again by doing a Roth conversion upfront then you don’t have to do RMDs for so long in retirement especially have if you have a long lifestyle um based not not lifestyle life expectancy uh based upon your uh family history and how long they typically live. My mom’s side of the family typically lives until the mid80s, 85, give or take a few years. My dad’s side of the family typically lives until their mid 90s or even later. Uh my grandfather was 3 weeks away from his 100th birth on his 99th birthday. So he was three weeks away from that. My grandmother was 94 when she passed. So, uh, I’ve got, uh, kind of a, excuse me, I’ve kind of got a an average life expectancy on my mom’s side, but then my dad’s site uh, lives much longer than average. So, I’m I’m looking at 90ish or something like that, give or take, somewhere around there. Now, that’s all that we have here. So, I appreciate everybody’s time here. Let me give you uh, so we’re here to help here. Any questions that you have on Roth conversions, I’ll be glad to help you out and answer any questions that you have. Again, write them down there in the Q&A is typically the best, but either the Q&A or the chat and I’ll be able to take care answer the questions that we have here. So, we’re here to help in any any way that we possibly can. And how can we help you here at Alliance? There’s so many different uh things that we have here. We have complimentary foundational financing financial plans. Uh that’s this wealth vision. We have we have estate plans. We have uh all kinds of investment options that we have here. And we’ve got some investment options that I didn’t even have when I worked for the n national bank. We’ve got some really neat ones here that are very uh protected, very safe, but can also give you a great a great return. But why Aerys? Why Alliant Retirement and Investment Services? So number one, we want to get to know you and devise a plan specifically for your situation. Everybody’s situation is a little bit different. We use a team approach where we gather the information and talk about a team if we need to and come up with a situation that’s specifically for you. And then we also want to create a lifetime um a relationship with all of our members here at the credit union. The cool thing with Alliant is there’s not a a toll-free number to call up and ask for anybody and everybody for the investments. Uh for any of my clients, they know that they can call me directly and get answers directly from me. That way when I know your situation, I can help you out in any way. Um I do reviews consistently depending on the type of plan that we have. Uh sometimes it’s 6 months, sometimes it’s once a year. Uh but again, I’m always uh able to be uh reached by phone or me or my assistant. So any questions? Here’s my contact information. Uh and and uh my my direct phone number here at Alliant is 773462

    1. I like to joke and say that Alliant pays me to talk on the phone and I do a very good job of that. So, you may get my uh voicemail. Please leave a message and I promise I will call you back as soon as I possibly can. Let me launch this before we get into the questions here. If you would have like to have a one-on-one conversation with me or maybe to do that wealth vision plan that I went over at the very end here, just answer yes to this question here and I will reach out to you and um and we will uh set a time. I’ll call you. Uh first of all, I will uh try and give you a call. If I get your voicemail, I’ll still leave a message, but then I’ll shoot you over an email and uh with my email, you uh have access to schedule a Zoom meeting directly with me. So, with that being said, let me get into some of the questions here. Uh how are Roth IRAs different from Roth 401ks when offered by my employer? So, with a with an IRA, Roth or traditional, it’s an individual retirement plan. With a 401k, Roth or pre-tax or Roth 401k or or a traditional or post tax Roth 401k, excuse me. Uh, the difference is in your 401k, you typically have a lot lot fewer options to be able to invest in. Um, in a 401k you typically have, yeah, 20 maybe 30 different mutual funds to pick and choose from. In an IRA account, you have so many more options. In a we went over contributions into Roth IRA. So, if you’re under uh 49 and a 49 years old or younger, it’s contribution limit is 7,500 uh uh uh 8,600 if you’re 50 or older. In a 401k, your contributions are a lot greater. I don’t do 401ks. I want to say 23 $24,000 a year is your contribution limit into a 401k. Um, but again, your biggest difference is the investment options that are available in a Roth versus a 401k. Hopefully that answers your question there. Uh, do I have to wait the 5 years for the conversion? If my conversion goes into my rollover 401k Roth IRA that I’ve had for uh 5 years, as long as you are over 59 a half, you don’t have to wait the 5 years. Uh but if you’re under 59 and a half, you need to do a conversion. You still got to wait the 5 years for that. Yes. Uh I am 41. I only do Roth. That’s awesome. Congratulations. Any disadvantage for only doing Roth for the rest of my life? none that I can see. Well, technically the only disadvantage is you don’t get a tax deduction now. But uh but all that money grows taxree and especially since you’re 41, I see no disadvantages by doing a Roth 401k or a Roth IRA. You’re on the right track. That is awesome. Uh any comments on doing a Roth conversion from a 401k account after retirement? Um, yeah, I do them all the time. Again, it all really that that wealth vision plan that I talked about could really uh help us know how much to do or is it a benefit for you or not. Um, again, the longer the money is in the Roth IRA account that it can continue to grow, the better it’s going to be for you and then also for your beneficiaries. But also take into consideration that your beneficiaries are receiving all that Roth tax-free. Now they still have to take it out in 10 years, but it can stay in there for that additional 10 years and grow taxfree for them so that it hopefully it’s at a higher amount after the 10 years as well. How to keep track of all their Roth. I was told IRS don’t keep track of Roth for me unlike income history. in social security. I don’t want to I don’t want IRS to turn 30 years later and said they think my IRA is not host tax. So, it just all depends on the account that you set up. If you set up a Roth IRA account, then the money going in into there is is money you’ve already saved or excuse me, money you’ve already paid taxes on it. It’s like money that has come out of a savings account. So, that’s a contribution. Uh I’ve never heard of the IRS auditing somebody and and making them prove that the money was uh post taxing money. I’ve not had that. Again, I don’t do taxes, so I maybe I’ve not heard all the stories, but that’s honestly that’s not a concern that I would have about that. Uh, how can I get the complimentary scenario you showed? I have lots of IRAs waiting to be converted. Just uh Aaron, just schedule a time with me. I’ll reach out. If you answered yes to the um that you wanted the um Roth conversion or that wealth vision done, I’ll reach out to you. If you didn’t, either shoot me an email uh with that email on the screen there or give me a call and we’ll schedule to do um look at the uh the wealth vision plan for you. Uh, do most of these rule apply to 401ks as well as traditional IRAs as far as conversions goes? Absolutely. 401ks or traditional pre-tax 401ks or traditional IRAs, all the rules apply the the exact same. Uh, is it true you can’t take an RMD for a 401k from an IRA? What about an annuity in a retirement plan? So Howard, here’s how the RMDs are calculated. As I mentioned earlier, let’s say you turn 73 next year. At the end of this year, after the market closes on December 31st, you add up all your traditional IRA accounts or pre-tax 401k accounts. It doesn’t matter if it’s what the type of investment is. So, it can be an annuity, it can be stocks, it can be a CD. You just have to add up all your traditional IRA accounts or your pre-tax 401k and then with that balance based upon your age next year, let’s say you turning 73 next year, uh was it 3.87% I think is what you have to take out. So you just have to add them all up. Each one of your accounts should tell you what your RMD is for that account. So next year, usually after a week or two into the following year, you would be able to call up those each one of those accounts that ask what your RMD balance is.

    Now, can you uh is it true you can’t take an RMD for a 401k from an IRA? Incorrect. It doesn’t matter if it doesn’t matter if it’s a 401k or a traditional IRA or a rollover IRA. As long as you you can take let’s say you have five different accounts. You have to figure out what your RMD amount is. And let’s just say hypothetically it’s $20,000. The government doesn’t care if you take out that $20,000 from one of your accounts or if you take out each amount from each of your four accounts. they’re still going to get their taxes either way. So, it’s the RMD is the m required minimum distribution. Doesn’t matter from what account it comes out of. It’s going to be taxed the exact same way. Are there any scenarios where you eliminate the tax bill when converting? Not legally. No, you have to do uh you have to pay your taxes. So, there’s no scenarios legally that I can think of uh where you don’t have to pay your bills. I’m not going to talk about the illegal ones. Does it pay to make uh Roth conversions after you have to begin taking RMDs, especially when you’re living off of your IAS and annuity income?

    Uh again, the longer the money has to be into the Roth IRA, the better of a situation is going to be for you. So, because again, the money then can stay in the Roth IRA, grow tax-free, and if you need the money, you can take it out without any tax consequences or anything. So, it is, you know, if you’re already taking RMDs, you can’t go back and change the past. It still might be more beneficial for you to do it. But if you’re not doing RMDs, I highly encourage you to look at the Roth conversions before you have to start doing your RMDs because then again, if you can do Roth conversions before that, it might eliminate that Irma uh down the road for you as well. Um, better late than never in most situations, but I would say look at it as soon as you can. Uh, do you only advise on IRAs held with Alliant or is your uh, consultation available to an Alliant member who has an IRA and 401k and another organization. So legally any financial consultant whether it’s here at Alliant or at the big bank that I used to work for or an independent legally we cannot offer you any advice on it on accounts that we are not directly responsible for. So in your 401k legally I cannot tell you buy this, sell that, change it around. What I can do is maybe break down the type of investment that you have. You know, for example, if you have a mutual fund, the name of the mutual fund doesn’t may not give you an indication how that mutual fund is. Is it aggressive? Is it conservative? Is it balanced? Does it do whatever. So, I can I can break down the investments for you. Anybody can but nobody no financial consultant can give you advice on an account that they are not directly responsible for. Uh can we use the wealth vision tool on our own or do we need to work through you uh and my staff? Unfortunately, it is only through us. There is not a tool out there that I know of that you can do on your own. I’ve had many people say that they have tried to look for one and this is the only one that they have found. But you have to work through us to do it. That doesn’t mean you have to do an investment here, but you have to do it through us. Uh I’m 69 and retiring at the end of the year. Congratulations. That’s awesome. Uh thinking about starting to do Roth conversions starting in 2027 to reduce future RMDs. Absolutely. The wealth vision tool would be great for you to see does it make sense and if it does to what amount or what tax bracket you should do to optimize any Roth conversions. Uh what about when traditional IRA monies were non-deductible amounts and time to begin conversions? Is it still recommended when they are pre-tax 401k SE and non-deductible IRAs? Um, most of the time, yes. But again, that wealth vision tool will tell us. I mean, there’s so there’s so much that goes into calculating if a Roth conversion is good for you, more so than just your dollar amount that’s in there. There’s so many things that it takes into consideration other income, takes in consideration your age, it takes into consideration your longevity. So I would have to run the plan to see if I would recommend a Roth conversion for you. And if it does make sense, which tax bracket is the best tax bracket to optimize your Roth conversions. So that is all the questions that I have here. Um I appreciate it. So for anybody who answered yes to the questionnaire, I will reach out to you. Uh I will try and give you a call again. If I get your voicemail uh then I will shoot you an email as well. And my email you’ll be able to you can give me a call back or we might be playing phone tag back and forth for a little while. Um, but uh you could just schedule a Zoom call with me and that way it’s on both of our calendars. We know that uh there’s a set time for us to speak. So hopefully this was helpful for everybody. Uh again, another question here. Are the slides available? Unfortunately, they are not uh they are not available. We don’t record on our end. We don’t record uh these slides or anything, but they are not available. I’ve got a bunch of thank yous. Um you’re sure you’re welcome. Glad to do this for you. Got another one. To be clear, can you do a wealth vision tool for someone whose IRA is outside of uh Alliance who is in outside alliance? Yeah, we can do a wealth vision tool. That’s not that’s not telling or giving you advice as to what you should do with that alliance or anything. But yeah, we can definitely do a wealth vision tool uh plan for you even without any investment here directly with Alliant. Um so uh yeah, again I got a bunch of thank yous. You’re so welcome. I am glad to uh be able to do this for you. Uh so we’re in the evening of hump day Wednesday. So we’ve only got a couple of more weeks left, excuse me, a couple more days left for the uh for the rest of this week. And I’m so glad that we made it through here without uh my power going out. So I hope everybody has a wonderful evening and uh we’ll talk again soon. Take care. Bye.

  • 09/27/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    John Alabama, John Fort Worth. Shauna, Detroit, Michigan. Tony from Alabama. Okay, very cool. All right, guys. Uh, second question. What is the number one reason why you are here tonight? What brought you here tonight specifically? What’s the number one reason?

    Go ahead and comment in the chat. here tonight slash you know uh you know morning or or whenever it is depending on where you’re calling in from

    what is the number one reason why you’re here.

    Okay.

    Okay. Seeking a niche, says Jennifer. Brenda says, “New ways for income.” Darlene says, “Make moola.” Ken looking forward to learning how to properly leverage and maximize YouTube. Peggy, to make a buttload of money. Okay, Troy, need to grow. Got it. Lynn, find a niche I can monetize. Eduardo, find my niche. Greg, starting a YouTube channel. Shauna, cuz you’re the best coach. Thank you, Shauna. Appreciate that. W uh Whidley, making money on YouTube. Chuck, integration of Claude and YouTube. Awesome. Mark, find a niche that fits. Israel, here tonight to learn how to be self-employed. Uh, Carmelia to create another stream of income. Goose, I want to make YouTube videos to make a full-time income. Our event confused choosing a niche. Marilyn from Chicago. I’ve created over 100,000 pieces of AI art in the last two years and looking for a new direction. Uh, David, uh, building a better life. Terrence, another stream of income. Uh, Victor, I want to start a YouTube channel. John, learn how AI helps find niche and drive process. Very cool. Chris, uh, need additional income stream. Bob, looking to pivot, 60-year-old retiree. Got it. Jeremy, hey, from MS to learn. Tim, uh, work on finding my niche. George, how to properly set up a YouTube channel for monetization to supplement income.

    Vanica, wanting to start a YouTube channel. Orlando, start insurance advice YouTube channel. Lloyd need uh tonight steady side gig. Lisa, hello Shane. Lisa from Cape Coral, Florida. Lorna, thought YouTube would take years to get traction. Uh Clifford just retired and need to fill in time. Share my knowledge using YouTube. Cliff P. Awesome. Um personal branding. Peter, I have no idea how to make money in the spirituality niche. Awesome. We we can definitely talk about Wait, I think we’ll actually talk about one person in the spirituality niche uh tonight. So, um, Carolyn, using AI to create YouTube videos. Dan, to build a repeatable process. I know my niche. Nina, what to do to get my YouTube channel going? I have one but not many videos. John, make money on YouTube, find my niche. Michael, turning my engineering experience into real world application for new young engineers. Very cool. Very cool. Okay, Ron. Niche. Ingred, I’ve seen two of these now and I’m keeping the faith. Awesome. Okay. Um last question is uh what what why are you not there? Like what’s stopping you from getting that result? Like the reason that the result that you wanted or the goals that you wanted to achieve, what is stopping you from getting to those goals? Go ahead and comment that.

    Okay. Santana says, “I didn’t know how.” Tracy, uh, from California, approaching retirement age. Uh, Audrey, I don’t know how. Chaz, software and views. Simon, looking to start a YouTube channel for the branding industry I work in.

    Okay. Wayne, looking for a system to follow. Peggy, just getting started. Brad, I have one idea with three potential streams of income. Shauna, just learning how Israel never gave it a chance. Now I am. Okay, fair enough. Richard says, “Swiss cheese processes.” Okay, just not a not a clear process on how to do it. Got it. Ken, lack of knowledge. John, focus. Lynn, confidence and a structure that works. Denise, knowledge. John, need guidance. Hunter, time and knowledge. Uh, builder Bob 5, fear. Sherry, logistics. Barbara, nothing is stopping me. I just don’t know what to do. Lloyd, I have no idea how to start. Jim, I’m new to YouTube and making videos. Mistl, YouTube feels overwhelming. Hate being in front of a camera. Jill, need to define my niche. Jan, being scared. Kevin, confidence that anyone cares what I have to say. Got it. Lack of content. Help me. One day I will. Okay. Hey, don’t say one day. You’ll always be saying one day. You You got to You got to just make it happen. Just got got to just make it happen. Um, one second, guys.

    Okay, awesome. Let’s go ahead and jump in, guys. Let’s go ahead and jump in. Um,

    boom. Everyone should be able to see my screen here.

    And it should say how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, um, this, uh, you know, I’m I’m I’ll just go ahead and, uh, say right off the bat, uh, this is for you if you’re a complete beginner, right? I’m going to teach you the right things from the beginning, the fundamentals, the first principles, the most important stuff on YouTube. That way, you don’t have to unlearn bad habits. Um, so this is also for you if you’ve already had some success. Maybe you already started a channel, um, and the channel is dead. uh like like it you know like it had a little bit of success then it kind of died out. You’re looking you know you’re looking to pivot niches or or whatever or you you know you started a channel and it’s getting views but you’re struggling with monetization. So if you’ve had a little bit of success this is for you as well. Um this is also even for you if you’re a YouTuber who’s getting a lot of views but you’re struggling with monetization or you’re just crushing it already and you want to crush it even harder, right? The same stuff applies because this is a particular system for creating the type of content that people who are actually having problems are going to be looking up and when people have problems, they’re going to be in market to actually buy stuff, right? It’s just that simple. So, this is a way to make way more money than the average type of YouTube channel. So, we’re we’re going to be talking about that here in a little bit, but uh this works extremely well for that. because of the fact that we’re focusing on solving problems. This also works extremely well if you’re a business owner, right? Both online or in person. Um, you know, obviously there’s a lot of different types of online businesses, but uh in person could be something like a realtor or a cosmetic uh dental clinic or a financial adviser or a law firm, etc. And it works whether you’re doing this as a side hustle or a second income or a oneperson business to scale your existing business or to help other marketing, right? This system is designed to help people solve problems on YouTube. So, as long as you’re making educational content that helps people solve their problem, that is what this is built for, right? This is not for making prank videos or dance videos on TikTok. This is not anything like that, okay? This is a system that is designed to help other people solve their problems, okay? And we’ll be giving you examples later on. So, type me if that in the chat if that sounds like you. Type me in the chat or type nope if it doesn’t. Type nope if it doesn’t sound like you. me if it sounds like you and nope if it doesn’t. Let’s see. I haven’t seen a nope yet. Okay. I haven’t seen a nope yet. All right. Okay. Cool. Cool. Sometimes we have people who want to make entertainment content. We try to tell people over and over again not to do that, but uh you know uh we we get a few people that slip in somehow. Okay. So, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. Go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. So, the first one is views. Okay, go ahead and do the emoji if you’re excited about getting views.

    All right, good stuff. Good stuff. All right. Um All right. Good stuff. Good stuff. Uh how about the second one, though? Money. do the emoji if you’re excited about making money. Okay. Yeah. Much more popular. Much more popular. You guys have watched my content. I can tell. All right. Good. Good. So, as I always say in my content, um, views don’t really matter that much. It’s it’s much more important is like actually how much revenue or money the the views are generating. You can get a video that has a,000 views and it could make more money than a video that got a million views. And I I’ve actually seen that happen many times. We’re going to give an example later on. Um, but how about this one? Having an impact. Okay. Basically, creating a business that you can be proud of that helps a lot of people. Do do the emoji for that one. Okay. Yeah, this this one’s also quite popular. I’d say this one was the second most popular or the Yes. Okay. It’s quite quite Yeah, it’s up there. It might be tied with money. So, that’s good. That’s good. Because the secret is guys, if you actually the way that you have an impact is by solving people’s problems. That’s actually how you give value is by solving their problems. And so if you make some kind of dance video or a prank video or something like that, it’s kind of just like brain content. Yes, you might get a lot of views, but are you actually giving any value? Well, arguably you might actually be wasting their time, right? Hurting them if anything. That’s why they call it brain rock content, right? So, you’re not really giving any value and you’re not really making any impact when you make that type of content. And so, weirdly enough, that type of content, generally speaking, unless you get like hundreds of millions of views, does not make very much money, right? And so, we don’t want to make that type of content, not only because it’s like not giving any value, but it’s also really tough to make money, weirdly enough, you know? And so, we want to make the type of content where you are actually having an impact on people. you’re helping them solve their problems and therefore the views and the money are going to easily follow. Okay, so this is great. You guys are the types of people I want to work with. So before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten uh free right here with no catch. Job two, at the end I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, our coaching program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube just like the 1,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it’s not cheap. It’s expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, then stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. So, if that’s fair, drop deal in the chat. drop deal in the chat if that’s fair.

    Okay, awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. Okay, now by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, both the chat GBT or the Cloud AAI version, whichever one you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. It is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you will also get an opportunity for $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Okay, so type staying if you’re staying until the end for the niche validator pro as well as the opportunity for the bonuses. Type staying in the chat. Okay, awesome. Awesome. Okay, now before we start, I’m going to ask you to type uh things in the chat the whole way through. And here’s why. This is the forgetting curve. It has been studied for 140 years at this point. If you just sit and listen, roughly half of what I say is going to be gone within the hour. Twothirds will be gone by tomorrow. Can you turn the light on too, please? Um, now the same guy who discovered that also discovered the fix, which is active recall. Every time you pull something back out of your head, this line resets so you can uh retain more information as we go. So, every time I say type it, that’s not being being cute. That is repetition. That’s you resetting your curve. So, if you do that 20 times tonight, uh you’re going to walk out with knowledge in your head instead of that knowledge being gone by breakfast. So, type locked in if you’re with me. Okay? You should be watching and listening to this at the same time. It’s very important that you actually watch it, too, because I have some really awesome stuff on the slides that will help with learning, right? Okay. Let’s see here. Who’s locked in? Janine’s locked in. Uh, Meline, Linda’s locked in. Tom’s locked in. Gina, Alfonso, Sherry, Kathy, Lisa, they’re all locked in. Awesome. She said staying locked in. Lisa said staying locked in. She’s been locked in. Okay. Okay. So, uh, look, look at this. Um, YouTube just announced that Coachella, one of the biggest music festivals in the world, will stream exclusively on YouTube through 2030. both weekends only on YouTube. Okay. Uh and look at this part. In April 2027, it hit 15 years of Coachella on YouTube. And this year, 2026, it’s set the record for the most people watching Coachella on YouTube at the same time ever, which is pretty pretty wild. Uh Coachella is a big music festival if you’re not familiar with it. So, think about what that means. 15 years ago, if you wanted millions of people to see your show, you needed a TV network. Now, even Coachella goes to YouTube because that’s where the audience is. And here’s the thing, you don’t need to be Coachella. You don’t need a stage or millions of viewers. The same platform that they’re betting on through 2030 is the one that you can use to reach the right people in the right niche. And those people will trust you and buy from you. Uh yeah. So, so this is uh you know, like all signs are pointing to YouTube basically. You see all these like traditional shows like live shows, that kind of thing. They’re all going to YouTube. TV networks are all going to YouTube. Like all signs are pointing on pointing to YouTubes. So type only on YouTube if the chat in the chat if you believe that YouTube is where the audience is going. And we’ll talk about a few other examples of that. But yeah, this is yet another example. It seems like every week a new one like this pops out. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you want to finish here at the bottom, right? and your goal is to finish as fast as you can. Uh, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income and then they just give up, right? But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this right now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. So, type burnt out if you felt this or not yet if you haven’t even started yet in the chat. Let’s see how many people are burnt out from trying already or they haven’t tried it yet.

    Okay. The maze equals anxiety to the max. Well, we’re going to we’re going to help you skip the maze. Um I’m seeing mostly not yet this time. Sometimes we get a lot of people that are burnt out. They’ve actually started already. I’m seeing mostly not yet this time. Okay, good to see. All right, very cool. Okay. Um, now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze and they get lost and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel, right? And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Okay, let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. I’ll kind of do the outline here, right? Just like that. That’s making zero mistakes. That is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Just like this. Okay. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It is faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically just going around the maze, right? Very clever. Pretty clever, right? But this isn’t the fastest route either because we learned at a young age the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the result. So type straight line in the chat if you want the straight line method to getting from point A to point B, getting to your the result that you want on YouTube. Type straight line in the chat. Okay, awesome. So a lot of people are typing straight line. Um, with that being said, guys, you’re gonna have to you might have to unlearn some of the stuff that you thought that you’ve you’ve learned from other things. So, we’re going to be talking about that a little bit later cuz there’s some stuff that you you’ve been taught that is just it’s just a waste of time. It doesn’t matter at all. It’s just a waste of time. Maybe it works with a different type of content, but it but it doesn’t work with this particular type of content, right? So, you need to be a bit more open-minded and just and just learn this particular method. Okay. And yeah, that’s one thing I want to kind of want to say about this part right here. A lot of other YouTuber advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice in most cases, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc., because there’s a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today. So then you get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034, but now they’re saying that it’s going to be worth about $1.6 trillion. Just 6 months later, they did an update and they said it’s going to be worth about $1.6 trillion by 2034, right? And then by 2035, it’s going to be$2 trillion. Right? So, this was uh 6 months it jumped that much by it was like 60% higher. And so, the projections are just going up and up so much faster than even the experts expected. It’s growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up, and that is a sign, right? And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy, because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year. but it is not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. So, type money if you want a piece of that $2 trillion pie. And by the way, guys, this says, yeah, type money in the chat. But by the way, guys, this $2 trillion, this is just from AdSense, right? So, this $2 trillion pie is just from like advertising money that is generated on the platform. This doesn’t count selling your own products or services or selling other people’s products or services. And you can make significantly more money by doing that. Right? So it’s already $2 trillion just from adsets, just from posting. They pay people like $2 trillion just to post, which is pretty nuts, right? Okay. Very cool.

    Awesome. Awesome. Okay. And today you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization. Uh successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies and SASS. We’ve helped people like that. Location specific businesses like uh dental cosmetic clinics, uh law firms, re a lot of real estate related businesses. We’ve helped um a lot of medical businesses like we helped one lady who had a kidney training clinic etc etc right people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence even physical brick-andmortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this right and this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions and the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs, and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. and he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. But there are also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. Okay? So, type got it if you get that views do not automatically equal money. This is really essential to understand and this is something that e a lot of people even when they say they got it they don’t fully understand this cuz they just they don’t get it that you know it doesn’t really like the views don’t matter what matters is getting the right views right that’s what matters the right views okay perfect and seriously I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated they’re burnt out in their stuff because they were promised a gold mine and yet they found nothing Right? You’ve been uploading videos. You’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos cuz you’ve been told you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, right? Uh but basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out, right? And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Uh because an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. So Zach was a total beginner and his profession was HVAC. He was uh in the trades for about 30 years. 20 of those years he owned his own HVAC business. I think he did a little bit of welding as well. So welding and HVAC. Um but he uh uh mostly did HVAC. So he owned his own HVAC business. Let’s let’s scroll up here. Okay. All right. We’ve got sales, accountant, education, sales adjuster, chiropractor, product designer, sales IP creator. Uh, uh, Monica is police officer, Mark, retired, Erna, cruise director. Nice. We have, uh, I actually put her on my channel as well. Uh, in my mastermind, I have uh, probably the number one cruise YouTuber in the world. She she drives a lot of people to cruises. She basically just does cruises, records them, and then people go on the cruises with her or the people book uh the cruises um based on her recommendations. Pretty cool stuff. Uh Elsie, retired, uh Alfonso, IT, dude. Alisa, teacher, Lynn, uh change manager. Change manager. Okay, change manager. I’m not sure what that is. Chaz warehouse, Nina pottery artist, Daniel hairdresser, JT software engineer. I see massage therapist. I see certified appraiser. Uh I see parallegal uh retired mortgage banker, asset uh finance broker, HR, uh healthcare chaplain. Nice. Okay. Retired uh firefighter. Uh let’s see. Retired CPA. Hey, we’re going to be using a lot of accountant examples later on in the training. Horse trainer. Nice. Uh, respiratory therapist. That’s That’s a really good career. Nice. Um, systems engineer, retired welder, EA, executive assistant. Nice. Auto shop owner. Software developer. Podcaster. Okay. Tourism executive. Very cool. Very cool. Okay. Awesome, guys. So, we got I see a lot of software engineers here, instructional designer. Um, very cool. Very cool. Yeah. So, I see a lot of people in different techreated careers, a lot of medical related careers, uh, business related, you know, finance, sales, etc. Um, really good stuff. So, a lot of people here that have a lot of experience and you could teach other people based on the experience that you already have either in your career or outside of your career. But yeah, let’s talk about my brother real quick here. So, uh, I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy, who’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use the system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel because the algorithm is going to be different for a new channel versus an established channel, right? But last year, I decided I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head of why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It is going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up. Got $800,000 views in less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That is a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a he’s making a lot of money from affiliate marketing, uh, etc. So, he’s not just making money from AdSense, right? And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a 100 times more than what you make from AdSense. Okay, this is also for you if you want to do a faceless uh channel. So, type face or faceless in the chat. Okay, type face or faceless in the chat. Now, just to be very clear, we recommend doing a personal brand channel. Okay? And we do typically recommend to show your face, but there is one exception, but type face or faceless in the chat. Okay. Okay. Looks like most people want to do a face, show their face, but there there’s a decent amount uh here with faceless as well. Okay. So, if you want to start with a faceless channel, here’s how to do it. Now, just to be very clear, I’m making this 100% clear so there’s no confusion whatsoever. We recommend showing your face. It is it is definitely you have such advant like massive advantages when you show your face. Okay? Uh like it it just does not make sense to not show your face in most cases. Okay. Uh with that being said, if you don’t want to show your face, here’s the way to do it. So, first of all, this is one of our our clients right here, Wiz of Ecom. He actually got to seven figures with a faceless channel, but he did it in a very specific way. So, first thing is uh he used a cartoon character that represented him. Okay? So, even though uh people like he he was anonymous and he wasn’t showing his face on this channel, it’s people that watched it still felt like there was a human being on the other side. Okay? An actual human being on the other side. That’s very important. Okay? The second thing is he used his real voice, not an AI version of his voice, his real voice. Okay? not the recorded AI 111 Labs version of his real voice, like his actual real voice. Like he actually recorded the content himself. Okay? Very, very important that you do that as well. YouTube is cracking down on even using the AI version of your voice. They’re really cracking down on that. That is noise pollution. Think about it. Uh if you can just generate massive amounts of content with AI, like an hour’s worth of content in a few minutes with AI, what is stopping somebody from, you know, India or Bangladesh or like any of the other countries out there from doing the same exact thing? Nothing. That’s what that’s the answer. Nothing, right? And so YouTube does not like fake voices, right? It they they m would much prefer that you use your real voice. And that’s why a lot of those channels get demonetized or sometimes they just get straight up deleted. Okay? So use your real voice if you’re going to do this. The third thing is you want to have this air of mysteriousness when you do this. Okay? And that what that means is basically you say stuff like uh hey I’m going to do a face reveal when I get to, you know, 100,000 subscribers or something like that, right? And that’s exactly what uh Moo did eventually, Wiz of Ecom, is he did eventually do a face reveal. Okay? But he grew his channel to seven. And when he did the face reveal, his his business got even more successful. But he grew his channel to seven figures before doing the face reveal. Okay, that’s that’s the important thing. Okay, and his personal brand in general. All right, so that is something that you uh really want to understand here, guys. If you’re going to do faceless like this is this is the way to do it. You want to do something like this. This is still a personal brand, okay? So even though you’re not showing your your face or whatever, this is still a personal brand. And the difference between a personal brand and something that’s not a personal brand is people feel like they’re talking to another human being on the other side. That is extremely important that you have that feeling. Whether you’re anonymous or you’re not anonymous, they do feel like there’s another human being on the other side. And uh that is extremely important. All right. So this is the way to do it if you want to do faceless content. And uh we get people who want to do faceless content that that want to join us all the time. We usually reject most people that do it because they want to do AI slop, you know, voice generated AI slop content because they heard, you know, somebody made a bunch of money making AI slop content spamming the internet and they’re like, “Wow, that sounds easy.” Uh, we don’t teach that, okay? We don’t teach people how to make AI slop content and spam the internet. That’s not what what we’re all about, right? We want to teach people how to make like actually good content that helps other people. All right? So, if you want to do it this type of faceless channel, that’s okay. But any other type of faceless channel, we absolutely do not accept people like that. So, don’t even bother. Okay, this is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. Okay, so type clients if that’s you. If you want inbound clients without paid ads, type clients in the chat if that is you.

    All right, good stuff.

    Okay, lot of people want clients. Good stuff. Okay, so this system I would say out of all the different things this works the best for getting clients. Um, so if you’re selling like a high ticket product or service, like our cl our clients that have the most insane case studies and testimonials, the ones that made it to six figures a month, seven figures a month, etc., almost all of them are selling high ticket products and services, and that means they’re getting clients, right? So an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up uh by 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K per month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. So, just one YouTube channel and one company. And that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually, he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. And now he spends zero hours a week. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you, and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well.

    This is also for you if you want to network, so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, type authority if that’s what you want, right? if you want better opportunities to be an authority in your niche because the direct everyone knows about the direct ways that you can make money from YouTube. You can obviously, you know, YouTube literally pays you from AdSense. There’s many other ways you can make money by getting clients. You can recommend other people’s products and services, sponsorships, affiliate marketing, etc., etc. But what about like what a lot of people don’t realize is the indirect benefits that you get from uh having a a YouTube channel in your niche are arguably even better than the direct benefits. So, let me just give you one example. There’s so many examples of this, but let me just give you one. I I really like this one. So, this is Josh, right? So, he’s this is really good example of networking and establishing yourself as a as an authority. So, Josh basically just started making really useful videos um on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, what certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel when he first started working with me to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, which is Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Now, usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled all the way to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K per month, and then scaling his business. And I think this is a great um example of the indirect benefits of YouTube, right? So, uh he was able to get jobs, job offers from these these companies because he established himself as an authority in his niche. lots of people inside of these companies saw his content, they were like, “Oh, wow. This is really useful and then they really liked him and they they reached out to him and offered him jobs and stuff, right?” Um, an example of establishing uh myself as an authority uh in in my niche specifically, um, I got to invest in a company that might end up being sold for 100 million or even a billion dollars. I got equity in that company and I wouldn’t have gotten that opportunity if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel, right? like without a doubt. And and I got equity just for working with them, right? Like I didn’t, you know, I didn’t even have to like buy it necessarily. It was literally just for working with them. I I’ve also gotten offered um opportunities to speak at uh masterminds that cost like $50,000 or speak on stages where people usually have to pay for that. I got that completely free again because of my YouTube channel. I’ve gotten to meet people that I just would never have gotten to meet um because of my YouTube channel. It it’s just it just goes on and on, right? So, uh, the indirect benefits that you get from YouTube are arguably even bigger than the direct benefits. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people who try to start on YouTube absolutely do fail. Don’t get don’t get it twisted. This is not some kind of, you know, easy thing where it’s just like, oh, you just upload a video and it just magically does well. Most people who try to start on YouTube do fail. And it’s because they believe in these myths, right? One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. So, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. And the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they need they uh they they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. Now, if you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. And guys, go ahead and type the number of the myth you believed. 1 2 3 or four. This is number one. This is number two. This is number three. This is number four. In the chat, uh in the chat, type the the number of the uh the myth that you believed in the chat. Let’s see.

    Okay, good stuff. I’m seeing a lot of fours. Um

    yeah, I see I’m seeing a lot of fours. I think the second most common one is probably one. Yeah. Four, one, three, and then two, I’m guessing. Yeah. Some some people are saying all the above. Very cool. Okay, cool. Um, so just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Thomas, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting that channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. So, these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farm. I have a 1.7 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. Right? And this is from complete scratch, right? This is not they already had a channel and it was doing okay or you know uh they already started a business like this is absolute complete scratch. I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch, right? I’ve also helped countless businesses that were already successful that you know already had a little bit of you know traction on YouTube or businesses that were already successful uh and start uh get those businesses more success on YouTube. Um, you know, for instance, channels that had some success and they kind of died or channels that went into a niche where they were kind of just tired of that niche and they wanted to pivot niches or channels that were crushing it but they want they wanted to crush it even harder, etc. And I’ve also helped a ton of beginners get to part-time income, side hustles, second incomes, one person businesses, things that build into full businesses later on, but make money right now, too. And I’ve helped countless people in that situation as well. And I’m also uh industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses, right? So, here’s a company that I worked with, Course Careers. This is the company I actually mentioned before. Um, and they like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story really quickly. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts, completely burnt out during the pandemic. Okay, before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I did what society told me to do because I didn’t want to be poor anymore, right? Um, so this is the exact Salvation Army that I stayed at uh when I was homeless for about 6 months uh in Lawrence, Kansas. Right? This is the exact picture of the exact one. So yeah, I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So I did what society told me to do, right? I went to college. I went got the highest level of college. I got a doctorate. Uh I became a pharmacist. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to make this happen. I went $300,000 in student loan debt to become a pharmacist, right? To escape uh being poor and get into the middle class. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money, right? So, it’s kind of a terrible situation cuz I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of the out of the frying pan into the fryer type moment. It’s I almost felt like I got punished for working hard. You know what I mean? And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. This is one of the videos of us getting robbed. Uh so on top of being burnt out and everything else, uh you know, working as a pharmacist during the pandemic, I was also in fear of my physical safety. Right? So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was, how burnt out I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried just as an example. This is the booty kit. Okay, it’s basically an at home workout thing so you can work out your booty. It’s I know it’s a little bit funny, but uh I tried selling this on Amazon FBA as well as uh Shopify drop shipping, but I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0, right? But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, right? But they only work if you have traffic, aka views, right? If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. Uh it’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. Another way of saying this is you need distribution, right? This is a term that they use in business. When you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people know that you exist, right? It’s kind of like h owning the store and and the shelves on the store that the products are on, right? If you own the shelves that the products are on, it doesn’t matter if one product goes in and out of favor, you own the shelf. And so the next product is going to be there and you’re going to make money from it either way, right? Because you own the distribution, right? People know that you exist and people go to you expecting to spend money on products and services, right? So type distribution if that makes sense. None of these work without distribution. Type distribution in the chat. Let’s see here.

    There we go. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Uh, shoot. My uh Okay. Let me uh my thing disappeared here. There we go. It’s back. All right. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. Um, and you know, at the time I was living in a house full of seven guys and I decided, you know, hey, I’m going to give YouTube another shot. And one of the reasons I decided that is because I met this guy named Sam. And Sam was an immigrant from Lebanon. And he basically uh came to the the US and when he first came here, he could barely even speak English. And he couldn’t legally work. And so he was kind of forced to start a business or continue his old business that he had in Lebanon, but he was really forced to like try to get clients for that for that business. And they say that necessity is the mother of invention, right? And so he figured out just by pure necessity how to actually make money from YouTube because he had a small channel on YouTube and he wanted to use this channel to make money specifically in the wedding photography niche. So he wanted to first of all drive people to his local business, his local wedding photography business. and he did that with YouTube, but also just make money in general uh from uh you know people learning how to do wedding photography and stuff like that or learning how to get the best wedding photos. And so he that’s exactly what he did. And he figured out with a small channel how to make it to $10 to $20,000 a month, right? Um and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast, etc. Now before this, I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers, had a lot of subscribers, they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money. And so I was like, “Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like. He showed me how I could monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 to 20,000 subscribers, but I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year. Because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. Now, you might be thinking, Shane, you’re exaggerating. There’s no way that you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And you’re right. I am exaggerating in the opposite direction. Okay? So, here’s an example of somebody who got a couple hundred views and made $100,000 from a video. And this is Carla, right? So, she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a small channel. She had about 1,500 subscribers or so. And you can see her videos here. 17 views, 156, 158, 130, 130, 193, 215, 99 views, etc., etc. Um, and uh, she landed $106,000 on a year, $106,000 a year ongoing contract from one of these videos. Okay. Uh, and if the person renews um, then it’ll be 200,000. And if the person renews again, it’ll be 300,000. Right? So there’s a very good chance that they’re going to renew as well because uh of the niche that she’s serving, right? So she basically helps big businesses hire for certain positions, these types of positions where often times they’ll hire a bunch of people at once, right? And so that’s what she does, right? She helps these big businesses hire these positions. And as you can imagine, there’s not that many people that are in market to do this. It’s basically like CEOs or the hiring managers of CEOs. That’s about it, right? So there’s not that many people that do this. Hence that that’s why she doesn’t have that many views because there’s just not that many people. The total addressable market is smaller. But that is a market of people that spend a lot of money. As you can imagine, people spend the most money in businesses on labor. They spend more money than anything else on labor. Right? So, uh this is what she helps businesses do and this is why she’s able to land these big contracts directly from YouTube. Right? So, when I say you can make $10,000 from a video uh that gets 100 uh views, I’m actually exaggerating, but in the opposite direction because some of my clients in extreme situations can make $100,000 from a video that gets 100 views, right? So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it, right? And so, basically, I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to play the views game in the educational space with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it’s made about $31,000 from AdSense, as you can see, right? Because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last week that got less than 10,000 views, but made uh $40 to $50,000 from all income streams. I in fact, this happens several times a week, right? I I’ll get videos that, you know, end up getting like 10,000 views or less than 10,000 views or whatever and they make 40 or $50,000, right? And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made uh as much or more than this video. So, that’s kind of the secret, right? So, this video right here uh is way easier for me to reproduce a video like this that only has to get 8.8,000 views and make $48,000 than it is for me to reproduce a video to get 4.3 million views. Nobody in the educational space can on demand make a video that gets 4 million views. Not even myself. And I am very very skilled as YouTube. I’m as good as as it gets when it comes to making educational videos. I cannot on demand make a video that gets 4.3 million views. Like that. That’s impossible cuz it’s just rare. It’s hard. But I can on demand make videos like this that only have to get 8,000 views to make $48,000. That is very reasonable and very possible. Okay. Um, and so that’s the smart way to do it is to figure out instead of trying to get the most views, just optimize for the videos that can actually make money. So, type more if you want to get less views and make more money. Type more in the chat if you want to get less views and make more money.

    Okay. All right. Good stuff. Good stuff. More. All right. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about three plus years ago. Um, so three Septeers ago, I made about $283,000. This was before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. Okay, so before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube, uh, three September ago, this is how much I made, $283,000, right? So I had a business where I was helping people grow and make money or sorry, I had a business where I was helping people grow their personal brands in order to get remote jobs, specifically to get remote jobs, right? and I and we helped literally thousands of people get remote jobs. Um, so yeah, this was uh uh 283,000. So I started a seven figureure business just teaching people how to get remote jobs. Then one year later, and this was when I was actually helping people start on YouTube, uh I made about $325,000. And then one year after that, the September after that, I made about $1 million in a single month. Now, I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous, right? I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because I have started multiple sevenfigure businesses from YouTube. And there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there who are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves. They’re basically just cosplaying as successful YouTubers, teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never done it outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel that had nothing to do with teaching YouTube. It was all about helping people get remote jobs and I helped thousands of people documented very uh testimonials get those jobs um before I ever started teaching other people how to do it, right? So, I didn’t have to fake it till I made it. My first channel had nothing to do with YouTube and it was helping people land their remote their dream remote jobs. Uh then we help people grow their personal brands and land those jobs and we’ve had thousands of documented verified testimonials to prove it, right? And the craziest thing is um I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Uh here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s a picture of me in the uh San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, whale watching, orca watching specifically. Now I choose to work more uh now I choose to uh to work more than that sometimes because I genuinely enjoy YouTube, right? So, I do choose to work more than four hours a week most of the time. But the whole point is I only have to work four hours a week, right? And there’s been many cases where I’ve gone a month or even two months at a time without working at all, right? And during one of those stretches, I actually had a pretty serious health issue. Uh, and I couldn’t really work, right? And I spent zero hours on my business that entire two-month period. And the business actually grew. No inerson employees, no office, etc., etc. So, I can do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up. So, type 4 hours if you want a business that only needs four hours a week. Type four hours in the chat.

    Okay, awesome. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video that just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online. I’d watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but not for most channels. So, I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you uh coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was just too busy or I really didn’t want to do coaching or I thought, “Hey, maybe this works for my niche but not for other people’s niches.” But I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. Okay? And the reason I decided that is because a friend of mine reached out to me, someone who I thought was very successful on YouTube. And he was actually getting more views than me at the time. And he reached out to me and he said, “Hey man, I’m financially struggling. I’m not making any money.” And I saw your video. I saw that you were making tons of money. What are you doing that’s so different than what I’m doing? And he asked me for help. And so I decided to help him. And I decided at the same time if I’m going to help him, I can also help a group of people and it wouldn’t really take me that much extra time, right? So I reached out to a bunch of those people and then I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and it was a very diverse set of people. So there was a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it, wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner. uh a lot of people who were already spending money on Facebook ads but they were tired of Facebook ads and they wanted to come over to YouTube. Just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same formula that formula that I or formula and format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So same YouTube format uh same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And they the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the that’s the thing that really made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel. I can only talk about so many niches with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people and then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels and they all got rich by helping other people live better lives, right? And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I would have done that same amount of views, 24,000 views on a Mr. Beast style entertainment channel, I would have made about $24 to $73. Not that great, right?

    Educational content, on the other hand, automatically right off the bat makes about 10 times more per 1,000 views. So, it makes about $20 per 1,000 views. So, a typical education channel is going to make about, you know, $20 per 1,000 views. So, with the 24,000 views, $20 that would have been about $484. So, heck of a lot better, way better right off the bat than entertainment content. But still, that’s not a full-time income. That’s a that’s a nice little side hustle income, but it’s not a full-time income, right? But a niche authority, what I like to call a niche authority channel where you’re properly monetizing your channel. Um, first month starting $1,736 per 1,000 views. Uh, got 24,000 views. That’s $42,000, right? And that was just the first month. We actually got this channel to about $4,000 per 1,000 views. We also have clients that make as much as, you know, 10 or even $30,000 per 1,000 views on average uh on their channels. And it’s simply just because of the niche. Like, it’s the demographic, right? If you’re serving an affluent demographic, uh you don’t have to get that many views to make money, right? So, with certain niches, you can get, you know, $10,000 per 1,000 views or $30,000 per 10,000 views. It’s not that uncommon, right? And so, yeah, this is this is the way, right? This is the way to do it. So, with educational content, right? off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content. But if you make niche educational content or a niche authority channel, plus you monetize your channel properly, you can make really good money, like 1,700 or even like $4,000 per 1,000 views. Now, you can do a little bit more mass market education channel. That’s kind of what I’m doing on my channel now. Um, and you can, of course, properly monetize your content. You can still make a heck of a lot more money than this, right? So, just as an example, on my main channel, it has about 1.7 million subscribers now. I make about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, this is about 20 times higher than an average educational channel. So, it’s still like, you know, much much higher. Um, but it is more mass market content. I basically talk about whatever I want on the channel at this point. I pivoted niches like 15 times and I just talk about whatever I want. This is not necessarily a business decision. This is more of a personal decision. I just want to be able to explore whatever topics are interesting to me at the time. I have enough money to retire now and it does not matter to me anymore. Right? Um but the whole point is is I started the channel niche, right? I started niche. That is that is the really important thing. Um I started off very very niche and that’s what I highly highly recommend that you do. And then later on I made the decision to kind of pivot and just talk about whatever I want, right? And that’s what you can do as well. Later on, you can make the decision if you want to talk about different stuff or just go more mass market, expand your niche, pivot niches, etc., etc. And I’ve done that many times on my channel, and that’s definitely something you can do. But what I recommend people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. This is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 43 to $119,000 a month. And that is just from AdSense alone according to view stats. Uh usually these tools actually underrepresent how much money people are making. For instance, if you look at my channel right now, it probably says we’re making about $10 to $20,000 a month when in reality we made about $50 to $60,000 last month from AdSense. Yes. Somebody asked if it’s live. Yes, it is live. Yes, it is live. Yeah. Uh so yeah. Uh yeah. Uh, so yeah, last month we made about $50 to $60,000 from AdSense. So it’s definitely underestimating how much people are making um because educational channels make more money from AdSense alone, right? Uh so let’s just say he’s making 43 to $119,000 a month because that’s what it says that it’s estimating that he’s making here, right? Um uh if he’s properly monetizing even remotely, well, he’s making about 10 to20 uh per 1,000 views. And that would be about $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel total. And that is a very conservative estimate. Extremely conservative. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 177 days. So 177 days, that’s that’s over 5 months, guys. And he was still making that much money from the channel passively without uploading anything. And that’s because he’s been uploading these videos for a very long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. And he has a whole portfolio of videos. and they all make a little bit of money every day. And that little bit of money adds up, right? Whenever somebody uh has a question about the derivatives of inverse hyperbolic composite trig functions, uh his vi his video is going to pop up, right? When some some poor soul is uh taking their calculus class in high school or college, uh his video is going to pop up, right? And so these videos are just going to make a little bit of money uh every single day. and and and that little bit of money adds up when you have a whole portfolio of videos posted. Okay? And and that’s why he can just not post a video in five or six months and still be making hundreds of thousands of dollars a month is because he’s got this digital real estate, this property of digital real estate online, right? And it really does add up. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer, right? He’s in his 70s and he’s making content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one thing that’s great about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I’m not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him. But he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products and services. That’s his whole channel, right? And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s something I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. Forgot to mention this. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on. He just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and posted it online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement. You can see how bad they are, right? Like blurred face. Looks like he’s recording with a potato. Both the video and the audio. Uh terrible lighting. Can’t even see the whiteboard. etc., etc., but it didn’t matter, right? He started making these videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. Basically determines what schools you get into, what careers you get into, etc., etc. So, it’s kind of like the ACT in the or the SAT in the US, but actually much more important, right? And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So, let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. physics India standardized test only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos and then he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla okay it’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos okay and he is probably richer than Mr. beast. And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So, type no excuses if Physics Walla just killed your my setup isn’t good enough excuse. Type no excuses in the chat.

    Awesome. Awesome. Trisha, Heather, uh Joel, Richard, Rob, Holly. Good stuff. No excuses. Awesome. Okay. Okay, so now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. Okay, so type formula if you want the formula. We’ve laid the foundations now and now let’s talk about the formula for how to actually make this happen. Type formula in the chat.

    Awesome. Awesome. Okay. So, first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement and we call this the niche 2.0. Okay. Now, generally speaking, there are three niche categories out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of niches outside of that. Okay? Um, and you can make money in all those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche category to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what your niche is in the comment section. And please don’t comment health, wealth, or relationships. Those are niche categories, not your niche. Great. You obviously need to go deeper than that, right? Um, and I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. So, I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. Okay. Uh, all right. Tools. Um, chef advice. Mason, film film marketing. Natalie, health and more. Okay. Marjorie, real estate. Uh, Marilyn, autism. Joel, auto repair for do-it-yourselfers. Nina, pottery building.

    Jane, mentoring. Renee, information. Tim, constitution. Awesome. Uh, Jen, retired Sam. Uh, Rodney, uh, but I do story, short stories, uh, and mentally ill. Got it. D, real estate investing. Goose formula. Uh, Michelle, insurance and financial services. Uh, Clifford automotive services and repair. Awesome. Senior living, really, really good niche. Senior living and is is a great niche. Um, Grant Wealth. Richard Handyman. Uh, no idea. Jay says tennis. Craig says computer industry history 1985 to 2026. Interesting. Okay. Uh, you probably know who Gary Kildell is then. My dad worked for him. He My dad was like his number two in Silicon Valley. Very cool.

    Okay. Um, awesome. Okay. So, uh, really good stuff, guys. Uh, it’s a good start there. Um, I know a lot of you are going to end up saying one or two word answers, which is exactly what happened here, right? When you commented your niche. Uh, and I don’t blame you for that. That that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. And I kind of gave you a hint on the screen. So I you know no one no one took the hint. But the niche hypothesis statement goes like this. Okay. You select a market or what people would traditionally call a niche. Okay. But I like to call it a market. And that is your X. Okay. So a specific market. Okay. Then you select a specific problem that people have in that market because they might have one. They might have three problem. There might be like 20 problems or 200 or 2,000 problems. But you’re not going to solve all 2,000 problems. Okay? You’re going to pick one problem that they have in that market and you’re going to solve that one problem. Okay? So that’s the Y. And then the the Z is your specific solution, your unique mechanism for solving that problem. All right? So uh it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Okay. Uh now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. For the purposes of this training, the Z part does not matter. Okay? The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well. You always start with a demand side. You always start with what the what does the market want. Okay? What does the market need help with? Okay? And then you help them solve that problem. And that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. So, type niche 2.0 if you understand why a one-word niche isn’t a niche and you need a market and a specific problem. Okay, type niche 2.0 in the chat. Okay, let’s see here. Yeah, I I’m scrolling through these niches, by the way. Really good stuff, guys. Really good stuff. Yeah, I I love the love the niches. RV rental, that’s a really good one. Luxury travel, that’s a really good niche as well. Yeah, good stuff. Okay, niche 2.0. Awesome. This is I I cannot emphasize how important this is, guys. Like, you really need to have your your niche hypothesis statement down. You need to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them solve. Like, it is so important to have those two things down. So, let’s go ahead and give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants and I’m going to be using the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients. I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, uh that’s more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts kind of. So, it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting, right? So, this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a very long time, and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in the video like what is a P&L, right? profit and loss. Now, let’s go to the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So, that would be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US instead of India, right? So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA right now. By the way, this is the this is the third level. Um I’m going to be going over five examples. I could do 50, 500, maybe even 5,000 just within the accounting niche alone. That’s how many problems they have just in one very specific market alone. Okay? But I’m just going to go over five because these are actual real people that I’ve met. So, I’m giving you real examples um of you know my clients etc. or people that I’ve met um but I could do a lot more than this and and this is really going to open your eyes. So, as you go through these realize that the audience and the type of content that you would make for these different problems that people are having is just totally different, right? So, here’s the third level. Helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So, that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. So, who’s in the market there? people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market, right? So, that is different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge of accounting uh don’t necessarily want to get an accounting job. Okay? So, it’s totally different types of content. And people who are in this market might be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got the fourth level, people who are already accountants. They’re making $50 to $100,000 per month and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making 50 to $100,000 per year become what’s known as a financial controller, which is a very high level accounting position that can make 200 or even $300,000 plus dollars a year. So, totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. The type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, oh, my niche is accounting, right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc., etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator GPT, uh both in GPT as well as cloud version that be we’re going to be giving out in a short while that will help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement and your niche 2.0. Awesome. Awesome. Okay. Um so, people who are in this market would be interested in a video. I forgot to mention this. Uh how to hire the best accountants. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you a blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche in our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. So, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So, many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with the IHEL X2Y. But once you get traction when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So type I am the niche in the chat if you get it right. Type I am the niche in the chat. Let’s see here. I am the niche. Shauna, Cynthia, Michelle, Matthew, Victor, Jason, I am become the niche. Okay, you’re funny. Oppenheimer, very funny. Uh, Carrie, I am the niche. Mary, I am the niche. Trisha, Lynn, Carolyn, Sonia, Andrew, Jenny. Okay, very cool. All right, this is something that’s really important to understand, right? Because this is the the modern version like this is this is what’s different now versus uh in past times, right? You are the niche. Okay, so let me give you an example of that. Alexi when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago his niche hypothesis statement was I help gyms do marketing and sales and now he can talk about anything. Now obviously he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean now he can talk about anything that he wants. But the point is is that he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle. Then he became the king of a small pond and then a lake and then the river uh and then the sea and then the ocean. Right? But you got to start niche, right? You want to start as the king or queen of a puddle first and then expand out from there. Okay? So it’s very important to do this. A lot of people see uh big YouTubers and they think like, “Oh, that big YouTuber talks about anything that they want. I can do that too.” That is that is not the case because almost always when you look back in time uh you’ll see that they started niche, right? And sometimes they actually delete their older videos, but if you go back on the way back machine, you’ll see what videos they actually posted and you’ll see that they started niche, right? You got to start small. You got to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. So, you want to start small, but make the channel in such a way where you can actually expand and evolve and change over time because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money from your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Rousezi opened up basically like an investment fund. He had a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You can do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, comment which one is your favorite, by the way, uh out of all these AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, memberships, SAS, or high ticket offers. I put memberships and SAS together because they both you you pay monthly and it’s usually a smaller amount. So the the business models are quite similar with both of them.

    Okay. Very cool. Sassy membership sass. Okay. Sponsorships.

    All right. High ticket offers. Yeah. Seen a lot of high ticket uh memberships. Affiliate marketing. Seen a lot of that. Very cool. Very cool. Okay. All of them. Yeah. I’ve seen a lot of all of them as well. I want to do them all. Well, that’s the great thing about YouTube. You can actually diversify your income streams on YouTube, which is great. But usually you are going to have one one that’s kind of dominant, one that works better than the other ones. Um, very cool. Okay, so let me just give you an example of that. Doug Deurro launched this website called carsandbits.com from his YouTube channel. This is a very large YouTube channel he’s been doing for over 10 years now. You’ve probably seen him. He seen him before. He reviews cars, right? Uh, so a lot of you have probably heard of Doug uh here, Doug Demiro. So he started a website called carsandbids.com and he ended up selling this website for $80 million according to this video, right? But here’s the interesting part. This was an online car auction website. So when he first started on YouTube, online car auction was such a tiny niche. It was so small it almost wasn’t even worth doing. Everybody who did car auctions just went in person, right? That’s that’s half the fun is going in person. you maybe you get to sit in the car and and like touch it and etc. Right? Um but during co you couldn’t do it in in person car auctions anymore and this niche absolutely exploded. It got really big and he was positioned in such a way that he was able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel and sell it for $80 million. But the whole point here is when Doug first started his channel, he had absolutely no idea an online car action website uh was going to be his big break. I promise you he had no idea that that was going to be the thing that works. Right? So this is a secret way of building your channel where as things happen in the world, as products and services that you sell change, as the popularity of certain things changes, as trends change and as most importantly as you grow and evolve as a human being because we are all growing, breathing, evolving human beings and we want a business and a YouTube channel that can grow and evolve with us, right? As all of those things change over time, you want a channel that can change with you, right? So you might change your interests over time or change what type of content you want to make over time and you want to build and you want to build your YouTube channel in such a way where it can evolve with you, right? Uh this is the ultimate advantage. A channel that can adapt to changing circumstances, right? That is the ultimate advantage that you can possibly have and that’s the way you want to build your YouTube channel and your business, right? so many businesses out there and I and I do you know I’m not saying this to to dunk on them or make fun of them at at all but there’s so many businesses out there that failed during co and one of the biggest reasons that they they failed is simply because they couldn’t adapt to changing circumstances right but a YouTube channel is a type of business that can adapt as things happen in the world because when these big things happen there’s a lot of like obviously there’s a lot of negative things that happen but there’s also a lot of opportunities that pop up and if you build your channel in the correct way with the hybrid personal brand method, you can actually take advantage of those opportunities. And that’s exactly what Doug Demiro did. So many people stopped going to the in-person car auctions and they went to the online car auctions and he was positioned perfectly with his channel to take advantage of that. Right? So this is the way that you want to build your channel with the hybrid personal brand method so that when opportunities pop up, you can actually take advantage of them, right? And by the way, when we say YouTube channel, obviously this is about YouTube, but we also build this in such a way where YouTube channel is kind of like the center of your content ecosystem, but then you can syndicate the content automatically or very close to being automatically to other platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram, etc. We’ve been doing this for a very long time now with extreme success. Uh, and AI does like 95% of the heavy lifting and it’s pretty much automated or semi-automated as well. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. So, this worked for. So, we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. I was actually just talking to him last night. Um, but he was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. Um, and he was making content on engineering as well because he’s basically a business and engineering double major, but he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer. And the very first month that he launched, or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. and he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people who wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right, as a freshman. Okay. And here’s another example. Richard, we helped them go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He’s a product manager at a Fortune50 company make working like 80 plus hour weeks. He had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results uh because he could only work a couple hours a month. So type 2 hours, guys, if you could find 2 hours a month to do this. Now, this is an extreme example. Like I said, we typically uh tell people to four hours a week is is what you can expect on YouTube, but you can get this down to like 2 hours a month if you’re really extreme about it, right?

    All right. A lot of people type in two hours. Good stuff. Good stuff.

    Okay, so here’s another example guy. This one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before working with us was just to make a couple extra thousand a month. Uh because he was really close to retirement, right? So his goal is to make basically 1 to2,000. Literally, he said, “I want to make 1 to2,000 extra dollars a month.” That was the exact amount that he wanted to make. Uh and this was going to supplement his income significantly and increase his quality of life in retirement. And this would let him go out and have dinners, visit his family more, go on vacations, etc., etc. Now, he is disabled. He has tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. A lot of veterans have this as well. My dad has it, too. He’s a veteran, and it’s very debilitating. So, he made this channel, and his goal was just to make one to 2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement while helping other people who have tenitus manage it, make it better, or even avoid getting tenitus, or at least avoid it getting worse, right? And that was going to be his version of rich. And he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, guys. He made it to 1500. 446 to be exact, right? So, he made it to $1,500 a month. Um, and you know, now he’s got around $13,000 subscribers. So, he’s crushing it much harder now. But the whole point is he hit his goal, which is $1,000 to $2,000 a month with less than 500 subscribers, right? So, he’s making way more than that now. He’s like, last time I heard from him, he was doing over 10,000 a month. But so, uh, the whole point is, uh, you don’t, if you think that you need to, you need a big channel to make money from YouTube, you don’t. You can make money from a small channel, you absolutely can. And he got to that goal with less than 500 subscribers. Now, one more thing about him. This is a really beautiful story, and it happens in a lot of uh, to a lot of people in our program. Life gave him lemons, and he turned it into lemonade. So if you have problems in your life or you’ve had problems in your life, a lot of the times those are the things that make the best niches. So some of the most common stuff that we find is obviously people, you know, have experience from their career and they end up doing that as their niche. Uh some sort of experience in their career, whether it’s like getting into the job or the the skills that they learned in the job or uh using some sort of software that they use in the job, etc., etc. um also problems that they’ve had and then just experience that they’ve had in their life, things that they spent a lot of time doing in the first place already just automatically because of happen stance, right? They just spent a lot of time doing it, right? But life gave him limits and he turned it into lemonade. So if you have a problem in your life, you can help other people with uh what you’ve learned solving that problem and make their lives better as well. So one simple rule guys to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, uh, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. And then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance, and I applied it to YouTube. So, type icon if you want to know more about the icon method. Let’s see who’s actually watching here. Type icon in the chat. Ah, I know who’s watching and who’s just listening.

    Okay, some people spelled it wrong. Icon.

    Come on, guys. You committed to watching. You committed to watching. So, this is icon. A little bit of a weird spelling. Uh, IC ahn. Okay. Icon method, right? Okay. So, uh, his name is Carl Icon. That’s how it’s spelled. So that’s why it’s ic. So let’s talk about the icon method. So I was the first person to ever do this on YouTube. Um what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, that means they have a big audience and that audience is going to watch anything that they put out, right? So uh you want to find videos that have a lot of views uh have a lot of views despite coming from a small channel. And the third thing, and this is really important, is the video itself either needs to be mediocre or preferably bad. Okay? So that’s also very important. Okay? You don’t want it to be some kind of like Netflix documentary style masterclass piece of content. Okay? It needs to be either mediocre or bad. Okay? Preferably bad. So the thumbnail, the title, and the intro were either mediocre or bad. So an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. Uh the door is actually in better focus in the background than his face is. Um the this is an actual screenshot of the thumbnail. Like this is the actual thumbnail. Um so it was just a still shot from the video. Um he uh it looked like it was recorded with a potato. The audio in the video was really bad. Uh just didn’t sound very good. And then he was literally drunkenly ranting ranting for 25 minutes with no edits or or anything. just drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees while literally drinking beers. Right? So, you can see this is this is an objectively bad video. Um, it came from a small channel, 10,000 subscribers. He probably got all of his subscribers from this video. And it got 760,000 views, right? Even though it was an objectively bad video, right? It’s important to do this the the proper way. Then what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So, the most worthless college majors. You could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. Okay, that’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors, very similar. And I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing now for the last six years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. Okay, so once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. Once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Um, and uh, you know, especially with the help of our AI systems, which we’ll be giving you a taste of here in a moment, right? So, type nice if you thought the icon method was valuable. Type nice in the chat if you thought the icon method was valuable. And you know what? Um, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine as well. So, I see a lot of people typing nice. So, type ready if you’re here. If you’re ready to hear what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold, type ready in the chat.

    All right. Cool. So, there’s this uh there’s a forest fire right now in Indonesia and there’s a lot of smoke all across Asia right now, which is which is pretty crazy. So, I’m like my my throat is pretty, you know, so I’m coughing and stuff actually. Pretty crazy. I I can’t believe cuz it’s I’m thousands of miles away from Indonesia, but I’m still seeing the smoke outside. Okay, let’s get into it. I’ll try not to cough too much. So, uh no daily uploads. This is with no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guess work, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Now, with the no daily uploads, guys, I know you guys see me uploading daily. I I’m the YouTube scientist. I’m always experimenting. I’m measuring. I’m doing all kinds of different stuff. You don’t ne you don’t necessarily have to do what I do, okay? I’m like the YouTube scientist here. We typically recommend you upload once a week or anywhere from once to three times a week. That’s the sweet spot. It kind of depends on your channel, right? But once to three times a week. Um, but yeah, all this stuff. So, instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, and a one-day per month content workflow, plus scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind seven figure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash burning YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to and you’ll have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now or you can type in go.shane.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over all these bonuses right here. Um, you’ll get all of these uh get an opportunity to get all of these uh here in a moment, right? Um, you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, guys, also, if you know somebody who’d be great at this, share this with them, right? Your cousin, a family member, a friend, uh, send them this link because we can teach them how to do it the right way instead of spinning their wheels for years. We’ve literally had two sisters join the program before and they joined together. Uh, and I just interviewed one of them recently, uh, Farah. She has a 7,000 subscriber channel. She’s already making like 78,000 a month. Her sister is right behind her, has a little bit of a smaller channel and making about three to 4,000 a month. So, she’s she just made it to a full-time income as well. So, I’ll probably be interviewing her, too. But that’s pretty cool. You see two sisters joining and we got both of them results, which is which is awesome, right? We’ve also had like entire friend groups of ladies join together, uh, which is pretty cool. So, by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Uh, go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And also, you guys should only book one call, one person, one email, and one call. Uh, booking two does not get you anything extra. The bonuses are tied to you, not how many calls you book. All a second booking does is take a slot away from someone else here on this workshop. And our team is going to cancel the duplicates anyways. So, you might even lose the time that you actually wanted. So, if you accidentally book twice, keep the time that you like and cancel the other one. And guys, the last time we did this, we were fully booked and we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. So, I suggest you book now while you can because once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, first, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section as well as the core foundations, right? So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. And this module helps with that. This removes all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome, all the analysis paralysis, and it helps you take action fast. And this actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people uh don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted, right? For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this.

    And by the way, one thing that I’ll I’ll uh mention here, guys, is we can only accept like a limited amount of people at a time. We always have more people that want to join the program than people we can actually accept because this is actual one-on-one coaching, right? It’s actual one-on-one coaching where you’re working one-on-one with a coach. So, this isn’t like some course that we created and then we can just like sell an infinite amount of them. This is actual one-on-one coaching, which is what actually gets people results, right? So uh we are very limited in the amount of people that we can um actually accept in the program. Every single time we book out the calls, every single time we have way more people that can want to join the program than we can actually accept into the program. So one of the reasons why we do these live trainings is one because we want to give free value out to people. But two, we also want to curate the types of people that are likely to be our perfect ideal uh client, right? So those are the types of people we’re trying to attract uh into the program. the people that are most likely to get results, most likely to have awesome case studies and testimonials and that kind of thing. And uh yeah, so just keep that in mind. Um so you are applying to join the program that just just to be very clear with this call, you are you are applying to join the program. Um so number three, the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. finding the right video ideas and just got word the slots are already almost gone. I think we had 32 slots open and we’ve already had 64 people submit or 87 it just updated 87 87 people submit. Um so yeah uh don’t don’t wait on this one. Uh go to go.sh.com/coaching click the link in the chat right now and uh secure your spot. The next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video ideas to have the highest chance of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good. And you also want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Very important to make sure they’re congruent, too. I see people make this mistake all the time where the the title, the thumbnail, and the intro are good, but they’re it’s kind of like an arrow pointing in opposite directions. They’re not congruent with each other. So, they actually work against each other, right? So, you want to make sure that they’re congruent. It’s very important. You could actually have a mediocre title, thumbnail, and intro that’s congruent with each other, and it’ll probably outperform very good title, thumbnail, and intro that is not congruent. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video, or in many cases, way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother, who got his video to 800,000 views, only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. and we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system. Uh this is where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. And the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And uh yeah, I think we uh probably only have a few spots left. We’ve already had over 129 submissions here. Uh so yeah, take those spots now. Go to goshomomas.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time. And they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chachi BT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. And out of curiosity, type in to the chat which AI you actually prefer to use. What is your favorite AI, guys? Type that into the chat. What is your favorite AI?

    All right, looks like most people like Claude. We got one person that said Grock. John said Grock. Grock’s really good for news content, I found, because it’s, you know, it’s attached to Twitter uh X and the news comes out faster on Twitter X than anywhere else. I see one Gemini. I see some chat GBTs here. Uh, very cool. Very cool. Claude and Gemini. Claudia. Claudia. Nice. Uh, Claude or Manis. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. All right. Yeah, it looks like most people like Claude and and we I agree. Claude is the best when it comes to content creation, specifically when it comes to marketing, content creation, that kind of thing. In my opinion, Claude is the best still. Um, chatb is probably the second best in my opinion, but the other ones have their use cases. For instance, Grock is really good if you’re making new style content, right? So, they all have their news their use cases. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One one member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. Grew 5x in a few months. Another person finally got to 100,000 subscribers. One person just closed a $75,000 year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers and 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers. So, this is not a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few of those examples. So, uh this is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now and we’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a good fit, and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. And when I say look at where your channel’s out, I just need to be very clear, and this is something that needs to be changed in the text. you can still be a complete beginner and we we will still work with you. But basically, we just want to see like what what niche you’re planning, etc., etc., that kind of thing, right? What what’s what’s your niche? Um what kind of, you know, what what is your plan? What what kind of mindset do you have? That kind of thing. We we look at these types of things when we’re seeing if you’re going to be a good fit for the program. Um so yeah, go to go.shome.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. This person had been posting on YouTube for well over 5 years. They had never had a single video get over 100,000 views and then they worked with us and one of their first videos got 180,000 views. And all of these people are crushing it as well, right? This person pretty much doubled the amount of money they were making almost immediately after working with us. This person here closed four out of five calls that they booked. Uh this other client just recently joined our program and their channel normally gets between 16 to 82 uh,000 views in the first 28 days, but last month they got 354,000 uh views, which is a 1,456% increase. Uh this other client right here is now number one and one of the most competitive niches on YouTube. They’re getting 8 million views a month, mostly long form views, and uh making 50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. This is one of the most competitive niches on YouTube. This particular client made about $4.5 million last month. So, uh, this other client is number one. Yeah. Yeah. We we This is what’s known as a category king, by the way. We have a lot of category kings and category queens in the program. Um, I’ll show you another category king a few slides from now, but this is a category king who’s number one in a very, very competitive niche. And, uh, some of our clients don’t want to, um, uh, we don’t they don’t want to be revealed publicly. So, we we respect that and we don’t we don’t talk about their channel publicly. Um, but they’re okay if you know with other other people in the program know who they are or they’re okay with us anonymously showing their results. Uh, Bill transformed his YouTube channel impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time, to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about $30,000 a month. He scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So, he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond his tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.” We helped Shawn also become a category king. He has the number one channel in Amazon KDP, which is Kindle Direct Publishing, which is a pretty big niche. Um, there’s businesses doing a hund00 million dollars a year in Kindle Direct Publishing. So, it’s a pretty big niche. And, uh, yeah, so he’s number one on YouTube in that particular niche. And his program, like I said, uh, he he he said that, you know, he’s not another fake guru. He he knows what he’s doing. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to actually build a personal brand and master the backend systems that drive revenue. Um, next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message, but no strategy. we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and the thumbnail frameworks and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she is landing brand deals and she is making actually making money from her YouTube channel, which is great. This is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system, right? Don’t spin your wheel for year wheels for years uh trying to figure it out on your own, guys. That’s exactly what she did. uh she spent years trying to figure it out on her own and then finally she was just like okay let me let me just get a professional to teach me this and the results were she almost immediately got to 9,000 subscribers right just like Jyn here who is a healthcare professional who recently joined our program so she joined us about I think 5 6 months ago somewhere around there and uh she was watching this uh live training just like this just like you’re watching right now about five or six months ago and before joining us she was a complete beginner never made a single video, no idea what to make, no experience. In her own words, she said, “I hadn’t even dipped my toe into YouTube yet. And now she has over 61,000 subscribers. Her channel got to 10.3 million views already. I just talked with her a few days ago. She’s absolutely crushing it.” So, two of her videos already went over 900,000 views, and I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job. Two, she’s traveling all over the US and even internationally in her camper van, which is always her dream. And three, she records part-time while traveling inside of the van itself. So if you think you need some kind of fancy setup, oh my gosh, this fancy super expensive port, you know, studio, you don’t. She records on her MacBook laptop inside of her camper van. Okay. Uh and she reports again part-time while traveling, right? And last month, uh she made over $10,000 just from AdSense alone. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. and she started just like you guys just a few months ago, like five or six months ago. Um, and she attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not, but she took a leap of faith and she booked a call and the rest is history. Okay? And she built all of it on what she already knew. That’s another thing I want to point out. This is stuff that she already knew. She didn’t have to learn a bunch of new skills. And that’s the problem with almost every other, you know, like side hustle or oneperson business out there is you have to learn a bunch of new skills. With this particular business, you’re just using what you already know, right? And just teaching other people about that, right? So, uh, she built this on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. She spent 33 years as a nurse. So, healthcare navigation was quite it came quite easily to her. She didn’t really have to learn all that many new skills to help uh people that are asking questions that her patients probably asked her on a day-to-day basis for 33 years, right? If they’re having that problem. So if you’re a health care professional or a professional in general, that’s what we see is probably like 30% of our successful clients, they literally just teach whatever they were already knew from their job that they were doing, right? Um a lot of our successful clients just teach stuff related to whatever problem that they’ve had in their life. So an example of that would be guy with the tenetus, the ring ringing in the ears. So um that that’s chances are most of our successful clients, they’re just teaching stuff that they already knew, right? they already had experience and most of our successful clients also uh tell us I don’t think I’m an expert on anything right they always say that oh I don’t I don’t think I’m an expert on anything Shane and then uh chances turns out they have 33 years of nursing experience so of course they’re an expert on something we they we just have to help them uncover that right so if you’re a healthare professional or professional in general like I said this could be for you there’s a lot of people in tech finance uh business related careers um healthcare etc etc that have there’s a lot of great niches out there you can help people with. This is what happens when you follow the system, guys. So, uh I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. By the way, guys, click that link in the chat. Uh go to go.shenhome.com, scan that QR code. But yeah, I know all the different people in the industry. Um and I know what they charge. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations. And so, they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year minimum. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. So, I have some friends that do this and basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies. They build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they usually charge about $300,000 to do that. And I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable and I learn a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you $35,000 in mistakes if you were trying to do it on your own. And $25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re going to be offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, shinomomas.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. And by the way, guys, I just got notes. Uh we did have uh some we did run out of spots, but we opened up 20 I’m seeing 26 new spots on the calendar, right? So, if you uh if like if you clicked on the link and you couldn’t find any, it was totally taken up or if there were a few spots but none of them were convenient for your schedule, uh just go ahead and click that link again in the chat or go to go.shinhome.com hummus.com or scan that QR code because we did open up a few more spots. Um, so yeah, uh, after that, I’m not sure if we can open up any more though. So, go to gosh.com/coaching. Click that link in the chat or scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one niche kickstart call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. I talked about him before, right? That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes and that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.7 million subs and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. This is worth $12,000 easily, but it’s only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the video idea generator pro. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. If you hire someone to do it, like a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. Uh, it is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways. A chat GPT and a Claw AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. This is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, shinhomus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use Chatp or Claude, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s already performing. Uh it reverse engineers uh why it works and then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shootmas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the Vibriter Content Creation AI Deluxe. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, and your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Chat TV or Claude, whatever you are to use. So, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it actually looks like. Same tool running both chatg and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script. A real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shenhus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the winner thumbnail vault plus premium templates worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s like $18,000 a year. This is part-time, right? And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content, right? You don’t just want to attract the most views. Like I said before, you want to attract the right views, right? So, a lot of people out there with the thumbnail packs uh that they give out, it it will attract it might attract people, but it’ll attract the wrong views, right? So, there’s a real psychology behind every thumbnail. This is my entire thumbnail system. There’s no other system out there in the world like this. This is the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shmomomas.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting the templates, you are learning the frameworks so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the 1K niche authority accelerator worth $6,997. Everyone wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized and that’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it at all. Now, think about what this replaces. A custom growth strategy from a YouTube consultant runs $1,500 to $3,000 total. Right? That’s just one static plan that’s outdated the second that the algorithm shifts. Right? So, this tool is designed to get you 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. Uh you can get it in both Claude or Chat GBT version. And it builds you a strategy specific to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. you’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what it looks like. You get the Claude and the Chat GPT version. You click one button and it builds your entire plan, your niche, your content strategy, your posting schedule all mapped out so that you can hit that first milestone as fast as possible. So go to go.shinomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the weekly content planner AI. this is worth $4,997. Number one reason that creators quit is they don’t know what to post next. Right? Monday comes, there’s no plan, there’s no video idea, no progress, and then a week goes by and then a month and then you stop, right? This tool plans your entire week of content for you based on your niche, your audience, and your goals. Uh so you never have to sit there wondering what should I be making a video about ever again. It’s already planned out for you. Then once it’s got you’ve got that week down, you can move on to the next week. So you can get two weeks ahead and then three weeks ahead and then four weeks ahead even if you want to. Right? So if you hired a content strategist to do this, you’re paying $1 to $2,000 a month and that’s 12 to $24,000 a year. So you get this as a bonus. So go to goshomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And I can tell you guys on my channel, I’m always at least two weeks ahead. Always at least two weeks. There’s been times where I’ve actually gotten like 3 or 4 months ahead. I don’t necessarily recommend doing that, but I’m always at least two weeks ahead on my channel. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the niche monetizer AI, and this was one is different from all the other bonuses. Right? So, this is an AI tool that takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Okay? Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video so you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chat GBT and Claude, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like Chachi Peter Cloud, you can use this either way. So, this is not some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day YouTuber uh YouTube fast mover money back guarantee. This is priceless, right? Uh here’s how it works. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work for you, you get your money back. Uh we have about a 1% monthly refund rate in the program, right? That means that like 99% of people who join stay, sometimes it’s less than 1%. Um uh once in a while it’ll get like slightly over 1%, right? Uh but yeah, that means that 99% of people approximately who join stay because it works, right? And we surveyed all of our clients inside of the program. We asked them one question. Do you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of them said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And just to put this in perspective, um, in the info product industry, generally speaking, um, refund rates range from about 7 to 15% on average. Some are even higher than 15%. And then, uh, basically uh, when it comes to like satisfaction score, like NPS is a typical survey satis that’s like the gold standard. we get 9.1 or 91% on NPS and uh when it comes to satisfaction less than 10% of people usually even finish uh courses that they buy and even people who join college like people who join like do a college degree like only a small percentage of them even finish the college degree that they joined like very very low percentage so for us to get 91% of people to uh say that they felt like they got an ROI guys like there there’s no other way other than just having a phenomenal program. We We’ve hired the absolute best coaches in the world to do this. Um, all of our coaches have 100k subscriber plaques. They’re the absolute best and the best. They’re dedicated to getting you results, working with you one-on-one, getting you results, and and you know, we have a group of people that we curate. We don’t let just anybody into the program. We turn away the vast majority of people who try to join the program. We’re trying to get, you know, attract the right type of people that are very likely to get results. And that is why those are mi a few of the many reasons why we get results. Some of it I’ll keep a secret. So, my competitors don’t know, but those are a few of the many reasons why we get people such great results. So, go to go.shunhus.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now, remember the bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally, that is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they are gone. And bonus 7, the niche monetizer AI, you only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. And this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open s on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.chainhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard cell, right? But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to goshamus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you’ll get two emails, right? One from Calendarly and one from the consultant that you booked with. Both are titled CGE Masterclass call. So, check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. Sometimes they hide there instead of your main inbox. And those emails have your call details. So, find them and open them. Okay, with that being said, I am now going to take questions. We had 274 total submissions. I think we did open up a few more spots. I I have no idea how many spots are left, but yeah, click that link in the chat, guys. See if there’s any spots left and uh we can uh uh see if you’re a good fit to work together. Okay, we also dropped the niche validator, guys. So, check the chat for the niche validator. Um people uh absolutely love that. We’ve literally gotten like thousands of messages from people saying this is like the best AI they’ve ever used. And keep in mind, guys, that’s the one we give away for free. The niche validator is just the one we give away for free. So, if you think the free one is that good, imagine how good the paid ones are inside the program, right? Okay. Awesome. Samantha says she’s booked and she’s super excited. Ash booked a call. Callie booked a call. Awesome. Okay.

    Okay.

    Alrighty.

    All right. Tennis channel relaunched. Congrats. We have a uh we actually have a uh uh

    uh so so we we did have to delete your link because Sorry. Sorry. We did have to delete your comment, but we reposted the comment because we don’t allow anybody to do links in the chat. So, don’t don’t post any links in the chat, guys, cuz it could be like a like a virus or something like that. So, don’t post any links in the chat, guys. Um, but uh uh but yeah, uh Jay said the tennis channel relaunched. Very good. Really, really good stuff. Love to see it. Um we are we already have a successful tennis coach uh inside of the program. Um, so yeah, that’s definitely a niche that you can you can work on for sure. Good stuff. Chris, 27 years in tech, 15 as a front-end developer, 12 as a UX designer. Would you niche into design careers or broader career wisdom from that journey? Interesting. Uh, honestly, UX design guys is like a lot of people say it’s getting nuked by AI. I think it’s just changing. It’s just changing. Like I think for instance, I’ll tell you guys some some trends that I’m seeing. Everybody’s UX looks good now because it’s easy to make it look good with with AI. And so now I’m seeing the UX that’s doing really well is kind of janky UX that doesn’t look that good because if everybody looks good, well UX is like art, right? If everybody’s doing a certain type of art, then that art is no longer valuable because it’s supply and demand, right? So it’s like if you do when everyone else is zigging, you got to zag, right? So that’s that’s kind of the nature of things like art, marketing, etc. UX design of course is part art for sure. Um and so uh that’s what that’s what we’re seeing, right? That’s what we’re seeing. Um so I I think you can just pivot that. We we’ve seen a lot of people have good good luck with with UX design. I would honestly like both of those are pretty good, Chris. Um, I would probably just go with something a bit more specific. So, like maybe UX design for software businesses or e-commerce businesses or or something like that. Like really helping them with uh the design part and just making the businesses just making it as easy as possible for people to uh uh figure out what to do. Most websites are still pretty clunky. Um, most people do not have an eye for design. I would say that design is still one of the most valuable things in the age of AI. Um, but what what’s going to what changes is you can you can now get like good or okay design quite easily. But if you want great design, then you need to hire an expert, right? So, uh, and great can be make a huge difference. Like the difference between good and great can make can be huge, right? So yeah, it’s uh you know, you could teach people how to how to do basic design with AI. You know, if you have like a let’s just say like a local plumbing business, you can use a pretty simple website and and you’re going to get results. You know what I mean? Uh just basically, you just have to not mess up. But if you have a business that’s like online and you know, it’s not necessarily a necessity, but it’s it’s a nice to have type of thing, like I don’t know, buying you know, like a cute dog collar or something like that. Well, that’s when UX design and stuff like that becomes much more important. So, yeah, it’s uh definitely a lot of opportunity there. Chris, of course, you’d want to niche down further than just like UX design. Like, what exactly are you helping people get UX design jobs? Maybe it’s a specific type of UX design job in a specific industry. Uh maybe you’re teaching people how to do UX design specifically with AI. Like, hey, you guys need to embrace AI. Use it to make even better UX design. That kind of stuff, right? So, uh you know, etc., etc. Hopefully that makes sense. Um, Curtis, hey Shane, great job. You kept the audience engaged, invoked emotion, called for action, reaction, offered value, and created urgency. Your relational, showed success stories, and finished with upsell plus reward. I really hope to get a chance to speak with you. Thanks again. Awesome, Curtis. Curtis likes the the the marketing skill. I love it. I love it. Yeah. And of course, we give a lot of value on these, too. But we the reason we do these live trainings is because we just find that it sets a really good expectation and it attracts the right person. And so the whole live training I’m kind of telling you this is exactly how you get results and we want to attract these types of people. So we’re not trying to attract people who want to make entertainment content or or that kind of stuff. Like we’re trying to attract this type of person. And that’s the value of these live trainings because we can only work with so many people at a time. So we really just want to attract the right type of person who’s really bought in, who really believes that it’s going to work, who’s going to put put in the time and and effort that it that it takes to to get results. So appreciate that. Appreciate that, Curtis. Uh, by the way, guys, uh, comment in the chat. I’m curious what parts of the the training did you like and not like? Was there something that we should remove from the training? Uh, what parts did you not like? Go ahead and comment in the chat. I would I would I would like to to hear from you guys. Sarah, my channel is a character-driven educational IP brand, not a traditional talking head personal brand. How how would your system work for my channel specifically without turning me into a generic personal brand creator? Um, if you are talking about uh like using a cartoon character of yourself or something like that, as long as there’s a real human being who’s using their voice, we can help you. If you’re doing like the AI voice stuff, we we don’t help with that. We don’t help with that. You YouTube mass demonetizes and bans those types of channels. So, we don’t really help people with that. Um, yeah. So, we we’ve had zero people demonetized or banned using our methods. Um, and uh, I know other YouTube people that teach like the AI stuff. They they have dozens of people in their community who end up getting demonetized or banned. So, we we don’t really teach that. We teach you how to use AI to make the content better, more easily, more faster. But we are not going to teach you how to make AI slop. Even if you say like, “Oh, no. I’m making good content.” Okay, cool. You can make good content, whatever. But YouTube, it does not have time to tell if your content is good or not. if they detect that you’re using an AI voice, they’re almost certainly going to demonetize you or ban you. Um, like it’s just a matter of time, right? There’s a few exceptions, of course. There’s a few types of content that are exceptions to that. Um, but usually those types of content, the rare ones where you’re not going to get demonetized or banned. Um, usually those types of content, like what is stopping somebody from India, 1.5 billion people in India, uh, from just copying you? uh the answer is nothing. So even if in the rare case you actually figure out something that works, count down the days until somebody from India or Bangladesh starts copying you and there’s just nothing you can do. You what are you going to sue somebody from from another country? Like like you can’t even find them. You know what I mean? It’s like it’s just not going to happen. Okay? So it’s just it’s just silly. It’s just an absolute silly thing to even try. Uh you’re wasting your time if you do that. So if you want to waste your time, go ahead. like it’s all good, but I’m not going to help you do that. So hopefully that that clears things up. Miguel, is there uh so if you are wanting to do like a faceless channel, but you’re actually using your own voice and it’s like actually gives value and stuff like that, you can you can definitely apply to join the program, but if not, we’re we’re not going to we’re not going to work with people like that. Awesome. Teresa booked uh Raquel, Clifford, Marilyn, Ben, Anthony, Andrew, Israel, uh Sonia, Mark, Goose, uh Marcelo or Marello. Uh greetings from Australia. Awesome. I got I got to visit. I was going to visit Australia this year, guys, but but then I got news that we’re having a baby in Q4, so so we’re not going to get around to it. Um, but yeah. Uh, but I I was uh I was actually planning on visiting Australia. We’re going to do South Korea and Australia this year, but we’ll maybe uh maybe next year. We’ll see. Um, but yeah, I’m planning on uh going to Melbourne. I’ve got I’ve got some friends in Melb Melbourne. Mel Melbourne. Melbourne. Melbourne. I think it’s Melbourne. Uh, I was corrected on that pronouncing it wrong. Dan, great session. Time flew by. Stoked. Awesome, Dan. Love to hear it. Uh Chad’s booked. Rob, Kelly, R.J. uh got one on birthday. Awesome. Danny, good stuff. Hey R.J. h happy early birthday, man. Uh Danny, good stuff. Awesome. Chaz, I’m booked but I am new and don’t have a niche. Um Barbara with the cool text. What if I already have a YouTube channel doing something else and I want to pivot to this educational stuff? Will I still be credible and trustworthy? Yeah, absolutely, Barbara. So, we get this question all the time. Hey Shane, I already have a YouTube channel, but I kind of want to pivot my niche. Can you still help me? Yes, we absolutely can. We have helped a ton of people pivot your niche. If you’re in some kind of dead-end niche where, you know, you uh uh maybe it’s like we’ve even helped people pivot from entertainment content, that is kind of a case- by case basis. If it’s too far on the entertainment side, then it’s it’s kind of hard to do. But we have helped people even pivot from that. Um and and yeah, as long as like as long as you understand that this is what we teach. We teach educational content where you are solving people’s problems. You can’t make entertainment content and expect to get make the same kind of money that you make with educational content, right? Like like you like we have this understanding as long as we have this understanding, right? Like we tell you like this is a system that works, but you have to listen to what we tell you to do in the system. If you don’t listen to the system, if you’re like, “Oh, I made entertainment content and then, you know, I’m expecting people to buy stuff and like, well, no, they’re not going to buy stuff because you didn’t help them solve their problems.” They see you as a court jester, not as a, you know, someone to be respected and looked up to, right? You’re you’re you’re entertaining them. You’re helping them pass the time. Uh, probably not even giving them value because it’s arguably brain rot. Um, and so you’re really taking value away from them if anything. Um, and uh, that’s why they’re not going to buy anything from you, right? You know what I mean? So, hopefully hopefully that makes sense, but uh, yeah, I kind of went on a tangent there that I’m not saying that you were suggesting that that’s what you were doing, Barbara. I just I’ve just heard other uh, conversations uh, like that. So, uh, but yeah, uh, if you already have a YouTube channel doing something else and you want to pivot, um, uh, yeah, you can definitely pivot. It’s all good. Uh, Kevin booked. Where do the bonuses go? Email. Uh, we we already explained the bonuses in great detail, guys. By the way, go tohome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Guys, so we already explained the bonuses. I will explain the bonuses one more time. Okay, the one:1 YouTube niche kickstart call with me. That is for five of the first people who sign up. If you sign up earlier, it is randomized, but if you sign up earlier, you will have a higher chance of winning that with me. The onetoone YouTube niche call with with uh with Shane. So, that’s for five of the first people who sign up. Okay. the niche monetizer AI that is just for showing up to the call that you booked. All you got to do is book a call and show up to it. You get the niche monetizer AI. This is our second most popular tool ever. Um, this basically helps you figure out once you’ve figured out your niche, right? It’s you you can then use this tool to help you figure out how to actually monetize that niche properly. Okay, this is our second most popular tool ever. This one you get just for showing up to the call you book. All the other ones you get when you join the program, but you have to book your call within the next 24 hours. you must book your call within the next 24 hours. If you book after that, you don’t get you don’t get these bonuses anymore. All right. Uh or or no promises anyways. So, hopefully that makes sense on the bonuses. Uh hopefully I don’t have to repeat that again. Okay.

    Uh Shane, I have to go, but I’m not being facicious. You’re great and I look forward to learning from you. Awesome. Appreciate you, Curtis. Uh UX is user design or user user experience. User experience. Yeah, user experience. Yeah, user experience design is I guess I guess the specific. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. Okay. All right, guys. Uh yeah, I’m going to scroll down a little bit. Um,

    Becky says, “I vacasillated between being a neurode divergent parent advocate and now helping trades businesses use TikTok to hire technicians and support early ed to meet labor shortages.” Becky, I love both of those niches. Oh my gosh, both of those niches sound so good. Cuz as much as I don’t like Tik Tok, it is really good for localized content. like Tik Tok is actually super super good for localized content. So using Tik Tok and probably Instagram as well uh to hire people uh for local labor shortages, I think that’s absolutely brilliant, Becky. That is absolutely like that that is so that is so smart. Um and of course that’s something like every every person knows like when it comes to hiring uh local businesses like that’s or hiring for local businesses, it’s hard. It’s really hard to find people. um you know it’s uh hard to find people that don’t have like issues that who are consistent and who can you can you can rely on um it’s really tough right so yeah I love that and then for the neurode diverent uh parent advocate um I just think like alternative education in general is getting huge now I mean it’s just really really blowing up it’s getting huge whether it’s like alternative education for kids like homeschooling for instance or just like alternative schooling it’s getting really really big and then als Also, just alternative education in general, just like after you graduate from high school, like how do you get educated for the rest of your life, that kind of stuff like that is getting really, really big. And so, I love both of those niches, Becky. Um, of course, you need to flush it out a little bit like um let’s uh you know, definitely book a call. We can talk about it. Uh but yeah, love both of those niches, Becky. Those sound great. Um now, guys, what before uh before I go on too long, um when you book your call, a page like this is going to pop up. Okay? So, it’s going to look either like this or like this. Okay, so this one has a very short video, about 26 seconds. This one has a little bit longer video. It’s about 10 minutes. Um, plus it has some FAQs and stuff like that. Okay, so one of these pages is going to pop up and you want to follow the directions on these pages. Very, very important for you to follow these directions. Okay, so Mark, I know the sender. Uh, you know, follow these directions. Very important for you to do this. All right. So, and then what you can do is you can kind of like uh scroll down to the bottom and you can just check out all these case studies that we have. So, these are case studies from lots and lots of different people. So, you might be thinking, hey Shane, does this work in Germany? Yes, it works in Germany. You might be thinking, Shane, does this work in the spirituality niche? Yes, it works in the spirituality niche. Shane, does this work in the self-improvement niche? Hey, there you go. There’s a self-improvement creator. Uh, etc., etc., right? Does this work if you’re a small coach who just started a coaching business? Boom. It works. Uh, does this work if uh you’re selling physical products? Boom. There you go. Physical products. Uh, does this work if you’re teaching art? Like it’s some sort of art type thing like singing for instance. Uh, Isaiah is a vocal coach. It worked great for him, right? So, yes. Uh, Shane, does this work if uh you’re uh younger and you’re trying to teach younger people? Yeah, we have we have younger people as well. The Philip uh was about 20 21 years old. We about 18 years old when we first started working with him. Okay. Uh yeah. Uh just on and on, right? Um yeah, it’s just uh it just it just goes on and on, right? Does this work if you’re from Poland? Yep. Voytech worked for him. Poland. Uh etc., etc., right? Does this work if you’re a freelancer? You’re trying to get freelance clients. Boom. Freelancer. Uh does it just goes on and on. Okay, it just goes on and on, right? So, uh, just, uh, look at these case studies. You’re going to get inspired, motivated. You’re going to see all kinds of different people that have that have gotten success in all kinds of different niches and all kinds of different backgrounds, uh, with all all kinds of different products and services that they’re selling, etc., etc. Okay? So, you’re going to get examples from all those different people. So, definitely check this out. Um, this is something that you get access to once you booked your call. A lot of people close this down, so definitely don’t close this down. It’s very important that you actually uh watch this and and uh continue uh uh checking it out, right? But yeah, go.coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. Uh the link keeps jumping to something else. Uh I’m not sure what you mean. Like are you talking about the chat continues to to to to move? The chat does move. Yes, the chat does move. So you got to scroll up and you you’ll get it. Um

    Barbara says, “What about the success rate?” So it’s impossible to determine the success rate because a success rate would would uh it presupposes that everybody starts at the same spot and they end at the same spot, right? And this this is success. When in reality, uh people come in from all kinds of different uh spots and they have all kinds of different um versions of what success means to them, right? Some people come in and they’re just trying to make1 to2,000 extra dollars a month. That’s a guy would be the great example of that, right? Some people come in and they’re already making 30,000 a month and their goal is to get like to a million a month or something like that, right? So, it’s impossible to determine a success rate. I mean, just think about it, right? It’s like it’s impossible because people come in at different levels. So, what the industry standard is is what’s known as an NPS. Okay? NPS score. So, that’s what we do is we survey people. we get the NPS score and our NPS score was about 9.1 or 91%. So we have about a 91% satisfaction rate in our program. Okay, so the refund rate is about 1% per month. Sometimes it’s less than that, sometimes it’s a little bit more than that. Um so about 99% of people on a monthly basis who join stay uh recently as well. So uh so those are the things that we do know. Another thing that we can tell you for sure is that um the revenue that we’ve helped our clients generated is is over $und00 million. We’ve helped our clients generate well over $100 million. That was actually calculated about like a year and a half, two years ago. So since then, it’s probably significantly higher. But when we do that, because of legal reasons, we have to be really careful about how we document that whenever we’re saying stuff like that. Um, you know, I can say that I’ve made over $10 million. It’s very easy for me to prove that. But I if I whenever you make money claims just for legal reasons, you have to like really document everything uh very carefully. And so we haven’t uh we once we got to 100 million we kind of stopped documenting uh as much and I might end up doing it in the future. But I would I wouldn’t be surprised if it’s at the 300 million plus uh range at this point and in the next like 3 to 5 years we’re going to get above a billion dollars almost certainly. So but again those are things that you have to like actually document. You can imagine it’s hard for people to do their own taxes. So for me to figure out how much other people made is is quite an ordeal, right? So yeah, but hopefully that makes sense. Uh, Barbara. Yep. You can also check out our Trust Pilot. Check out our Trust Pilot and see uh I think we have like, you know, 4.7 4.8 star rating or something like that on Trust Pilot. Um, so yeah, you can you can check out our Trust Pilot and see examples from there, too. John, I work for a company where I travel the country, sometimes beyond, inspecting, maintaining, and building zip lines and rope courses. I’m not sure how to make this into something. There’s a liability teaching this stuff online. uh instructing, maintaining, and uh building zip lines and rope courses. Um yeah, I mean there could be you could you could teach the business of ziplining like uh you could teach um uh there’s there’s a lot of different things that you could do when it comes to that stuff. I mean, it’s a random trade. You could teach people how to get into that trade. Like how to how do you get into that particular trade? Um there there’s a lot of different things you could do. This is where like honestly I’d have to ask you questions, go back and forth, John. like there’s just no no way for me to do that um without um asking you questions. So this is why we we have you guys book a call, right? So we can ask you questions, go back and forth and a lot of people the call is free, it is valuable, a lot of people end up dialing in their niche and getting their niche picked on the call itself, right? So whether we end up working together because like I said, I just do want to reiterate this call is you applying to work with us. So there’s a very good chance that you will not get accepted. But um you know that that’s that’s totally fine. We only accept about 18% of people who booked book a call to even get the call. And then um of the people who come on to the call, we we don’t offer everybody, right? We got to make sure you’re a good fit before we offer you. Um but yeah, hopefully that makes sense. So yeah, gosh.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat.

    Okay, so here’s the feedback on it. Um Marilyn, all of it was good. Andrew, I enjoyed it all. Ash, I liked everything. Uh Becky, I wish you dropped the price. Hey, I I can talk about the price anytime, guys. Anytime you want. Um yeah, like all you got to do is ask. I’m guessing people are asking in the chat right now. I’m still uh a little bit behind here on the chat, guys. I’ll try to get caught up. Um Thomas, it was too general. Interesting, Thomas. Okay, I appreciate your feedback. Um what would what would you specifically like, Thomas? What what how could we make it more specific? What do you mean it was too general? if you you comment that in the chat. Also, admins, uh, make sure you record Thomas’s response. I want to read any of the any of the responses on how we can make the, uh, uh, the presentation better.

    Caroline says, “I thought there’d be more info on using AI with YouTube.” Okay, fair enough. Fair enough. Okay, Deborah was a big eye opener. Awesome. Israel, I’m with Beex. Where’s the price? Awesome. Margie, I booked a call, but is there a possibility I can watch this entire video? was called out for the first 45 minutes. Yes. Uh all all good. Margie, we will be sending a replay within the next 24 hours. Nina, it takes you a long time to get to the point. Okay, fair enough. Chris, uh tons of great information. It seems like you’ve done this enough that you’ve worked out a good system. I don’t see any issues so far. Awesome. Um I narrate the jokes and use AI characters. Cool. Uh Dan, very cool. DD interesting webinar but too long to get to niche topic. Got it. Got it. Thought it was a little bit too long. The niche segment is challenging me to lock in a narrower focus. Yes, Gian. My niche uh translate into a YouTube channel. I help small business owners resolve financial recordkeeping issues and clean up account backlogs. Uh I like where you’re headed with that. Um definitely a very common problem that small business owners do. you you you’d have to um the Z part would be very important important in that like what is your unique mechanism that’s that’s makes you different than everybody else. Millie is it too long? Try to reduce the time as most of us are watching from other part of the world and still have a day job to attend. Okay, fair enough. Uh actually most of us are not watching from other parts of the world. Uh most of most of the people are in the US. It’s very very rare that we get people another it’s like less than 5% probably watching from other parts of the world. SD this miniourse seems high on speaking techniques but the actual content advice seems thin still a good useful ideas. Thank you for the time. Okay cool. Barbara what if I already had a YouTube channel doing something else wanting to pivot to educational stuff will I still be credible and trustworthy? Uh yeah 100%. Oh definitely. Yeah you can easily pivot. Uh guys like pivoting is well pivoting it does require some skill but you can definitely pivot for sure. Um okay so people are people keep asking about the price. So let me explain the price. So we are totally transparent on pricing guys. Um uh with that being said we offer different things at different levels. It depends on what people need. So, we always have like 5% of the people who uh want to work with us often times are kind of like either business owners or they’re people at big businesses that are decision makers or they’re people that were tasked with building out a YouTube channel within a a bigger company, right? So, like that’s their task. They’re like a project manager and they’re tasked with it. Um, and so for people like that, like transparently on my side, when it comes to working with big companies like that, we usually don’t like to do that. Um and one of the biggest reasons is because we have to integrate into their software system. Sometimes they even have a custom software system like project management system um or CRM and we have to integrate into their stuff. We have to communicate with their people. We have to give that communication to other departments. Bigger companies things always happen very slowly et etc etc right? So it it is a bit of a headache. It’s a lot of work just to get very simple stuff done sometimes and we typically don’t like to work with those bigger companies. But if we do work with a bigger company, um we’ll typically it’s at least going to be a six-figure I mean minimum six figure contract uh working with a bigger company. Um then we’ve got a lot of like small to mediumsiz companies uh that we work with. So we’re talking like you know six, seven, eight figure businesses, that type of thing, sometimes even nine figure businesses. Um and they want to grow on YouTube. So, they either want to grow their own personal brand if you’re the business owner, so founder uh marketing and founder led personal brand, or you want to hire somebody to or you just have somebody who already exists in your business to be the face of the business. Um, that kind of thing. So, those types of businesses, we call that like a build and release offer. Uh, what we typically do is we’ll we’ll kind of, you know, this one up here is kind of more done for you. This one we hire the people out that you need. um we we oversee them, we train them, we make sure that you get great results and then once everything is good, we basically just release everything to you, right? So that’s kind of the appropriate thing to do and it’s very quite valuable as well. So a stone is a build and release offer that’s going to range anywhere from about 20,000 to 60,000 uh over a six-month period approximately. So for the build and release offer, now there’s sometimes people will have like very specific uh asks. For instance, we have one person who needed a creative director that lives in Miami and can travel all over the world with them as they travel. Um, that is very specific. It is very difficult to find somebody like that. Um, and so obviously we would charge more for a specific uh suggestion like that, right? Um, with that being said, like I said, that’s going to range anywhere from $ 20 to $60,000. And then at the um at this level down here, honestly, this is probably the most valuable one out of all of them because we’re basically just teaching you how to do it. So, with this one, it’s kind of like, let’s use the analogy of fishing. With this one, we’re fishing for you. With this one, we are building the machine that fishes for you and hiring the people that you need to run the machine so that you as a business owner just spend almost no time whatsoever on it. And then on this one, or we or we just work directly with your team if you already have the team and we train them how to do it. And then this one, this one down here, we just teach you how to how to do it, right? We teach you how to fish, okay? So, we can feed you for a lifetime. So we teach you either how to do the channel itself all yourself which most people who join this level they just do everything themselves and we recommend about four hours a week to do that or if you want to hire other people or build out the machine you can get it even less than that right so business owners for instance oftent times they just spend like a few hours a month on their YouTube channel once all the systems are built out and literally all they do is that they just roll up everything’s set up for them they record for a few hours and they’re good for the entire month right that’s that’s what the business owners do they want something like that setup. So, uh, and this one down here is going to be about $9,800 or you can get it down to the payment plans of about $1,000 a month, even a little bit less than that. So, that’s $9,800. We are raising the price by 15%, I believe. We are raising the price at the end of the month. So, you probably have only about four more days before we raise the price. We will be raising it by about 15% or so uh by by the end of the month. So, right now, right now, it’s $9,800. by the end of the month, we will be raising it by 15%. Okay? So, that’ll probably take effect on the first day of the month. So, that is that is the price. Like I said, we are totally transparent about the pricing. Um, but it is going to be different depending on what your needs are, right? So, if you just want to learn how to do it, work oneonone with a coach, it’s going to be that $9,800 one. Um, which will it’ll be more than that. Um, at the at the beginning of the month, it’ll be like 11 $12,000ish. Um, and if you want uh other people to uh if you if you want to like hire people for you uh that kind of thing or us to help help you hire them or train people that already work with you, then it’ll probably be the second level. And then very very rarely we’ll take people at the at the third level. So hopefully that makes sense and hopefully I’m totally clear on on what the pricing is there. Okay. Uh awesome. Santana said everything was pretty amazing. Awesome. Um, Sonia says, “I asked this earlier in the chat, but I’d love your take specifically. I’m in a program where I’m building an online education business around my niche and expertise. They strongly recommend that I first create a prototype of my offer and validate it with real people before starting YouTube. Would you still recommend starting a channel now and using YouTube as a part of a validation process where I’m developing and testing that first uh first offer?” Yeah, I mean, listen, it’s it’s the classic chicken or the egg uh scenario, like what came first, the chicken or the eggs. Um, it’s it’s the same exact thing with YouTube. So, it’s kind of it’s kind of one of those things where, and this is why we tell people to set up with the hybrid personal brand method, it is a good idea to have an idea for what offer that you want to sell. But the truth is is your audience is going to kind of tell you what they want from you, right? So, there’s certain methods that we have. There’s a certain validation method. We do typically recommend that you have a general idea for sure. This is why we have you build your niche hypothesis statement for what type of content you’re making and the type of person you’re attracting. With that being said, there’s a reason it’s called a niche hypothesis statement and not a niche theory statement. Okay? It’s because it’s a hypothesis and hypotheses change over time. Right? you are making a bet that you’re helping this type of person solve this type of problem with this type of solution and that that is the the bet that you’re making that you want in the market right but over time people might tell you like actually um I don’t have you know I I don’t like this solution I like a different solution better or I don’t like this isn’t as big of a problem for me this other thing is a bigger problem and so you can change your niche hypothesis statement over time so I do think that it’s a good idea to have kind of like a minimum viable product uh niche hypothesis statement and one thing that I really think you should avoid Sonia is overthinking things right like that’s that’s one of the biggest things because especially with beginners if somebody doesn’t have experience in business one of the biggest things I see with beginners is just simply overthinking things right especially with smart people so you sound pretty pretty intelligent from your your question so smart people have the worst problem with overthinking things okay so really if you’re smart what you really need to do is just take action like that’s what you need to do is just start making videos, take action, and the product and all that other all the other stuff will honestly that’ll work itself out later on. But the thing is is you’re never going to get result like you’re never going to get sales or customers or make money if you’re not posting videos. That is the root core action that you need to take is to post videos. So, I would say probably if you know without knowing all the other context with what what they’re telling you in the other program or whatever, I would say probably the best thing for you to do is is to literally just make more videos and and your audience will tell you what they’re what they’re interested in. Bill, I had a call. Do I get the niche profitability maximizer GPT? Yeah, just go ahead and ask the the person that you had your call with for sure. Um

    yeah, our bonuses are available both in chat and claude. If chat are, you know, anybody changes kind of the way they do things. Um we will we will uh we will change our uh h how we how we take uh how we go ahead and do that. But Kevin, I I’m pretty sure her her uh question went over your head. You didn’t you didn’t really read the question. Um so, but yeah, uh if that changes, we will we will change what we do with the GPTs and stuff like that. Um they will of course have an alternative, so we will change that of course. Hunter, my channel is intended to help men like myself, former athletes that are now going through andropause and continuing to live life to its fullest while handling the ups and downs of being diagnosed with heart disease, loss of hearing, etc. Um, it sounds uh, okay, the andropause thing. Yeah, it it sounds like like when you added the other stuff like while being diagnosed with other stuff, that’s that’s when you kind of lost me. But before that, I kind of liked it. Um, I I think you need a little like directionally it’s correct, but I think you need a little bit of refinement there, Hunter. But yeah, I it sounds like quite interesting and I I think definitely book a call and we we can help you with that. Andrew, could I please get the transcript the notes from today, too? Thanks. Um, we’ll send out the the replay. You can get the the transcripts from the replay. So, like that. That’s something you can grab. Elizabeth, the second half has a lot more helpful than the first. The first half felt very generic and generic salesmanship. The second half was helpful and worth our time. I appreciate your time and look forward to the call. Appreciate that, Elizabeth. Thank you for the feedback. Lynn, do you have to have your face in every video or can some be faceless? Um, yeah, I I explained in great detail earlier on like the face versus the faceless thing. We do recommend uh showing your face. Um, gosh.com/coaching guys, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. We do recommend showing your face generally speaking. I mean, it’s just it’s just kind of you’re just putting yourself at a disadvantage if you don’t show your face. But for sure, you have to use your real voice or a real voice from a human being. Um, don’t use the AI voices. That’s a great way to get banned or demonetized. Um, but yeah. Um, yeah, you you can of course share share your screen uh and just talk and use your real voice sharing your screen just like the organic chemistry tutor or whiz of ecom. We showed two examples of that earlier. Hunter, I’m booked also. Awesome, Hunter. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay, question. I don’t have a channel yet. Do I need to make one before the call? No, you do not need to make one before the call. Thank you on the congrats with the baby. Thank you guys. Appreciate that. Christopher, I thought the flow was very good. You cover the topics that are important for a true beginner. Overall, the good stuff you use examples, but the reality is, will everyone that comes through the program do this? Well, think you might want to emphasize the program takes dedication, work to achieve this goal. Yeah, absolutely guys. The program absolutely takes dedication and work. Like you have to listen to what we tell you to do, right? Um if you listen to what we tell you to do, then there is a very high probability that you’re going to get results. And if you don’t um but but like you listen to what what we tell you to do and you don’t get results, then you get your money back, right? So it’s Yeah, that’s yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Okay, cool. Australia is very baby friendly. Okay, that’s good to know. I don’t know with all those dangerous animals you have there. I heard even the birds attack you guys.

    Even the birds will just like try to peck your eyes out or something like that.

    You guys have like the most dangerous snakes, the most dangerous spiders. Uh you have crocodiles, saltwater crocodiles, and and even the birds will just try to peck your eyes out or something. Australia is pretty pretty intense the ecosystem. But yeah, no, we we definitely want to want to visit. Um, even the deer will punch you, right? The the well, you know, kangaroos, but Australia’s deer. No, I’m kidding. I’m kidding, guys. Uh, but yeah. No, we’re we’re we’re very excited. We’re gonna I think we’re going to go next year, probably. Kevin, thank you, guys. Thank you. Thank you. Congrats on the baby. Thank you, guys. Appreciate it. Okay, guys. I’m going to I’m going to scroll to the uh bottom here because I’m I’m really really far behind. Um if if you didn’t get your question answered, I know a lot of these people are just asking like what’s the price or that questions I’ve already answered. So, I’m going to go ahead and scroll to the bottom here, guys. Um and uh if you’re on the fence for whatever reason, go ahead and tell me why you’re on the fence. Or if you if you had a question that you already posted and it didn’t get answered, just go just go ahead and repost that question at the bottom. Um, Rob says, “Shane, I’m taking a leap of faith. I need to do something different as I’m 62 tomorrow.” Hey, happy early birthday, Rob. Awesome. Awesome. Lynn, how long after a call do we find out if we’re accepted? Um, yeah. Yeah. The current Yeah. Yeah. guys, the the current rate is locked in as long as you book your call now. Even if it’s like on the second or the third or whatever, as long as you book your call now, the current rate is locked in. But yeah, we are going to be raising our prices on the uh early um like like basically next month like like at the end of this month we are going to be raising our prices. Um yeah, so it it is very expensive to run a program like this guys like we we have to hire like the absolute best of the best people. They all have 100k subscriber plaques. It’s hard to find people like that who are good at coaching. They have 100k subscriber plaques. Um there, you know, etc., etc. all the things that we look for that they that can help you like monetize. For instance, one of our uh people that we hired to our program literally has his own he started his own YouTube software and YouTube website, sold the YouTube software and website uh and obviously has his own successful channel and he joined our program as well, right? So, it’s like we’re finding like absolute, you know, just people who are exceptionally good at YouTube to do this. Um so, so yeah, uh you should you should find out on the call. Um, if you’re if you’re accepted. Yep. Uh, already answered the price question asked. If you weren’t paying attention, then sorry, you’re just gonna have to watch the replay. Dre, broke. All good. No worries. Uh, watch my other content on my channel. I help people find the right, you know, job opportunities for them, help them land those jobs. Uh, I’ve helped thousands of people with verified testimonials land jobs, and probably tens of thousands of just, you know, random people who watched my videos and and landed the jobs as well. So, uh, definitely check out my channel and, uh, land a really good job and then maybe in the future we can work together. Katherine, do all the coaches have their own successful Yes, they do. Yeah, they they either have their own successful channel or they were the number one person that grew somebody else’s channel. So, what I mean by that is they were like either the number one person that grew the person’s channel like or a creative director that was literally like the person responsible for growing the channel. Not just like somebody who was working as a video editor on on a channel or something like that, but the person who is responsible for like the strategy, the creative direction, etc., etc. on the channel. Gian, I’m on the fence because I do not think I have a good niche. Hey, book the call. We might be able to help you uh dial that niche in. Teresa, is a cooking channel considered entertainment or educational? That’s definitely educational. Yeah, you could. Yeah, for sure. That’s educational, but you want to really niche down when it comes to cooking. Cooking is very important for you to niche down. Goose, I’m sure I can be great at this. You can do it. You can do it. What are the terms metrics for a refund? Uh, that’s something you can discuss on the call. I don’t want I don’t want to get into it, but it’s pretty it’s pretty common sense stuff. Yep. It’s a 90-day money back guarantee. Uh, it’s pretty common sense stuff. We pretty much give it to everyone who who asks for it. Um, can I get help figuring out a niche on the call or do I need this before the call? Um, of I would recommend checking out the niche validator just so you have some ideas, Andrew. But uh, yeah, it’s uh, uh, yeah, so you don’t have to, but I I highly recommend it. And I’d also highly recommend checking out this page, like I said before, guys, the thank you page. Um, and checking out all these videos on the thank you page, too. So, um,

    okay, Josh. Um, I’ve fallen for get-richqu courses before, all the way back to invest tools. I’m very hesitant for something that sounds this good. Probably more of a personal problem, but can’t see putting 10K into another promise. So, yeah, Josh, we worked with a lot of people who’ve gotten burned by other, you know, courses or or programs and stuff like that. We’ve actually found that those are some of our best clients. And here’s why. So, it’s kind of like using the uh relationship analogy. If you’ve never had a good relationship, then you won’t actually appreciate when you experience a a uh or sorry, if you’ve never had a bad relationship, you won’t actually appreciate it. If you experience a good relationship, you’ll just be like, “Oh, this is normal.” Like, this is a this is what a good relationship looks like. Right? This is normal. You see what I mean? So, um, so people that have gotten burned by courses before and coaching programs, when they come into our coaching program, they’re going to see how professional, like this is an absolute professional operation. And this is why we get people insanely good results because everything we do is top tier. I hired the absolute best people in the world to run this program. The best of the best coaches, the best of the best people to run the program. like the person who ran school’s program that literally like school used to to get people results when they were doing their promos that worked directly with Alex or Mosie, Sam Ovens, etc. I hired him to run the program like our program, right? You see what I mean? So like we’re hiring the absolute best of the best people in this program. And that is why you’re going to see right away how professional this is. This is a professional operation. And so you’re going to see like, okay, I I bought this stuff before. It was it was crap and of course I didn’t get results because it was crappy. Excuse my language, but it was bad. And then you’re going to come into this program, you’re going to see how professional this is. This is ran like an absolute machine, like an absolute top tier operation. And that’s why we get such insanely good results. So, we actually like people who have been burned before by other programs. We actually prefer in many cases to work with them because people who if this is the first program they’ve ever bought, they’re going to come into it and they’re going to be like, “Oh, yeah. Well, I guess this is just normal. It’s just normal for coaching programs to be this good.” And no, it’s not. It is not normal for coaching programs to be this good. So, we actually prefer people who have been burned before. So, hopefully that makes sense. Um, but yeah, it’s uh we we actually prefer working with people. So, I’d recommend that you book a call, Josh. Um, JT, can I just use Claude to couch me through it and once I make enough pay for the program then? I mean, listen, like you can use Claude. You can try to figure it out on your own. This is this is kind of how the universe works. So there’s there’s a universal law which is I think is one of the laws of the universe and that is you pay for what you care about. Okay? You pay for what you care about. Now so in order to have a successful YouTube channel, you have to care about it, right? You you are going to have to care. And in order to and when you care about something, you pay for it. Now, you can either pay with money or you can pay with time, effort, blood, sweat, and tears, you know, emotional turmoil, whatever, right? But you’re going to pay one way or another, right? You’re either going to pay with your time and your effort, or you’re going to pay with your money to get a successful YouTube channel. So, if you want to pay with your time and your effort, it’s probably going to take you thousands of hours to figure it out, maybe even tens of thousands. Um, but yeah, you can definitely figure it out for sure. You can try to do it on your own and you can figure it out. Um, but if you want to shortcut the process, if you want to get a mentor who can help you get results significantly faster, we’ve helped lots of people get results within a month. Many many people within two or three months for instance, um, then, uh, you’re going to, you know, like that’s going to be a probably a lot better situation for you, right? So again, you’re going to pay one way or the other. You either pay with your time, effort, uh, you know, uh, you know, etc., or you’re going to pay with, uh, money. So that that that’s your choice. You can make that choice. Um, smart people pay money to to save themselves thousands of hours. In my opinion, that’s what I’ve done. I’ve paid I I’ve bought lots and lots of programs, lots and lots of mentorships, and that has saved me thousands and thousands, tens of thousands of hours if I was just going to try to learn it on my own. I do not want to be the person who is reinventing the wheel, right? I just want to like take a wheel that’s already made and just like, okay, this is this is how it works. Perfect. I’m gonna I’m gonna model that, right? And uh get someone to to work with me oneon-one. So yeah, uh click that. Oh yeah, shoot. Go to go.home.com/coaching, guys. Scan that QR code. Click that link in the chat. I am going to be leaving here in a few minutes as well. Uh Gian says, “Call is booked.” Awesome. Rita, help uh GXP professionals understand the why behind regulations so they can apply them correctly. Yeah, I think honestly regulations guys are you know it’s it’s something that a lot of people get annoyed by. Some of them are a bit silly I think but honestly like especially in this new economy like understanding regulations is very important and there’s there’s business like that can be huge. There’s uh there’s one career that uh one of our clients helps people with. It’s called governance, risk, and compliance. And that’s essentially what it is is it’s like regulations when it comes to like cyber security and payment stuff, payment and cyber security related stuff. And it’s regulations uh when it comes to that and just making sure that your company is uh compliant when it comes to those regulations. So yeah, it’s that’s a whole career that’s just all about like having some basic cyber security knowledge and then also understanding the regulations and the compliance side. Is it boring? You bet it is. It is super boring. But does it pay really well? Yes, it does. It pays very very well. Like you can make a hundred, 200, maybe even, you know, maybe even more than that, thousand dollars a year. So yeah, like helping people understand regulations like uh as boring as it is, like it is can be very lucrative. Um either helping people get jobs and regulation related careers or helping pe helping companies get more compliant when it comes to regulations as well. Jason book from Jamaica. Congrats to you and your wife. Thanks for the good content. that need to be able to uh generate a good amount of funds online from Jamaica monthly ASAP. How do you manage ADHD and be productive from YouTube? So, just to be clear guys, uh this system, it is designed to be used in first world countries. Uh so, like uh English speaking is obviously the most common ones, but we’ve also helped people uh in countries that uh uh so English I’ll just kind of like name the languages. English, uh, Spanish, Arabic, um, Portuguese, German, Dutch, so Netherlands, French, um, and then we’re starting to get people in Scandinavian countries, so we we’ve gotten some like Danish and stuff like that. Um, so those are the countries where it’s worked. All of those countries are first world countries. Now, the reason the reason why I say this, I I have no problem with people from other countries like at all. Uh but the reason why I’m saying this is because people from first world countries have what’s known as disposable income. They can actually spend money to solve their problems, right? Whereas people from non first world countries typically do not have disposable income. They don’t have a middle class that has enough money to actually solve their own problems, right? And so that that is unfortunate. But this is designed for those types of countries. Okay? So, uh is designed to uh uh for uh first world countries that that’s this system works best in in that situation. With that being said, can you try it in other countries? Yeah, it probably will still work. It’s just not going to work as well right in in those other countries. So, just just saying that. Um just FYI. So, yeah, you can definitely try this in Jamaica. You can uh do this system in Jamaica. I do have like lots of free content on my channel about doing this um but uh uh and other countries as well. And uh you can definitely try this out and do the system in those countries. But um if if I was in your situation, I would probably target figure out how to target uh first world countries somehow, right? So maybe for instance uh let’s just say you’re in Jamaica, right? Maybe you can target people who want to go on vacation in Jamaica, right? So again, you’re targeting first world countries, right? So you’re helping them go on vacation, like have a really good vacation in Jamaica. or uh let’s just say you’re helping people that want to like e expats who want to move to Jamaica, right? So, you’re helping people move to Jamaica and navigate the complexities of that, right? Whether it’s like, you know, the uh paperwork they have to do in the government or or like uh buying a house or or renting or or whatever, navigate the complexities of that. So, hope hopefully that makes sense. Um yeah. Uh yeah. And and when it comes to ADHD, uh honestly, man, I think I know a lot of people might disagree with this, but I I have ADHD. I’ve been diagnosed twice. I think it’s kind of a superpower personally. Um I do get a little bit scatterbrained, as you can see with me answering these questions, but I think it’s kind of a a superpower um if you use it correctly. So, um I don’t I don’t really like to see these things as disabilities. I think that the world is, you know, will try to make you fit into a little box and if you’re a little bit different than everybody else, uh, it’s a little harder to fit into that little box, but that just makes it easier for you to do things that are a little bit alternative. I would say most successful entrepreneurs that I’ve found, most people who do something that’s a little bit different than the the usual conventional have some sort of, you know, neurode divergent type of thing like ADHD or OCD or, you know, bipolar or whatever. They have something like that going on. So, yeah, it’s it’s really not a problem. If anything, I think it’s like it helps. Wendy, I have a faceless channel with AI persona. Can I just replace those clips with myself and keep the rest AI? It’s a storytelling channel.

    Yeah. Uh, as long as it’s your real voice, it should be fine, Wendy. Yeah. And you can do a face reveal and like reveal yourself later on. Um, totally fine. Yep. Totally fine. All right, guys. I’m going to jump off. Uh, I appreciate you guys. Uh, so I’m going to drop one thing in the chat, which is the thank you page. Okay, so I’m going to be dropping the thank you page in the chat right now. Like I said, this is what it looks like right here. Um, it has lots and lots of different examples of people that have gotten results. Some people close this down. I would highly recommend just copy and paste this and save this uh thank you page. Uh, some people close this down. Um, and uh, definitely check that out. Additionally, I’m going to go ahead and apply for one-on-one YouTube coaching. I’m going to be dropping that in the chat as well. So, go ahead and save those, guys. You can copy and paste them, save them, save the thank you page. Uh if for whatever reason you could also you could also just screenshot this like I don’t know you you have screenshot you can screenshot this right here the go.shane.com/coaching or the QR code you can screenshot that or you can just save the link in the chat I did just post it myself in the chat but go ahead and save that link you have probably about 22 22 and 1/2 hours to click that and then like I said by the end of the after the end of the month we are going to be raising the price so I highly recommend uh going ahead and and uh uh jumping in now while you still can. With that being said, have a good one, guys. Appreciate you all. Um, definitely check out the thank you page like I said and I’ll see you guys next time. Have a good one. Cheers. Bye, guys. Take care. Bye. Um, yeah. Thank you. Uh, Eva, Mark, Carolyn, Shauna, Samuel, uh, Susan, um, Husin, uh, Lynn, uh, Husin. Uh, sorry if I’m getting the name wrong. Hassan Husin. Um, I try to get the names right. Christopher, uh, Rajie, Cheryl, Andrew, Nikki, Hillman, Darlene, Katherine. And also big shout out to our admins. Admin Aaron, admin Alexis, admin Steven, admin Kevin, and even admin Justine. Even Justine. Big shout out to Justine, too. Thank you guys. Thank you so much, guys. Admins worked very hard on these um and uh uh answer all your questions. It’s literally thousands and thousands of questions. So, we have admins try to get to every single question. Uh, so big shout out to them. Thank you so much, guys. Have a good one. Cheers.